Are you planning a big backpacking trip and need a new pack? Known for making high-quality hiking backpacks, Osprey offers a full line of backpacks for serious hikers. Because Osprey backpacks get incredibly technical, it can be challenging to know which pack to buy.

The packs are often designed for the types of hiking you plan to do, whether it’s a weekender or long mountaineering trek. That’s where we can help. We’ll compare Osprey Atmos vs. Aether to help you decide which Osprey backpack is right for you.

Deciding Between an Osprey Atmos vs. Aether Backpack

Osprey makes high-quality backpacks and luggage to outfit your next adventure. And all of Osprey’s products come with a lifetime guarantee. Two of their best technical hiking backpacks are the Osprey Atmos and Osprey Aether.

Comparing the Osprey Atmos vs. Aether is sort of like comparing oranges to bigger oranges. Both packs have similar functionality and features, but the Atmos is a better all-round pack vs. the Aether that’s more geared toward longer treks. The trip you are planning will heavily influence which pack is right for you.

Osprey Atmos AG 65

Vertical Limit movie poster on white background
Osprey Atmos Ag 65 Backpack, Abyss Grey, Large

Anti-Gravity suspension - feels like you are carrying less weight than...
Adjustable harness and Fit-on-the-Fly hipbelt to dial in perfect fit
Front stretch mesh pocket for quick storage of rain gear or extra...
view at amazon
Pros
  • The Anti-Gravity suspension has a continuous back panel for comfort and ventilation.
  • All the different pockets and compartments keep you organized on the trail.
  • A removable floating lid can be removed and replaced with a flap jacket to reduce weight.
  • Several adjustable straps and panels ensure a customizable fit.
Cons
  • The zippers can bind up, requiring two hands.
  • The backpack isn’t the lightest.

The Osprey Atmos AG 65 hiking backpack is perfect for weekend or week-long hiking trips. The Osprey Atmos is a men’s hiking backpack that comes in a weight capacity of 65 L. The load range is about 30-50 lbs for the Atmos AG 65.

The Osprey Atmos AG 65 is a very technical hiking pack with loads of features to accommodate different backpacking needs. The Atmos has several specialized pockets and compartments to store water hydration, a sleeping bag, hiking poles, and other small hiking tools. The Atmos also boasts of Anti-Gravity suspension, which feels like you are carrying less weight.

For hikers looking for an efficient backpack for trips lasting under a week, then the Osprey Atmos is a solid choice.

Osprey Aether AG 60

Vertical Limit movie poster on white background
Osprey Aether AG 60 Men's Backpacking Backpack

Removable top-lid converts to DayLid daypack
Top to bottom suspended mesh wraps shoulders, back and hips for a...
Front stretch mesh pocket and zippered hipbelt pockets for quick...
view at amazon
Pros
  • The removable lid converts into a fantastic daypack.
  • Well made and incredibly durable.
  • The Anti-Gravity suspension system makes the pack very lightweight.
  • Straps and padding don’t cut into the body under heavy loads.
Cons
  • Too big to be considered carry-on luggage on an airplane.
  • The pack does not include a rainfly.

The Osprey Aether AG 60 hiking backpack can accommodate heavier loads for backpacking, thru-hikes, and mountaineering expeditions for week-long or month-long trips. The Osprey Aether is a men’s hiking backpack that has a weight capacity of 60 L. The load range is around 35-60 lbs for a more massive load than the Osprey Atmos.

Like the Osprey Atmos, the Osprey Aether utilizes the Anti-Gravity suspension to relieve the weight load. The Aether also includes a water filtration compartment, a removable lid, and several technical pockets and compartments for poles, picks, tools, a sleeping bag, and pad.

Designed for heavy loads and long miles on the trail, the Osprey Aether is an ideal pack for extended backpacking trips and expeditions.

Osprey Atmos vs. Aether Backpack Standard Features

The Osprey Atmos and Aether have several similar standard features. We’ll examine each of these features and select a winner for which pack does it best in Osprey Atmos vs. Aether.

Load Capacity

Load Capacity is the amount of gear each backpack can carry in terms of volume and weight. As a general rule, a loaded backpack should not weigh more than 20% of your body weight. For a person who weighs 150 lbs, your ideal pack weight is 30lbs. And Backpacker.com sites that every 1% of your body weight in your pack will slow you down six seconds per mile.

The Osprey Atmos AG 65 L has a maximum load of 50 lbs. In comparison, the Osprey Aether AG 60 L has a maximum load of 60 lbs. And the Aether pack weighs an additional half-pound more than the Atmos pack.

While the Aether product line offers more volume sizes and weight capacity, the Atmos AG 65 L still provides adequate space and maximum load weight for an adult man. So then it becomes a question of pack purpose.

The Atmos 65 L Wins for Being a Lighter Pack For More Volume

For an all-round hiking pack, the Osprey Atmos 65 is the better option because it has a similar load weight and volume to the Aether 60 L while being a half-pound lighter in pack weight.

Anti-Gravity Suspension

The Anti-Gravity suspension is a proprietary Osprey technology that wraps seamlessly around the body for customizable comfort where you don’t feel like you’re carrying a full load. The Anti-Gravity suspension uses a lightweight 3-D suspended mesh back panel for maximum ventilation.

The Anti-Gravity suspension system consists of a frame, stays, load lifters, harness, hipbelts, and the back panels to transfer the gear's weight from the person to the structure. The suspension system gives the hiker a natural range of motion while balancing and dispersing the pack’s load.

Both Packs Win for Competitive Edge Over Other Brands

Both the Osprey Atmos and Aether utilize the same Anti-Gravity suspension system. This system gives both packs a competitive edge over other technical packs brands even when the Osprey packs are a bit heavier than their competitors.

Feeling like you’re carrying a lighter load is always desirable, even when it’s a just a weekender trip. While both packs benefit from the system, this is a significant advantage for the Aether AG 60 L pack that’s made for really long expeditions and mountaineering.

Organizational Compartments and Pockets

Osprey backpacks are known for their many pockets and organizational compartments for various hiking tools and supplies. These compartments and pockets make for easy access to gear, water, and food while on the trail.

When comparing the compartments and pockets of the Osprey Atmos vs. Aether, both packs share a majority of the same organizational features:

The Aether AG 60 L Wins for Roomier Compartments and Pockets

The Aether also includes additional main compartment access. While these are very similar, the Osprey Aether backpack wins out because it gives hiker’s more capacity to store items in each of these pockets and compartments. The Aether’s zippers are also easier to manipulate on the trail vs. the Atmos.

Straps and Padding

Straps and padding are essential when assessing a technical hiking backpack. If straps and pads are uncomfortable, it can make for a miserable trip. And not all body shapes are alike. Having customizable and adjustable straps and padding allow the hiker to form-fit the pack for maximum comfort.

Compression straps are essential for hiking packs to keep everything in place and to allow you to fit more into your bag. The more straps you have, the more you’ll reduce the bulk of your pack and keep the contents balanced.

When it comes to straps and padding on the Osprey Atmos vs. Aether backpack, they share a similar design. Both backpacks have:

The Aether AG 60 L Wins for Better Compression

The Aether backpack also has dual front compression straps with straightjacket compression. This offers a little more compression than the Atmos backpack. If you’re planning to take longer hiking trips, then you’ll want the Aether backpack for more compression.

Removable Floating Top Lid

Removable floating top lids on a technical backpack allow hikers to lighten their pack if they don’t need all the storage space. This allows more versatility for backpack usage, making it easier to carry for a shorter hiking trip.

Both the Atmos AG 65 L and Aether AG 60 L have a removable floating top lid with a fixed flap jacket to protect your gear. How Osprey Atmos vs. Aether differ is in the design of the top lid.

The Atmos top lid has dual zipper compartments for easy access and storage. And the top lid has web attachment points for quickly removing and reattaching the top lid. This makes the Atmos very versatile for short weekend hikes or to accommodate a week-long trek.

The Aether top lid converts into a lightweight daypack. This allows a hiker to ditch the larger pack at camp and use the daypack to explore without the bulk of the full-size backpack. The daypack also has web attachment points for effortless removal and attachment.

The Aether AG 60 L Wins for a Superior Daypack

While having a removable lid on both packs is very desirable, the Aether wins for the daypack design. Being able to leave your big pack and camp but still have storage for exploration is a superior feature. This also makes the Aether more versatile for shorter trips because you don’t need to take the bulk of the daypack.

Osprey Atmos vs. Aether Backpack Stand Out Features

While the Osprey Atmos 65 L and Aether 60 L are very similar, the Aether 60 L has a few more features to assist hikers on longer journeys:

The Osprey Atmos and Osprey Aether Backpacks Are Superior Quality

While we’ve compared the Osprey Atmos vs. Aether backpacks, we need to acknowledge that both packs are durable, well-designed, technical packs. And you’ll probably gravitate more toward one of the packs based on the type of hiking you enjoy doing.

The Osprey Atmos AG 65 L is a Great All-Round Backpack

While the Osprey Atmos AG 65 L has a smaller load capacity and has fewer features than the Aether AG 60 L, you should buy the Atmos if:

The Atmos AG is actually a better all-around backpack for most backpacking adventures. And because the Atmos AG 65 L holds about the same as Aether AG 60 L and 70 L, there isn’t much difference.

Is the Osprey Atmos the right pack for you? Get a great deal on the Osprey Atmos.

The Osprey Aether AG 60 L is Your New Favorite for Long Adventures

The Aether won out in most categories because it’s intended for longer trips and requires more features to accommodate longer expeditions. You should definitely buy the Osprey Aether backpack if:

The Aether AG backpack is a fantastic pack for long expeditions, mountaineering, or adventures that require a heavier load. The Aether AG is similarly priced to the Atmos, so getting an Aether AG 60 L could be a solid choice that allows the versatility of shorter and longer trips.

Ready for a long adventure? Take an Aether AG to hike in well-ventilated comfort.

Whether it's a quick trek through the woods or an intensive camping trip that's going to last all weekend, you want to make sure you have everything you need—and that includes a backpack that's capable of storing those essential supplies.

Two of the top competitors currently on the market are the convenient Osprey Porter 46 and the award-winning Farpoint 40. While each pack has its pros and cons, our favorite has to be the Farpoint 40—and we'll explain why below. In this guide we’re comparing the Osprey Porter 46 vs. Farpoint 40.

An Overview of the Osprey Porter 46

Osprey Packs Porter 46 Travel Backpack on white background
Osprey Porter 46 Travel Backpack

Meets carry-on size restrictions for most airlines (22H X 14W X 11D...
Large U-zip luggage-style access to main compartment - 46L total...
Shoulder straps and hipbelt are stowable converting the bag from a...
view at amazon
Pros
  • There are 46 liters of space to store your hiking essentials
  • Compression straps don’t make the bag feel as bulky
  • Comes with the All-Mighty Guarantee
  • Includes a compartment for your laptop
Cons
  • If you’re not using all the space, the bag can feel clunky or awkward to carry around
  • Not a lot of space in the backpack’s main compartment

Founded in 1974, Osprey has a long track record of supplying hikers with durable, custom-fitted packs. Besides their high-quality backpacks, Osprey is also known for their lifetime warranty. If any of their products has a defect or gets damaged, Osprey will repair it free of charge. If the damage is too extensive for repairs, Osprey is also willing to replace your pack too.

This guarantee extends to the Porter 46, which is a stand-out among Osprey's products. While it has plenty to offer, the biggest draw to the Porter 46 is usually the amount of space it offers. Its name, Porter 46, stands for the 46-liters of space you get with this pack.

With zippered pockets, a main compartment, and even a sleeve to stow your electronics, you're probably not going to run out of room anytime soon. The good news is that extra space doesn't come with a lot of weight, either. The pack is just slightly under 3 ½ pounds, and it's made with nylon.

An Overview of the Farpoint 40

Osprey Farpoint 40 on white background
Osprey Farpoint 40 Men's Travel Backpack

Large, lockable U-zip duffel-style access to main compartment - 40L...
Meets carry-on size restrictions for most airlines (Size Medium/Large:...
Lockable zipper access to padded laptop & tablet sleeve (fits up to...
view at amazon
Pros
  • Doesn't feel uncomfortable to carry, even when you've got it completely full
  • More durable than a lot of other travel backpacks
  • Fits carry-on specifications if you plan to take it flying
  • Incredibly lightweight
Cons
  • Reaching for the laptop sleeve can be awkward
  • Filling up the main compartment can make it tricky to use the front compartment too

Also from Osprey, the Farpoint 40 is another one of this brand's most popular products. In fact, it was named the Best Overall Travel Backpack for 2020 by US News & World Report, so it's got a great track record to back it up. And, like the Porter 46, this one's also got Osprey's All Mighty Guarantee, so you don't ever have to worry about damage or defects while you own the backpack.

Technically, the Farpoint 40 is part of the Osprey Farpoint series—which also includes the Farpoint 55, the Farpoint 70, and even the Farpoint 80. The numbers correlate to the size of the pack, and this one is the smallest in the series at only 40 liters. As far as weight goes, the backpack is just slightly over three pounds and uses a combination of ripstop nylon, atilon nylon, and packcloth.

While this might feel like a "light" pack to serious hikers, the Farpoint 40 is all about consolidating space and keeping things organized. Even when it's packed full, the bag still slips on comfortably, and shouldn't feel too bulky on your shoulders.

Osprey Porter 46 vs. Farpoint 40 How Do They Compare?

Although we've given you an overview of what makes each backpack stand out in its category, it's time to get into the nitty-gritty details of how these two compare.

Storage Space

One of the first things most hikers consider when they're searching for a backpack is the amount of storage space. Most hiking backpacks fit into one of three categories: weekend packs (30 to 50 liters), multi-day packs (50 to 80 liters), and extended trip packs (anything larger than 80 liters).

Both the Porter and Farpoint backpacks fit into that weekend category. While you'll be able to pack enough supplies to last you two or three days, you shouldn't expect either of these bags to last you a week in the woods.

However, as far as storage space goes, the Porter 46 does have the edge. You can fit up to six liters more worth of supplies in the pack. And, the Porter 46 uses that extra space pretty well. There are some external pockets where you can easily access toiletries, your phone, or even a map of your route. You may be surprised just how much these pockets expand, too—the zippered mesh pockets on the front of the bag are perfect for keeping your wallet or any other small items you might need in a pinch.

There's also a handy sleeve to keep your laptop that runs along the back of the pack. While you're unlikely to feel it against your back while you walk, you could if you've got the bag packed completely full.

In comparison, the Farpoint 40 isn't quite as big, but it may be more ideal if you don't need to use every inch of storage space at your disposal. Much like the Porter 46, the Farpoint bag has a couple of zippered mesh pockets on the outside of the bag that you can keep smaller items in.

But, if you're trying to store something a little bigger, like a water bottle, in one of those pockets, you're out of luck. If you fill up the main clamshell in the Farpoint, you may find it tricky to work with the front compartment too.

If you're worried about how bulky these packs are going to feel, both the Porter and the Farpoint do come with compression straps that allow you to consolidate the bag if you're traveling light. This is also convenient if you plan to take the bag on an airplane and need to stow it as a carry-on.

Accessibility

Accessibility is a major factor when you're picking out a hiking backpack. When you're on a trail, you don't necessarily want to take your entire backpack off just to grab your water bottle or check your phone.

Some backpacks have better accessibility than others. Both the Porter and Farpoint bags have plenty of outside pockets to store things, but reaching for the laptop compartment on the Farpoint bag can be tricky if it's the only thing you're taking out.

The Porter 46 is also just a little bit more organized in general, which makes it easy to sort your supplies based on how often you'll need them. Since the Farpoint 40 doesn't have quite as much space, some hikers may feel as if it's a little easier to sort through—but the Porter 46 does come out on top for this feature.

Attachment

One thing we do like about the Farpoint 40 is that it has plenty of handles to grab onto it with. While you should still stick to putting it on your back, you can easily use one of the top or side handles if you need to grab it from your tent. Since they're padded, you also don't have to worry about them hurting your hands, especially if the pack is full.

Speaking of padding, the Farpoint bag also comes with shoulder straps and an additional sternum strap for extra security. For more intensive hikes, that sternum strap can feel essential to keeping everything in place.

One more interesting thing about the Farpoint 40 is that it does come with a single attachable shoulder strap too. If you need to temporarily convert the bag into a "briefcase," you can wear the single strap and let the bag rest on your side rather than your back.

This isn't necessarily a big selling point for hikers because you're going to want more security over less security—but it's nice to know you've got the option.

Like the Farpoint 40, the Porter has padded shoulder straps as well as a sternum strap if you're worried about the bag falling off your shoulders. All the straps are adjustable, so they should fit people of various frames. The Porter also uses "StraightJacket Compression," which helps the backpack shrink down when you're not using every inch of space.

Comfort

Storage space and security are great, but you're not going to want to haul a heavy backpack around for miles if it's not comfortable. Fortunately, one thing both these packs excel at is being able to evenly distribute the weight. Most hikers are used to lugging around heavy packs for hours at a time, but that doesn't mean you need to end the day with sore shoulders if you don't have to.

If we had to name a more comfortable backpack out of the two, the Farpoint 40 has to win this category. Not only is it a little smaller (which may work to a lot of hikers' advantage), but it feels less bulky to carry around. If you tend to be on the smaller side, the Farpoint is probably going to feel like the more comfortable pack.

When it's packed to the brim, the Porter tends to sit higher on your back, and also be more difficult to navigate through crowded areas or tight spaces.

The Farpoint is specifically an outdoorsy pack, so the design is a little sleeker and more suited to spending a lot of time in the woods.

Durability

A travel backpack may have everything you think you want out of it, but if it's going to fall apart after a couple of months, you're probably wasting your money. Durability is also important because hikers, and the great outdoors, can be tough on a travel backpack.

While some hikers might feel as if the Porter's bulkiness or stiffness makes it uncomfortable, the upside is that it provides better protection for your valuables. Of course, the Porter isn't waterproof, so that extra protection isn't going to do much if you get stuck in a downpour.

As far as lifespan goes, the Farpoint 40 has a pretty great track record of lasting years, even with frequent use. Although the Farpoint isn't technically waterproof, you'll probably find that it is fairly water-resistant.

Even if you get caught in a little bit of rain and can't immediately find cover, there's no reason to immediately panic about your phone or laptop getting soaked. Still, you can't expect the Farpoint 40 to survive if it spends a lot of time out in a downpour or if it gets dropped in a river.

If we had to pick between the two, the Farpoint's water-resistant material and durable zippers and pockets give this pack the edge.

Stand-Out Features

When it comes down to a comparison, there's a lot of similarity between the Farpoint and the Porter. Both are made by Osprey and are travel backpacks. However, there are a couple of stand-out features between them:

Porter 46

Farpoint 40

What's the Better Backpack For You?

There's a lot to love about both the Farpoint 40 and the Porter 46, and there's no "perfect" solution between them.

Use the Porter 46 If:

If you're in need of a heavy-duty travel backpack, then the Porter 46 is definitely the right choice for you.

Use the Farpoint 40 If:

For something a little lighter on your back, the Farpoint 40 is the better choice—keep in mind that this comes as a "Men's" or "Women's" travel backpack, so you can pick whatever's right for you.

Are you preparing for an upcoming group camping trip, but know your old backpacking tent just isn’t going to do the trick? Are you tired of feeling cramped on the road, and need to find a tent with plenty of space and headroom?

I know the feeling, which is why I scoured the internet to find the best backpacking tents on the market to see how they compare and what they really do for users.

After hearing all the hype about the Marmot’s freestanding tent, the Marmot Limelight 3p, I decided to dig deeper and find out whether it really hits the mark for outdoor enthusiasts.

For our detailed review and comparison guide, keep reading!

The Marmot Limelight 3p review and 3 alternative backpacking tents we recommend for 2021:

Consider This Before Purchasing a Backpacking Tent

The Marmot Limelight 3p is a freestanding tent, perfect for groups of travelers, with excellent headspace and a substantial living area due to its pre-bent pole configurations.

Two people can fit into the Limelight 3p with plenty of room to spare, and 3 can rest comfortably (albeit a little cozier). However, if you’re traveling in a group larger than 3, you’ll want to consider some alternative options.

Let’s delve into the key points you need to consider before purchasing a backpacking tent.

The Capacity

Backpacking tents fall into different categories based on the capacity of persons they hold. For example, the Marmot Limelight 3p indicates that the tent holds up to 3 people. A model with “4p” included in the name would indicate that the tent held up to 4 people, and so on.

Not all tent models are created equal, and there isn’t a set standard for size per person, which means that one 3p tent might offer more space than another.

In general, lightweight models are going to be more compact. If you want extra space, another option is to select a tent that is designed for one more person beyond the size of your travel group. You can also examine the dimensions of the model to see if it provides the floor space you’re looking for.

Seasonality

The next thing you want to consider before purchasing a backpacking tent like the Marmot Limelight 3p is the seasonality of the product. Most tents are either designed for 3 or 4 seasons, but most backpackers will do just fine with a 3-season model.

Weight

If you want to keep your gear light, then logically, you’ll need to select a lightweight tent design. However, a lighter tent often means a more compact space and not as many features. Pay close attention to the minimum trail weight, packaged weight, and packed size of a tent.

The minimum trail weight is the weight of just the poles, rainfly, and tent body. The packaged weight includes all the additional components you’ll bring with your tent, like the poles and stakes.

The packed size is the space the tent comprises in your pack and how easy it is to transport. If you’re traveling in a group, having each person transport some of the tent components in their pack will help distribute the load evenly.

How Livable Is It?

If you’re going to be spending a lot of time inside your tent, you need to make sure the design is compact enough to transport without being so tight that you don’t feel comfortable inside. Pay close attention to the dimensions of the floor space and peak height, to make sure you have sufficient space to move around and sit up as needed.

The shape of the tent matters too. If the walls are more vertically shaped, the inside of the tent has a more open concept feel. Angled designs will be lighter to carry but also make the interior a bit more compact. It’s a tradeoff between easy carrying vs. ease of movement.

The Marmot Limelight 3p

The Marmot Limelight 3p on white background
The Marmot Limelight 3p
A three-season tent that has ample overhead space and a sturdy frame
The Marmot Limelight 3P Tent strikes a nice balance between roomy comfort, a compact design, and three-season weather protection for your next camping trip.
view at amazon
Pros
  • A lightweight, 3-season tent
  • Comes equipped with all key components
  • Pre-bent pole design
  • Good ventilation and weatherproofed material
Cons
  • Could be tight for 3 people plus lots of gear
  • Pegs included with the tent may not be sturdy enough for tough terrain

The Marmot Limelight 3p is a lightweight, freestanding backpacking tent designed to hold 2 or 3 people with ease. The tent is an ideal option for a variety of backpacking trips and weekend excursions, with a sturdy pre-bent pole that gives you the lightness of an angled design without reducing your living space inside. Truly the best of both worlds!

The tent sports vestibules and doors on both sides so multiple people can enter and exit with ease, with a 3-season design that means you can rely on it for all your spring, summer, and fall treks. The Marmot Limelight 3p is reasonably priced and takes up just 6 pounds and 11 ounces of packed weight in your gear.

The 48 x 68 x 90 floor dimensions are more than spacious, and the tent itself comes with all the components you need for a setup such as guy lines, a footprint, mesh gear loft, and stakes. The tent is simple to set up, and sports taped seams and a ventilated rain fly to keep everyone inside warm and dry if showers hit. The lightweight, weather resistant, and durable design of the Marmot Limelight 3p are fantastic for year-round backpacking for newbies and experts alike.

The simple, functional configurations of the Marmot Limelight 3p are sure to suit a range of user needs, but some might find the floor space a tight fit for 3 people. If you’re traveling in a group of 3, you’ll want to consider opening up space by storing your gear in the vestibule rather than inside the tent. If you want to keep all your gear inside as a group of 3, you might need to look for other alternatives.

Also, the tent doesn’t feature sufficient pegs to do a full setup, while the pegs that are included may not be sturdy enough for tough terrain. Depending on where you’re going to be camping, you might need to purchase additional pegs.
Check Current Price

Important Features and Benefits

Check out the key features and benefits of the Marmot Limelight 3p here.

Inside Space

The 68 x 90 floor space of the Marmot Limelight 3p is one of the reasons backpackers everywhere turn to this product as a go-to choice for group camping. The nice thing about these spacious dimensions is that everyone inside the tent will have enough space to sleep in any direction they choose without feeling cramped or uncomfortable.

The pre-bent pole is also great because you’ll have more headspace with a 48-inch peak height, which comes in really handy if you’re packing or just need to sit up.

Weight

The packaged weight of the Marmot Limelight 3p is just 7 pounds and 3.4 ounces (not counting the stakes). With all the components such as the footprint, stakes, rain fly, etc., included, it comes in at a packaged weight of 7 pounds and 9.2 ounces.

Not bad for a 3-person tent!

Breathability

Ventilation and breathability are significant components to consider when reviewing any backpacking tent, and the Marmot Limelight 3p certainly delivers on that score. With mesh ventilation on the ceiling and upper walls, you won’t have to worry about feeling stuffy or clammy in warmer weather.

I also noted the nice gap between the outside cover and tent walls, which greatly enhances overall breathability too. The vents are situated on either side of the fly, which is fantastic because this prevents condensation from gathering inside the tent. You can also reach the vent from outside or inside the tent as you need to.

The material of the tent is solid to about halfway up the tent wall, which means plenty of privacy for your group and good wind blockage too. The inside doors have dual, jingle-free zips, but you can also take the fly off to look at the night sky through the mesh canopy if you desire.

Outside Coverage

Another key element I look for in a backpacking tent is outside coverage that is durable and waterproof, and I were pleased to see that the Marmot Limelight 3p satisfies on both accounts.

The fly is designed from polyester taffeta sporting durable 68 denier specifications, with a fully waterproof exterior so you won’t get wet and chilled if it starts to rain.

Setup and Breakdown

Easy setup and breakdown is also a key feature I look for in the best backpacking tents, and yet again, the Marmot Limelight 3p comes through. The tent is super easy to set up and breakdown and 1 person can do this without any issues.

The corners of the tent are color-coded, which makes setup even easier, especially for novice backpackers. All you have to do is align the dual orange tabs at the feet with the fly’s dual orange tabs, clip, and cinch.

Another feature I really liked was the freestanding element, which means you can pick the tent up and move it to a different spot if you need to. The tent comes with a footprint that you can also use if you require.

To breakdown, you just remove the corner and vestibule stakes, take out the pulls, unclip, and you’re done! It’s easy to fold the tent and roll it up with the fly and pole bag, which means you'll have no issue fitting the entire thing into your gear.

The Proof

You want to hear what users actually have to say about the product. To save you time and trouble, I scoured the internet to discover what real users really have to say about the Marmot Limelight 3p.

Spoiler alert—they love it! Overall, users were more than pleased with the lightweight, durable, and spacious design of the tent, that makes for easy gear transport and user-friendly setup and breakdown.

Alternative Options

If you’re not quite sold on the Marmot Limelight 3p or think space might be a tad too tight for what you’re looking for, check out the 3 alternative options below.

Big Agnes Copper Spur HV UL Backpacking Tent

Big Agnes Copper Spur HV UL Backpacking Tent on white background
Big Agnes Copper Spur HV UL Backpacking Tent
A redesigned and updated tent with stronger and lighter materials
Big Agnes Copper Spur HV UL Backpacking Tents comes with awning-style vestibules to protect you from sun and rain, and it simplifies setup with the TipLok buckle.
view at amazon

The Big Agnes Copper Tent is definitely a pricier option than the Marmot Limelight 3p, but it also comes in 1, 2, 3, and 4-person designs so you can choose what you need based on the size of the group you generally travel with. The tent is super lightweight like the Marmot 3p, with a high-volume pole that opens up the interior and multiple zippers.

The Big Agnes definitely offers more storage capacity though, with a huge ceiling pocket, dual inside mesh pockets, dual vestibules, a single oversized mesh pocket, and even dual cord routing panels. Check it out for yourself!
Check Current Price

Comparison

MSR Hubba Hubba NX 2-Person Lightweight Backpacking Tent

MSR Hubba Hubba NX 2-Person Lightweight Backpacking Tent on white background
MSR Hubba Hubba NX 2-Person Lightweight Backpacking Tent
A compact and lightweight but versatile and flexible backpacking tent
The MSR Hubba Hubba NX 2-Person Lightweight Backpacking Tent comes with an Xtreme Shield waterproof coating, a spacious interior, and a lightweight design that is easy to pack.
view at amazon

The MSR Hubba is a 2-person tent rather than the 3p capacity of the Marmot. It features 20 denier ripstop nylon and 15 denier nylon mesh, unlike the 68-denier polyester taffeta of the Limelight model.

The MSR Hubba is even more lightweight than the Marmot 3p at just 3.8 pounds set up, but not quite as durable. If lightweight is your goal though and you don’t camp all the time, this shouldn’t be an issue. It’s a 3-season tent like the Marmot 3p, with mesh panels for ventilation.

The inside isn’t quite as open as the 3p but offers quality space for 2 people for shorter backpacking trips. Click the link to learn more!
Check Current Price

Comparison

Nemo Dagger Ultralight Backpacking Tent

Nemo Dagger Ultralight Backpacking Tent on white background
Nemo Dagger Ultralight Backpacking Tent
A tent that pushes the livable space limits while maintaining a lighter weight
The Nemo Dagger Ultralight Backpacking Tent combines prebent poles with color-coded straps to make setup quick and easy, and it has dual doors with large windows.
view at amazon

The Nemo Dagger runs a close second to the Marmot Limelight 3p, at a slightly steeper price. The 3-season tent offers plenty of space for campers to stretch out, with dual doors and vestibules for gear storage like the Limelight 3p. It is lightweight and easy to set up, with spacious 87 x 67 dimensions, which are great for 2 people, but probably a bit tight for 3.

The Nemo Dagger also comes with all the necessary components like the Marmot 3p, such as the fly, poles, stakes, and guy-out cord. So, the only major disparity here between the two is the price. Take a look!
Check Current Price

Comparison

Conclusion

If you’re looking for a backpacking tent that holds up well in moderate winds and downpours, is easy to set up and breakdown, gives you plenty of floor space, and feels pretty light in your pack, the Marmot Limelight 3 surpasses the mark on all counts.

It is cost-effective and made to last and will see you through all your outdoor excursions for 3 seasons of the year. Considering how large the tent is, the packed and packaged weight is impressive. Ready to take the plunge? Check out the Marmot Limelight 3p for your next backpacking adventure!

You know that feeling when you’re preparing for an upcoming trek, and your trusty backpack goes on the fritz? Maybe a strap fell apart, the material’s started to fray, or it’s seen one backpacking trip too many.

I found myself in a similar predicament recently, in dire need of a trusty backpack for a fast approaching wilderness adventure.

Enter the Osprey Farpoint 40.

Reported to be a veritable powerhouse of a backpack for travelers, I set out to find out if Osprey’s travel backpack really lived up to all the hype.

Here’s what I discovered.

The Osprey Farpoint 40 review and 3 alternative backpack we recommend for 2021:

Things to Consider Before Buying a Travel Backpack

A travel backpack like the Osprey 40 is optimal for everything from lengthy camping treks to weekend hikes or even for daily use.

However, before I delve into the ins and outs of the Osprey Farpoint 40, here are some key points you need to consider when purchasing a travel backpack.

Weight

First, you need to consider the weight of the travel backpack. Besides your backpack, you’ll also likely be carrying gear such as your sleeping pad or bag, and shelters such as a tarp or tent.

As such, your backpack needs to be light enough that you won’t feel weighed down when carrying it with the rest of your gear during a long day on the trail.

The Frame

You’ll also want to consider the frame of the travel backpack you’re considering. The best backpack frames are light and can support weights up to 35 pounds.

If you need to transport heavier gear, you need a backpack with a strong frame, sporting features like additional padding for optimal comfort.

Materials

Cuben fiber and ripstop nylon are common backpack materials. The former is more lightweight but also costs more. Ripstop nylon weighs more but is more cost-effective. Both offer great longevity of use.

Comfort

Comfort is key when it comes to choosing a backpack for all your outdoor and travel needs. Different packs sport varying load capacities and back lengths, with many products allowing you to adjust the back length as needed.

The pack’s hip belt should be situated comfortably since your hip area will bear the bulk of any weight you’re carrying.

The Osprey Farpoint 40

Osprey Farpoint 40 on white background
A travel backpack perfect for urban getaways or rural camping
The Osprey Farpoint 40 is a durable travel backpack with large zip panels, dual mesh pockets, and a harness and hip belt for long hikes or walks.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Versatile back for a range of outdoor excursions
  • Multiple storage compartments with a sleeve for a laptop or tablet
  • Good carry-on size
  • Perfect for light travel backpacking
Cons
  • Smaller storage compartments
  • The suspension is a bit small
  • Not ideal if you want to bring a lot of gear on the road

The Osprey Farpoint 40 is a multipurpose travel backpack, ideal for backpackers who prefer to trek light on the road instead of lugging excess weight. Osprey offers a lifetime warranty, which means that if you don’t like your purchase all you have to do is mail it back and they’ll resolve the issue at no cost to you (other than shipping).

Because the Osprey Farpoint is so versatile, it’s a great option to meet a wide range of backpacker needs, from lengthier treks to shorter weekend getaways in the great outdoors.

With a huge panel zip that makes for easy access to the primary compartment, a back panel, hipbelt with a rear flap, and handy harness, plus a tablet and laptop sleeve so you can stay plugged in on the go, the Osprey Farpoint is definitely a strong contender for the seasoned traveler.

I like the sturdy 210 denier material made from packcloth, ripstop nylon, and atilon foam for comfort and durability. The Osprey Farpoint 40 is a close relative of the Farpoint 55, the latter of which is a 41-liter pack with a 14-liter daypack you can detach. By contrast, the Farpoint 40 is a 40-liter backpack and doesn’t sport a daypack.

The sizing between the two is pretty similar, but the 40 is approximately 4 inches shorter. Because the Farpoint 40’s size is more compact, this makes it both a great carry-on and hiking pack. It is also 1 inch wider than the 55 which helps make up for the space disparity.

That said, if you don’t like to travel light and tend to bring a lot of gear with you on the road, you might be better off looking into other alternatives that offer more packing space.
Check Current Price

Key Features and Benefits

With so many backpacks to choose from, how do you know if the Osprey 40 really is the one for you? Here’s what you need to know about the key features and benefits of the Osprey Farpoint 40.

The Size

One thing I really like about the Osprey Farpoint 40 is its size options. You actually have the option to purchase it in 2 different sizes: S/M at 38 liters or M/L at the standard 40 liters. No matter which size you pick, the backpack still only weighs around 3 pounds, which is incredibly lightweight when compared to other products on the market.

The 40L version can hold between 20 and 40 pounds with ease, although you’ll probably be more comfortable if you keep your gear weight a little closer to 20 pounds total. If you tend to bring a lot of gear with you on the road and abhor packing light, this bag is probably not for you.

However, if you like to keep things compact and bring only your essentials on the road, the Osprey Farpoint 40 is one of the best available.

Its size is compact enough that you can even use it as a carry-on, and it is in full compliance with current airline carry-on regulations. That can mean big savings in checked bag fees if you’re flying from one location to the next!

Shoulder Straps

The first element of the Osprey Farpoint 40’s suspension system is it’s comfortable and quality shoulder straps. They are designed to contour to the shape of your shoulders, which is great news for long treks on the rail.

The straps also sport load lifter straps, so you can adjust the backpack nearer to your back and reduce the strain of any gear you’re carrying.

I was satisfied with the padding on the shoulder straps, as it suffices to keep your shoulders comfortable without being so thick that it provides unnecessary bulk. The straps are also nice and wide, to help ensure the weight of your pack isn’t too focused on any one region.

I like the meshed web design in the straps too, for extra ventilation on long, sweaty treks.

The shoulder straps also sport a chest strap that you can adjust as needed. I really like this feature, because if your shoulders get tired or start to ache, you can distribute the weight more evenly throughout your upper body.

The Hip Belt

I would have to say that the hip belt leaves a few points to be desired in that it isn’t quite as sturdy as some other products. That said, it partially comes down to user preference.

If you find that larger hip belts add too much bulk on your backpacking adventures, you’ll probably have no issue with the less substantial hip belt the Osprey Farpoint 40 sports.

The Frame

The Osprey Farpoint 40 is super lightweight, which does wonders to even out the load between your shoulder and hip areas. The frame is designed to secure the pack to your back, so it doesn’t bunch and pull away. That feature is a huge plus in our book since no one wants their backpack to start sagging and straining their neck halfway through a hike.

I definitely liked the Farpoint 40’s meshed padding throughout that helps ensure wearer comfort while offering additional ventilation. If you’re going to be on the trail for hours, you’ll probably still feel some sweat gathering, but the extra ventilation will certainly keep you a little bit cooler.

Stowaway Functionality

Remember how I mentioned that the Osprey 40 is carry-on compliant? If you’re going to be heading to your backpacking destination by flying the friendly skies, the straps feature a stowaway functionality so you can store the hip belt and shoulder strap in the zipped panel.

I like this feature because it makes things way easier if you need to check your bag for any reason. Even walking down the aircraft’s aisles and storing your bag in the overhead bin will be vastly simplified if you can stow away the straps temporarily.

Compartments

One thing you need to know about the Osprey Farpoint 40 is that it primarily consists of a single, large compartment with several other smaller ones. It’s very similar to a carry-on suitcase in that the shape makes it easy to fold and stash your belongings with ease. There is also a mesh pocket on the front compartment with a zipper to keep smaller, flat items.

Because the frame of the Osprey Farpoint 40 isn’t as strong as some other options and because of the way the straps are designed, there’s no way to store your laptop near your back. So, the 40 offers a special compartment for your laptop or tablet at the front.

If your laptop or tablet is light enough, this won’t really be an issue and makes for easy access. On the other hand, if you have a bulkier device, you’ll probably notice the weight more than you would if it was stored closer to your back.

The tech compartment also features a mesh pocket with a zip and a second compartment with enough space to hold a thin jacket, which is great if you need an extra layer on the road.

Besides these primary compartments, the 40 also features an upper pocket designed from anti-scratch material to store small items like your sunglasses or mobile device.

The only downside here is that the water bottle pockets are situated at the back of the Farpoint 40, so you can’t access them when wearing the pack. One of the compression straps also runs across the water bottle pockets, which makes accessing them a little more difficult.

What Users Have to Say

User reviews are a key component to consider when picking out a travel backpack.

I did the research and scoured the web to find out what consumers really think about the Osprey Farpoint 40. Overall, buyers seem very satisfied with the lightweight design and storage options the Farpoint 40 offers.

Alternative Options

Still not sure whether the Osprey Farpoint 40 is right for you? Check out these 3 alternative products instead!

Osprey Packs Porter 46 Travel Backpack

Osprey Packs Porter 46 Travel Backpack on white background
Osprey Packs Porter 46 Travel Backpack
A larger backpack with padded sides and substantial suspension
The Osprey Packs Porter 46 Travel Backpack has dedicated zippered pockets to store your tools when you hike or backpack, and it adjusts to different torso lengths.
view at amazon

Another travel pack by Osprey, the 46 model features dual straitjacket compression straps with a lower compartment to store your gear and apparel. The feature that jumped out at us right away that sets the 46 apart from the 40 is the fact that the dual compression straps aren’t placed awkwardly over water bottle pockets. Instead, the straps sit taut in place over a thin zip compartment for ease of use.

Another point that sets the Osprey Porter 46 apart from the Osprey Farpoint 40 is its laptop sleeve—situated in a rear compartment close to rather than away from your back. While this won’t afford you the easy access to your devices like the 40’s tech pocket, it will distribute the weight better in your pack and be less bulky. As far as price goes, the Osprey 46 and Osprey Farpoint 40 are just about the same.

Take a look for yourself!
Check Current Price

Comparison

NOMATIC Water Resistant 40L Travel Bag

NOMATIC Water Resistant 40L Travel Bag on white background
NOMATIC Water Resistant 40L Travel Bag
A small travel bag with a waterproof outer shell
NOMATIC Water Resistant 40L Travel Bags have shoulder and waist straps to distribute the load, and the waterproof design keeps your items dry.
view at amazon

When it comes to price, the Nomatic Water Resistant 40L Travel Bag is significantly higher than the Osprey Farpoint 40. They are similar in the sense that they both have 40-liter capacities, are TSA compliant, and sport a tablet/laptop sleeve. However, the Nomatic 40L differs in a few key ways. For one, the material is designed from water repellant tarpaulin, making it a great choice to protect your belongings in variable weather conditions.

It also comes with designated compartments for your shoes, a cord organizer, a valuables pocket, RFID shielded pocket, laundry compartment, and an individual water bottle pocket. I like the way these compartments are designed for efficiency and easy organization on the road.

The Nomatic 40L even sports detachable waist straps, so you can take those off if you don’t need them or if they start to cause irritation. Check it out!
Check Current Price

Comparison

Granite Gear Crown VC 60 Backpack

Granite Gear Crown VC 60 Backpack on white background
Granite Gear Crown VC 60 Backpack
A large hiking pack with ample support and shoulder padding
Granite Gear Crown VC 60 Backpacks is a top-loading pack with a secure roll-top closure that gives you easy access to your items when you're on the trail.
view at amazon

The Granite Gear Crown VC 60 Backpack actually comes in two different sizes, regular and long, so the price will vary to be less or more expensive than the Farpoint 40 depending on the one you choose. Compared to the Osprey Farpoint 40, the Granite Gear Backpack holds significantly more gear, with a 60-liter design and impressive load capacity up to 35 pounds.

That said, the Granite Gear Backpack is going to be a lot bulkier on the road than the Osprey Farpoint 40, and is definitely not an ideal choice if you prefer lightweight backpacking. There’s a nice amount of padding on the Granite Gear Pack, including interchangeable belts, hydration ports, and stretch pockets.

So, if you like to bring a lot of gear along and have plenty of adjustment options, this could be a good pick. Click on the link to learn more!
Check Current Price

Comparison

The Final Verdict

If you’re searching for a lightweight, minimalist, durable travel backpack to store your essentials without overbulking on the trail, the Osprey Farpoint 40 is for you. With its light, mesh padded frame, secure hip belt, carry-on compliant features, and suitcase-like design, the Farpoint 40 is an exceptional choice for short weekend excursions or several months of adventures on the road.

The webbed design also makes for excellent ventilation, so you’ll stay nice, cool, and comfortable in any season you might be trekking in. Don’t just take our word for it. Click here to check the Osprey Farpoint 40 out for yourself!

Whether you’re a seasoned backpacker or are preparing to venture out on your first outdoor trek, it’s essential to find the best backpacking tent for your camping needs to keep you comfortable and dry out on the road. The problem is, there are so many tent products available, many of which aren’t too kind on the wallet.

The good news is, finding a backpacking tent that meets your camping needs doesn’t have to break the bank. Keep reading to discover our top 5 picks for the best backpacking tent under $200, plus the ultimate guide to selecting a backpacking tent.

The top 5 backpacking tent under $200 we recommend for 2021:

The Backpacker’s Guide to Choosing the Best Tent Under $200

Here’s what you need to know to select the best backpacking tent under 200.

Types of Tents

There are several different types of tents available, so it’s important to know what your options are in order to select the right one for you. The first type of tent is a summer/screen tent. These tents are designed for summer activities to give the camper plenty of ventilation and protection from insects in balmy weather.

The best summer/screen tents sport sturdy frames and rain flies to offer complete coverage in the event you run into summer showers. Summer/screen tents also sport large mesh areas, allowing you to pull back the fly and let fresh air flow inside the interior.

The second type of tent is a three-season tent, which is the variety that many backpackers who camp year-round rely on. Three-season tents are designed to keep you comfortable on spring, summer, and fall camping trips, with frames made to hold up against blustery gales and ventilated walls. If you go camping frequently and want to find the best backpacking tent under $200 that will serve you well for most of the year, a three-season tent is a solid pick.

Convertible tents are designed for a wide variety of weather conditions, with a frame sporting a rainfly, vestibule, and a pole. You can bulk up a convertible tent for rough weather conditions or lighten the frame for summer camping adventures.

The walls of convertible tents frequently include mesh windows with nylon paneling for a bonus view that you can zip if need be for protection from weather elements. The only real downside with convertible tents is that they are much heavier and will bulk down your pack significantly more.

For tough winter adventures, a mountaineering/winter tent is the ideal pick. Mountaineering tents are designed with very durable materials, poles, and guy out loops to hold up against harsh weather elements. Most mountaineering/winter tents have low ceilings with boulder-like designs and massive vestibules to store your gear and other belongings.

For ultra-lightweight backpackers, tarps are a simple sheet of polyester or nylon that you can secure to a boulder, tree, roots, trekking poles, etc. Tarps can definitely protect you against some harsh weather elements, but it’s essential to tie them right or you could find yourself without sufficient shelter.

Tent Shape

Different tents sport different shapes, and each has its own advantages and disadvantages. A-frame tents are very lightweight, basic options with sloping walls. The sloping walls make the tent light to carry but also mean that you’ll have less head and elbow space. A-frames are also not sturdy enough for very high winds and rough weather, so you’ll need to use them in calmer weather conditions.

Modified A-frame tents are a step up from the basic A-frame, featuring a ridgeline pole, curved walls, and a center hoop pole that offers more interior space and sturdiness all around. Dome tents come in a wide range of specs, but usually sport arched ceilings, quality inside space, and hold up well against high winds.

Hoop/tunnel tents are not freestanding, so you will need plenty of stakes to keep them in place and attain the right shape. However, they are very weather resistant and aren’t too heavy, making them a good choice for lighter backpacking.

Pyramid/teepee tents are a rainfly with a vertical center pole. The lack of a floor makes them a better choice for benign weather rather than damp, blustery conditions. Finally, a wedge tent features a shape that is higher at the end of the head and lower at the foot, with a lightweight design and aerodynamic configurations. You just won't have as much headspace or elbow room with wedge tents.

Features to Be Aware Of

You always want to look for sufficient head space when choosing the best backpacking tent under 200. The dimensions need to be sufficient to give you room to stretch out and move around, particularly in the case of a multi-person tent where you’re going to have several individuals moving about.

Headroom is another key feature to be aware of. Headroom is defined by the slope of the tent wall. Consider the number of people you’ll be backpacking with and any weather conditions you anticipate running into. Very lightweight tent options will feel better in your pack, but will usually have lower ceilings or slopes that make them a better pick for sleeping rather than sitting up.

You’ll also want to consider the shape of the best tents under 200. You’ll want a vestibule that offers plenty of space for all your gear, but tents with high roofs also have better storage options and give you room to cook in harsh weather conditions.

Decide whether you want a freestanding tent that you can set up without stakes, or a non-freestanding tent. Non-freestanding tents are definitely lighter than freestanding ones, but their use of stakes make them a bit more difficult to use in conditions like snow or sand.

Also, consider whether you want a one or two-door tent. One door tents are more lightweight, but the two-door design makes for increased functionality and livability.

Do you want a single-wall tent or a double-wall tent? Double-walls sport an inside canopy for sleeping and a rainfly to keep you dry. They are also more cost effective and have ample ventilation. Single-wall tents offer a single layer of waterproof material, which means they are really simple to set up and very lightweight. However, they tend to gather condensation quickly, so ventilation is a key feature to look for with single-wall tents.

The Best Backpacking Tent Under $200 Reviews

Browse our top 5 choices for the best backpacking tent under 200, then keep reading to discover our top pick from the group. Let’s go!

Mountainsmith Morrison 2 Person 3 Season Tent

Mountainsmith Morrison 2 Person 3 Season Tent on white background
Mountainsmith Morrison 2 Person 3 Season Tent
A tent with two fly ventilation windows and a lightweight design
Mountainsmith Morrison 2 Person 3 Season Tents have mesh storage pockets for your tools, ventilation windows, mesh wall panels, and an easy setup process.
view at amazon
Pros
  • 3-season tent
  • Very easy to set up
  • Lightweight and compact to transport
  • Spacious interior with two-door design
  • Dual vestibules
Cons
  • May not be enough ceiling space for some
  • Does not come with the tent footprint

Our first pick for the best backpacking tent under $200 is a 2-person tent that is ideal for 3-season use, making it a fantastic choice for all your spring, summer, and fall camping trips. We like how compact the design of this tent is, with a hard liner that you can remove if need be. The inside is pretty roomy, offering 35 square feet of space that is more than enough for 2 adults and all their gear.

We were happy to see that the tent sports dual vestibules to secure your belongings, equipped with 17 feet of space and integrated mesh pockets to organize all your essentials. We were also very pleased with the ventilation of the Mountainsmith Morrison 2 Person 3 Season tent, as it sports a tent fly for enhanced airflow. The tent features a two-door design to make it easy for both campers to enter and exit as they desire.
Check Current Price

Kelty Salida Camping and Backpacking Tent

Kelty Salida Camping and Backpacking Tent on white background
Kelty Salida Camping and Backpacking Tent
A great lightweight all-around camping tent with six feet of space
The Kelty Salida Camping and Backpacking Tent have compact folding poles, color-coded attachments, 68D polyester walls, and 40D mesh flooring that'll fit neatly into your backpack.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Easy setup and breakdown
  • Lightweight and compact design
  • 30.5 square feet of floor space
  • Spacious vestibule area
  • Quality ventilation
Cons
  • The floor of the tent can be prone to moisture so you’ll need a tarp in damp conditions
  • The zipper can wear out with prolonged use

The Kelty Salida tent made it to our best backpacking tent under $200 list for its impressive storage space and lightweight configurations. We love that the frame is light and easy to carry, so you won’t have any issue storing it in your gear for either lengthy or short backpacking and camping trips. We really liked the ventilation features this tent has to offer, with mesh fabric that increases airflow while keeping pesky bugs out of your way.

The 2-person tent is surprisingly compact for the amount of storage space it has to offer, with a 10 square foot vestibule to secure your equipment, gear, and other possessions while on the road. One feature that really drew us to this tent was its easy setup.

The tent features 2 folding poles for a simple, freestanding design that you can set up or breakdown with total ease. You’ll have 30.5 square feet of floor space with this tent, not counting the vestibule area. The tent itself is designed from durable nylon that is light and cozy, while still being sturdy enough to hold up against harsh winds.
Check Current Price

Chillbo CABBINS 2 Person Camping Tent

Vertical Limit movie poster on white background
Chillbo CABBINS 2 Person Camping Tent
A spacious two-person camping and backpacking tent with a large entryway
The Chillbo CABBINS 2 Person Camping Tent is a storm-proof tent that uses premium materials to withstand the elements without wearing out or tearing.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Highly portable with handy carrying back
  • 3-season tent
  • Dual doors for easy entry and exit
  • Comes with a rainfly and cover for increased weather protection
  • Durable design
Cons
  • The tent may need to air out when you first remove it from the box
  • The seams aren’t sealed

The next best backpacking tent under $200 on our list is the Chillbo Cabbins 2 Person Camping Tent, featuring a lightweight design that is highly portable and durable for 3-season camping. We liked the 2-door configurations this tent has to offer, so both campers can get in and out of the tent without issue. We also liked the complete fly sheet the tent sports, which offers additional insulation from damaging weather elements like wind and rain.

One thing we really liked is that the Chillbo Cabbins 2 Person Camping Tent comes with a carrying bag, making it really easy to breakdown and pack up the tent for easy transport. The entry to the tent is covered, which will serve to keep you nice and dry if stormy weather hits. The tent also sports a mesh design for enhanced ventilation without any need to worry about insects getting through.
Check Current Price

TETON Sports Mountain Ultra Tent

TETON Sports Mountain Ultra Tent on white background
TETON Sports Mountain Ultra Tent
A hassle-free tent that travels to remote locations
The TETON Sports Mountain Ultra Tent is waterproof, lightweight, and it has a built-in ventilation system that helps it withstand any weather conditions on your remote camping spot.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Great weather and bug protection
  • Affordable
  • Screen for ventilation and quality views
  • Spacious floor area
  • Comes with rainfly and tent footprint
Cons
  • May experience some leaks with very tough rainstorms
  • Heavier choice than some

The TETON Sports Mountain Ultra Tent is the best backpacking tent under $200 for its incredibly affordable price tag that offers fantastic protection from harsh weather conditions and bugs. The tent comes with a footprint and rainfly and sports a screen for enhanced ventilation. The screen is a great feature to have for warm weather camping, as you can look outside and enjoy the view without having to worry about bugs flying in.

We were definitely pleased with the roomy interior this tent has to offer, featuring a pitched size of 90 x 78 x 49, while providing quality sleeping space that leaves you enough room to store all your gear and belongings. The tent is really fast and easy to set up and features vents built into the rainfly for excellent air circulation. You can purchase the model in 1 to 4 person capacities, making it an exceptional pick for an array of backpacking needs.
Check Current Price

ALPS Mountaineering Zephyr 3-Person Tent

ALPS Mountaineering Zephyr 3-Person Tent on white background
ALPS Mountaineering Zephyr 3-Person Tent
An ideal tent for muggy and hot nights when you need a breeze
The ALPS Mountaineering Zephyr 3-Person Tent has full mesh walls with a dual pole design that gives you more headroom to sit up and move around.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Quick set up and breakdown
  • 3-person capacity
  • Dual doors
  • Quality ventilation with polyester fabric and mesh design
  • Light packed weight
Cons
  • Tent stakes are not as sturdy as some
  • Fits 3, but could be a bit tight for 3 fully grown adults

Our final selection for the best backpacking tent under $200 is the ALPS Mountaineering Zephyr 3-Person Tent, with a waterproof design and spacious interior. It takes no time at all to set up and sports a freestanding design so all you need are dual poles to pitch it. We really liked the quality storage space this tent has to offer, with dual vestibules and mesh storage pockets integrated into the design.

We were also more than satisfied with the water-resistant tent fly that will keep you warm and dry even if rain or wind hits. The dual-door tent sports an enhanced ventilation system, designed from polyester fabric for breathability. The tent also vents really well due to its mesh doors that keep condensation out and promote proper air flow.

The packed weight of this tent is just 5 pounds and 5 ounces, so you won’t have any issue transporting it along with the rest of your gear.
Check Current Price

The Winner

Without a doubt, each of our choices for the best backpacking tent under $200 offer something for everyone, whether you are a frequent backpacker or only like to take occasional camping trips. That said, the choice that we feel offers the most usage, durability, and versatility to backpackers is the Kelty Salida Camping and Backpacking tent.

We love its lightweight frame that is easy to transport, with exceptional ventilation and handy mesh for increased airflow. The 2-person tent is really compact but doesn’t skimp on storage space, with a 10 square foot vestibule and 30.5 square feet of floor space. The freestanding design with 3 folding poles was also fantastic, and we were happy to see the durable nylon material that holds up well against harsh weather elements.

For versatility, durability, space, weight, and compactness, the Kelty Salida Camping Tent reigns supreme as the best backpacking tent under $200.

Whether you like to go backpacking a few times a year or are frequently setting out on lengthy trail excursions, having a quality backpacking tent in your gear arsenal is a must. The trouble is, with so many tent options to pick from (and some at very steep costs), how do you know which will serve you best out on the trail?

We’re so glad you asked.

Finding a backpacking tent that serves your needs and lasts you for many miles ahead doesn’t need to burst your wallet. Keep reading for the top 5 options for the best backpacking tents under $100, including our detailed guide to choosing the right tent for you.

The top 5 backpacking tents under $100 we recommend for 2021:

Different Types of Backpacking Tent Designs

Not all tent designs are created equal. Check out the different types of backpacking tent designs you can pick from when selecting the best backpacking tent under 100.

Freestanding

Freestanding backpacking tents function exactly how their name indicates—they stand up completely on their own without requiring extra bells and whistles to achieve the right volume. Freestanding tents are typically used for regular backpacking and camping and will serve you well whether you are backpacking solo or with a couple of friends.

If you select a more durable, weatherproof option, a freestanding tent is also a good choice for cold weather camping in rough conditions.

Semi-Freestanding

Semi-freestanding tents come with poles for setup, but you also have to use guy points or stakes to pitch them to optimal volume. If you want to pick the best backpacking tent under 100 in a semi-freestanding style, this variety is a quality choice for extra stability and comfort.

Semi-freestanding tents are also pretty lightweight to carry in your gear because they don’t have as many poles as other styles.

Double-Wall

Double-wall tents have three components, namely, an inside tent featuring a waterproof floor space and a non-waterproof roof, a rain fly (or outer tent with waterproof features), and poles for setup. Double-wall tents are designed to be very user-friendly and easy to set up while safeguarding you from harsh weather conditions and keeping you comfortable at the same time.

That said, for all their impressive features, double-wall tents have the heaviest design. Freestanding tents, semi-freestanding tents, and tunnel tents are all variations of the double-wall design.

Tunnel

Finally, tunnel tents feature a semi-freestanding design with a distinctive pole setup. Tunnel tents sport one or more poles in a hoop shape and depend completely on guylines to remain upright.

Tunnel tents offer a quality ratio of space to weight, providing backpackers strength and fantastic comfort while still being pretty light.

How to Choose the Best Backpacking Tent Under $100

Here’s how to pick the best backpacking tents under $100.

Different Types of Tent Doors

There are three primary types of tent doors: double side doors, singe side doors, and front-end doors. Double side doors offer a tent entrance on each side, giving campers easy access and flexible usage options. If you are camping with a group or even one other person, the double-sided door design could come in really handy.
The best backpacking tent under 100 with a front-end door design gives multi-person access as well, but space is tighter, and it will be a little more awkward for multiple people to enter at once. If you are backpacking solo or don’t mind the tighter spice, tents with single side doors could suffice.

Person Capacity

You’ll need to consider the person capacity of the tent you want when hunting for the best backpacking tent under $100. The best backpacking tent under $100 comes in varying occupant capacities, ranging from one to four-person tents. Two-person tents are the most popular choice for most backpackers, while three-person tents typically add another 20 inches more to allow for the extra camper.

Your ideal tent person capacity is obviously going to depend on how many people you typically backpack with, but it also partly involves your personal preference. For instance, if you typically camp with just one other person, but would like some additional floor space and headroom, you might opt for a three-person model instead of a two-person. If you have lots of gear or bring your pet along on the trail, having that extra space could be a lifesaver too.

Material

Consider the material of the product when hunting for the best backpacking tent under $100. Backpacking tents are designed from either coated polyester, Cuben fiber, or coated nylon. Nylon is the strongest material available and is much more resistant to wear and tear than a choice like polyester. However, both materials require an additional coat in order to become fully waterproof.

Cuben fiber is the gold standard in terms of backpacking tent materials, but it does come with a steeper price. With that said, Cuben fiber is absolutely the most lightweight, durable, and waterproof option available. It is very easy to fix Cuben fiber fabric if it starts to show signs of wear, while the material is light enough that it won’t weigh down your gear.

Pay close attention to the fabric denier of the best backpacking tent under 100. A fabric’s denier tells you the ratio of its weight to square area. For instance, very lightweight tent fabrics feature 10-denier specifications with 40 to 70-denier tent floors.

The most cost-effective best backpacking tent under $100 is going to be designed with Polyurethane coating. The PU coating offers waterproofing while still being durable enough to hold up in damp and cold environments. However, PU coating is vulnerable to chemical deterioration, which removes the waterproofing components and wears out the tent.

The best backpacking tent under $100 sports silicone elastomer, which not only repels water like a dream but is flexible and resistant to harmful UV rays and harsh temperatures. It is lighter than PU coating, but also highly durable and sturdier.

Ultimately, consider your usage needs, camper capacity, and backpacking frequency. If you only go on short camping trips every so often, you probably won’t need as durable a choice as you would if you frequently camp in all kinds of weather conditions.

The Best Backpacking Tent Under $100 Top 5 Reviews

Check out the best backpacking tent under $100 choices for your next outdoor adventure.

Winterial Single Person Personal Bivy Tent

Winterial Single Person Personal Bivy Tent on white background
Winterial Single Person Personal Bivy Tent
A triple-season single-person tent that is very lightweight
Winterial Single Person Personal Bivy Tents have more open-air netting equipped that ensures you have good ventilation, and they fold up compact to carry in your bag.
view at amazon
Pros
  • 3-season tent
  • Very easy setup
  • Good weatherproofing design
  • Zippered door
  • Comes with rope bundles and stakes
Cons
  • Not as high a tent volume as some selections
  • Not good for more than one person

Our first pick for the best backpacking tent under $100 is the Winterial Single Person Personal Bivy Tent. We like that the tent is designed for 3-season camping while being lightweight and portable at just 3 pounds and 3 ounces when packed. The tent is definitely one of the most cost-effective options on our list and is a great choice for solo backpackers who like to trek year round.

The tent features a double-wall design, so you will have plenty of insulation and coverage from weather elements like wind and rain. We were very impressed by how simple it is to set up this backpacking tent, as it sports a two-hoop design with bivvies for user-friendly ease.

The roof sports ventilated mesh while the body of the tent features a zippered door to make getting in and out of the tent a breeze. The tent comes with 3 rope bundles and 14 stakes to secure it in place in your chosen camping location.
Check Current Price

Pacific Breeze Easy Setup Beach Tent

Pacific Breeze Easy Setup Beach Tent on white background
Pacific Breeze Easy Setup Beach Tent
A user-friendly lightweight tent with plenty of ventilation windows
Pacific Breeze Easy Setup Beach Tents use a UPF 50+ water-resistant material to keep you clean and dry, and the tent sits up and tears down in minutes.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Great option for beach and summer camping
  • Portable and lightweight
  • UPF 50+ sun protection
  • Compact packed size
  • Quality floor and headspace
Cons
  • Not as durable as some
  • The ventilation could be better

If you’re going to be backpacking in warm weather or beach conditions, the Pacific Breeze Easy Setup Beach Tent might be just what you’ve been looking for. The backpacking tent under $100 sports a very portable, lightweight design to shield you from the elements like rain and wind, while providing UPF 50+ protection from the sun.

We were glad to see that the tent features a breathable polyester design that repels water and folds down to a compact size of just 40 x 5 x 5 inches. When set up, this best backpacking tent under $100 features 87 x 47 x 49 dimensions, offering plenty of floor space, head space, and inner volume.

The frame sports integrated fiberglass components and a PE floor with water-resistant properties to keep you comfortable and dry. We also liked the featured carrying case, stakes, and inside pockets to secure your smaller personal belongings.
Check Current Price

Argus Le Automatic Instant Tent for Camping

Argus Le Automatic Instant Tent on white background
Argus Le Automatic Instant Tent
A waterproof tent and sun shelter that sets up quickly
The Argus Le Automatic Instant Tent will fit two or three people, sets up in minutes, and offers adequate sun and water protection when you camp.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Holds 2 to 3 people
  • Very roomy design
  • Easy pop up set up and breakdown
  • Fiberglass poles
  • 210-denier floor material
Cons
  • The zipper is not as durable
  • May not be insulated enough for very cold temperatures

Our next choice for the best backpacking tent under $100 is the Argus Le Automatic Instant Tent for Camping, featuring a waterproof design that holds a 2 to 3 person capacity. For multi-person camping in a range of camping conditions, it’s definitely hard to outdo the Argus Le Automatic Instant Tent.

The first thing we noticed was the instant tent design, which means that you can pop the poles in and out of place for super easy setup. The tent poles are manufactured from durable 8.55mm fiberglass that is elastic and corrosion resistant. We also liked the tent’s taped seams and 210-denier floor fabric.

The tent’s exterior is breathable with dual layers, waterproofing, and UV400 protection. When set up, the tent is a roomy 90.5 x 78.7 x 59 inches, making it an ideal contender for trekking with family or friends.
Check Current Price

Coleman Sundome 4 Person Tent

Coleman Sundome 4 Person Tent on white background
Coleman Sundome 4 Person Tent
A tent that is ideal for camping in warmer weather
The Coleman Sundome 4 Person Tent has larger mesh windows and thinner walls that make it nice for warm weather camping outings.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Ideal for year-round backpacking and camping
  • Inverted seams and welded floors
  • WeatherTec design
  • 4-person capacity
  • Comes with seam sealer
Cons
  • Holds up to 4 people, but could be tight for more than 3
  • Tent volume is a bit low

We picked the Coleman Sundome 4 Person Tent as the best backpacking tent under 100 for its four-person capacity and excellent interior space. The tent holds up well in a range of weather conditions, including wind and rain. The dome design offers campers way more inside volume when in use while setting up the tent takes just 10 minutes in total.

The tent features integrated WeatherTec, with inverted seams and welded floors to keep you warm, dry, and comfortable if unexpected showers or blustery weather hit. We were also pleased to see that the Coleman Sundome 4 Person Tent sports waterproofed seams and comes with a bottle of seam sealer to reapply to the tent as needed.

The tent has quality ventilation, so you won’t feel all hot and stuffy if you are camping in warmer weather conditions. The 9 x 7 floor of the tent features polyethylene fabric with 1000-denier specifications and welding. The tent includes an electrical access port, which is a great bonus feature for anyone looking to stay connected on the go.
Check Current Price

Wenzel Alpine 3 Person Tent

Wenzel Alpine 3 Person Tent on white background
Wenzel Alpine 3 Person Tent
A tent that is easy to set up, lightweight, and versatile
The Wenzel Alpine 3 Person Tent has a fiberglass frame with an integrated mud mat and two mesh windows that create a large and open sleeping area.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Holds up to 3 people
  • User-friendly 3 pole design
  • Fiberglass frame
  • D-shaped door for ventilation
  • Lots of storage space
Cons
  • Could be difficult to set up at first if you’re new to using tents
  • Poles are not as sturdy as some

Our final pick for the best backpacking tent under $100 is the Wenzel Alpine 3 Person Tent, holding up to 3 people and sporting a 3-pole design with a user-friendly, removable fly for easy access. One feature we really liked was the fiberglass frame with shock cording that not only makes setup a breeze but ensures durability and longevity of use for campers.

We liked that the tent features 2 mesh windows so you can gaze outside as you fall asleep, with a D-shaped front door for breathability and ventilation if you’re camping in summer weather. The tent sports 8.5 x 4 x 8-foot measurements and weighs in at a moderate 8 pounds. We loved the hanging gear pocket and gear loft so you can store your gear with ease, along with a vestibule that offers extra storage space and protection from weather conditions.
Check Current Price

Our Top Pick

While we liked each of the best backpacking tents under $100 options on our list for a variety of campers, the pick we felt offered the most versatility which remains our top selection is the Wenzel Alpine 3 Person Tent. We really liked the 3-pole design and the removable tent fly so people can easily go in and out of the tent without issue.

The excellent fiberglass frame with shock cording was a really key feature for us, as it ensures quality and durability for a range of backpacker needs. We also loved the 2 mesh windows for ventilation and views, plus the D-shaped front door for easy entry and exit.

With tons of storage space and pockets, fantastic breathability, and quality weather protection from elements including wind and rain, the Wenzel Alpine 3 Person Tent is our top pick for the best backpacking tent under $100.

Are you gearing up for your next big trek, but aren’t sure your trusty sleeping bag is up to the challenge? Perhaps you’ve just started backpacking in the great outdoors, but aren’t quite sure what to look for to pick the right sleeping bag for all your grand adventures?

Today, we will walk you through exactly what you need to look for to pick the best sleeping bag for all your backpacking adventures. Next, we’ll offer our thorough review of the top 5 best backpacking sleeping bags and announce the final winner for the best backpacking sleeping bag under $100.

Sounds like something you need to know, right?

Let’s dive right in!

The top 5 backpacking sleeping bag under $100 we recommend for 2021:

How to Pick the Best Backpacking Sleeping Bag Under $100

Getting all the right gear for your outdoor treks shouldn’t break the bank. Here’s what you need to know to select the best backpacking sleeping bag under 100 for many trails ahead.

Temperature Rating

The first aspect you’ll need to consider when picking out the best backpacking sleeping bag under 100 is its temperature rating. A sleeping bag’s temperature rating is the lowest temperature at which it can keep you nice and warm. For summer backpacking adventures, you’ll want a temperature rating of +30 degrees Fahrenheit and up.

If you like to backpack year round, you’ll probably want to pick a 3-season sleeping bag designed to withstand temperatures between +15 and +30 degrees Fahrenheit. For very cold weather backpacking, sleeping bags with a temperature rating of +15 degrees Fahrenheit or lower are a must.

As a rule of thumb, you should pick a sleeping bag with a temperature rating below the absolute lowest temperature you anticipate dealing with while on your outdoor adventures. You can easily unzip your sleeping bag if you find you are too warm, but you don’t want to find yourself in a position where your sleeping bag isn’t warm enough and you don’t have sufficient insulation.

Nowadays, sleeping bags are assigned ISO or EN temperature ratings. EN is an older system of measurement, with ISO being the more modern one, but there is very little difference between the two. ISO and EN temperature ratings make it easy to do brand comparisons of the best sleeping bag under $100.

In the case of ISO and EN temperature ratings, bags are typically categorized by limit ratings and comfort ratings. A sleeping bag’s limit rating is the minimum temperature that will ensure a “warm sleeper’s” comfort, while comfort rating is the lowest temperature where the sleeping bag will ensure the typical “cold sleeper’s” comfort.

Bear in mind, everyone has a different comfort level and temperature rating is just one of several factors you should consider when selecting the best backpacking sleeping bag under $100.

Insulation

The insulation of the best backpacking sleeping bag under 100 is another key point to consider before making your final purchase. Your two options for sleeping bag insulation are going to be either down or synthetic fibers. The primary benefits of down sleeping bags are that they are super lightweight, highly durable, hold up well against colder weather, and are easy to fold up into your gear.

On the other hand, synthetic sleeping bags dry a lot faster when they get wet, keep you insulated even in damp conditions, and are a great choice if you are allergic to down feathers. Down insulation is typically more expensive than the synthetic variety, but many seasoned backpackers prefer down for its very lightweight design that is easy to fit into your pack while remaining light to carry.

If you do decide that a down sleeping bag is the best one for you, it’s critical to understand fill power. Fill power tells you the quality (and ultimately warmth) of the down. Higher fill power numbers mean down with higher lofts that offer more warmth. Sleeping bags with fill powers around 800 are designed for very cold weather, lightweight backpacking adventures. Naturally, bags with higher fill power are often more expensive.

The main disadvantage with down is that it loses its insulating power when it becomes wet. The good news is, many manufacturers have figured out how to resolve this issue by incorporating a water repellent design into down sleeping bag products. If you do select a down sleeping bag as the best backpacking sleeping bag under $100, water resistance is key.

If you’re not sold on down, synthetic fibers will still give you great longevity of use at a far more cost-effective price. Synthetic materials don’t lose their insulating power when they become wet either, making them a great pick for wet weather conditions. Some sleeping bags come in synthetic and down blends, designed to be compact with a better loft while still offering quality insulation.

Material

Along the same lines, you should pay close attention to the material of the best backpacking sleeping bag under $100 before making your final choice. Most sleeping bags are designed from polyester or ripstop nylon. The best backpacking sleeping bag under $100 sports a durable water repellent finish to keep you warm and dry.

Key Features to Look For

Here are a few key features you ought to look for when selecting the best backpacking sleeping bag under 100. First, look out for a sleeping bag hood that you can secure around your head in the event it gets cold or starts to rain. Draft yokes or collars are also quality features to look for, as they help keep warm air inside the bag and offer nice insulation.

In addition, keep an eye out for features like anti-snag zippers so you can open and close your sleeping bag with ease. No one wants to grapple with their sleeping bag after a tough day on the trail! Other handy features that the best backpacking sleeping bag under 100 might sport include a stash pocket for small objects and a pillow pocket to store clothes in and use as a pillow.

The Top 5 Best Backpacking Sleeping Bag Under $100 Reviews

Here are the top 5 best backpacking sleeping bags under 100 that all outdoor enthusiasts need to know about.

TETON Sports Celsius XXL Sleeping Bag

TETON Sports Celsius XXL Sleeping Bag on white background
TETON Sports Celsius XXL Sleeping Bag
A three-season sleeping bag perfect for a night on the trail
The TETON Sports Celsius XXL Sleeping Bag has a mummy-style hood with a cinch, and it has a warmth rating to below freezing.
view at amazon
Pros
  • 100% polyester, synthetic fibers
  • Dual layer design
  • Mummy hood
  • Zips for airflow and easy usage
  • Comes with a portable compression sack
Cons
  • The fabric is a little slippery
  • Not as waterproof as some

Our first pick for the best backpacking sleeping bag under $100 is the Teton Sports Celsius XXL Sleeping Bag. We love this 100% polyester sleeping bag because of its 3-season design, which means you can go camping with it almost year round. The sleeping bag sports a hood in a mummy shape to keep you insulated and warm, with zips to allow airflow and adjustment if need be.

The sleeping bag is a great choice if you’re going to be hiking in colder climates, as it sports a double layer design with a taffeta shell, poly-flannel liner, draft tubes and fiber filling for added warmth. The sleeping bag is also highly portable, as it comes with a compression sack to store the bag in and secure to your gear. The sleeping bag is durable enough for survival backpacking adventures, with a comfort rating between 20 to 30 degrees.
Check Current Price

Suisse Sport Alpine Sleeping Bag

Suisse Sport Alpine Sleeping Bag on white background
Suisse Sport Alpine Sleeping Bag
A double-layer sleeping bag for overnight Alpine camping or hiking trips
The Suisse Sport Alpine Sleeping Bag has three pounds of fill to retain warmth, and the mummy cinch hood will lock any drafts or moisture out.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Very lightweight with a polyester design
  • Ideal for cold weather backpacking
  • Temperature rating all the way down to 5 degrees Fahrenheit
  • Dual layer quilt insulation
Cons
  • The zipper isn’t as sturdy as some
  • Isn’t as compact as some other sleeping bags

The Suisse Sport Alpine Sleeping bag rates as one of the best backpacking sleeping bag under $100 picks for its insulating 100% polyester design and integrated synthetic filling. The bag is durable and insulated enough to hold up against very cold weather climates, with a temperature rating down to 5 degrees Fahrenheit and an optimal temperature rating between 20 and 40 degrees.

We were happy to see the dual layer quilt insulation of this best backpacking sleeping bag under $100, with a drawstring hood to keep your head nice and toasty in chilly temperatures. The polyester lining of this sleeping bag is nice and soft, so it won’t irritate or itch your skin. We like the fact that this sleeping bag is very lightweight, weighing only 5 pounds for easy portability. The bag comes with a compression sack for storage as well.
Check Current Price

Northstar Sports Tactical Operations Sleeping Bag

Northstar Sports Tactical Operations Sleeping Bag on white background
Northstar Sports Tactical Operations Sleeping Bag
A cold weather sleeping bag with double-layer protection
The Northstar Sports Tactical Operations Sleeping Bag has an advanced thermal barrier to lock cold out, full-length zipper, and an oversized mummy hood design.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Durable for a variety of weather conditions
  • Quality temperature ratings
  • High loft volume with dual-layer design
  • Full-length zipper
  • Ripstop poly shell fabric and adjustable hood
Cons
  • The sleeping bag might be a bit narrow for some preferences
  • Not as lightweight as some choices

The Northstar Sports Tactical Operations Sleeping Bag is the best backpacking sleeping bag under $100 for its 30 degrees Fahrenheit temperature rating, designed for tough survival backpacking and camping. The sleeping bag features a comfort limit rating of 40 degrees Fahrenheit, making it a good choice for a variety of weather conditions.

We were happy to see that the Northstar Sports Tactical Operations Sleeping Bag has a dual-layer design, with synthetic filling that offers a high loft volume for ultimate comfort and insulation. We were also impressed with the sleeping bag’s full length, two-way zipper, allowing easy access to get in and out of your sleeping bag without any fuss.

The sleeping bag is manufactured from rip-stop poly shell fabric with an inner layer zipper draft tube. The bag also features a hood that you can adjust as needed and a chest baffle with a handy drawstring.
Check Current Price

Kaufland 40º Superlite Mummy Sleeping Bag

Kaufland 40º Superlite Mummy Sleeping Bag on white background
Kaufland 40º Superlite Mummy Sleeping Bag
A very lightweight and compact sleeping bag for hiking
The Kaufland 40º Superlite Mummy Sleeping Bag is very compact, lightweight, and highly visible due to the bright coloring, and the bag has a polyester shell with a liner.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Very cost-effective choice
  • 100% polyester
  • Comes with a compression bag
  • A soft shell and lining
  • Zipper and integrated Velcro
Cons
  • Seams aren’t as durable as some
  • Not ideal for very cold weather backpacking

Our next pick for the best backpacking sleeping bag under $100 is by Kaufland, manufactured from 100% polyester with a mummy style design. The sleeping bag is incredibly affordable and durable, making it a great choice for newbie backpackers and seasoned pros alike. The sleeping bag comes equipped with a compression bag, so you can easily roll the bag up, store it in the sack, and secure it with the rest of your gear.

The sleeping bag’s shell is designed from 170T polyester with a quality lining. The bag weighs just 1.75 pounds, so it won’t weigh down or overbulk your pack. We like how soft the shell and lining of this best backpacking sleeping bag under 100 is, with a zipper design and Velcro tab to keep the bag closed as you prefer.
Check Current Price

Slumberjack Odyssey Synthetic Sleeping Bag

Slumberjack Odyssey Synthetic Sleeping Bag on white background
Slumberjack Odyssey Synthetic Sleeping Bag
An ideal sleeping bag for an overnight outdoor escape
The Slumberjack Odyssey Synthetic Sleeping Bag has a mummy design with a generous amount of insulation to retain heat while locking the cold out.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Dual-layer construction
  • Draft collar
  • +0 rating
  • Proprietary G3 Fiber insulation
  • Compact and portable
Cons
  • The design might be too narrow for some preferences
  • Could be a bit heavy for warmer weather backpacking

Our final choice for the best backpacking sleeping bag under $100 is the Slumberjack Odyssey Synthetic Sleeping Bag, with a dual-layer construction and draft collar to keep you insulated in the shoulder and neck regions. We liked the off-set design which helps prevent cold air from penetrating the sleeping bag in cooler climates.

The sleeping bag has a temperature rating of +0 and is designed with synthetic fibers for optimal moisture wicking and warmth. The sleeping bag sports branded G3 Fiber insulation that folds compactly for easy transport while offering sufficient loft to keep you nice and warm in freezing temperatures. The mummy design gives you freedom of movement without being so bulky that it weighs you down when you sleep.

We also noticed that the Slumberjack Odyssey Synthetic Sleeping Bag features a draft tube that runs along the zipper to prevent cold from escaping through, with an anti-snag zipper that you won’t have to grapple with after a long day on the trail.
Check Current Price

The Verdict

While each of the top 5 options for the best backpacking sleeping bag under 100 serves a wide range of camping needs, our favorite was the Suisse Sport Alpine Sleeping Bag. We love that it is designed from super durable, 100% polyester to wick moisture and keep you nice and dry if damp conditions hit. We were also pleased with its temperature rating that goes all the way down to 5 degrees Fahrenheit, ensuring you’ll stay warm even in very cool temperatures.

The optimal 20 to 40-degree temperature rating still makes the Suisse Sport Alpine Sleeping Bag a fantastic choice for different types of backpacking treks, which dual construction quilt insulation and a handy drawstring hood.

The finishing touches for us were the lightweight, 5-pound design and compression sack to make transporting the sleeping bag a piece of cake. For warmth, insulation, water resistance, user-friendly ease, and portability, Suisse Sport Alpine Sleeping Bag is the best backpacking sleeping bag under $100.

Whether you’re a camping expert or a total beginner, no outdoor adventure is complete without a long-lasting, quality tent you can depend on to see you through all your treks. When you get to the campsite at night, and your muscles are aching from a long day on the trail, you need to make sure you have a tent that will protect you in all kinds of weather while being comfortable and breathable.

Canvas tents are an exceptional choice for campers because you can use them year round as they are designed for strength and durability. If you’re curious about what to look for when hunting for the best canvas tent, you’ve come to the right place.

For our canvas tent buying guide and the top 5 best canvas tent options all campers need to know about, keep scrolling.

Let’s delve right in!

The top 5 canvas tents we recommend for 2021:

The Camper’s Definitive Guide to Choosing the Best Canvas Tent

Here’s what you need to know to ensure you pick the best canvas tents for your outdoor needs.

The Tent’s Size

The initial element you need to consider when selecting the best canvas tent is the size of the model. Consider how many people you typically camp with and the person capacity you want the tent to house. You can purchase tents holding capacities all the way down to 1 person up to 5 or 6 people.

Take a look at the tent’s dimensions as specified by the manufacturer. How much gear are you bringing along? Will the tent provide enough room for each person and all their gear?

Some canvas tent models are very compact, offering just enough space to sleep on. Other products give campers lots of room, with quality headspace and nice interior height. You’ll also want to consider your usage needs when examining the tent’s size. If you are going to be traveling to your campsite by car and storing your tent in the bag, you can easily get away with a much larger tent that weighs more.

On the other hand, if you plan on backpacking to your campsite and need to fit the best canvas tent inside your gear, you’re going to require a much more lightweight, portable choice.

Consider the Material

The material of the best canvas tent is a crucial point to consider before making your final selection. Not all canvas fabrics are created equal, so it’s key to know the differences between each to ensure you make the right choice. Most canvas tents are designed from cotton duck fabric (also called duck canvas). Duck canvas weighs significantly more than simple cotton canvas material but is often the premium fabric of choice for its tight weave and durability.

The cotton canvas material has good waterproofing capabilities, but you have to break it in first before it becomes totally waterproof. When you purchase a brand new cotton canvas tent, it will often allow moisture to seep through when it rains, which is completely normal. Once the cotton canvas tent is completely soaked with water, the fabric expands. As it dries and shrinks back to its regular size, the weave becomes watertight, making it completely waterproof for future use.

If you decide that a cotton canvas tent is the right choice for you, it is advisable to waterproof it before you ever go camping so you don’t risk getting your gear (and yourself!) soaked to the bone. All you have to do is spread out the tent and douse it with a hose until it is totally soaked. Let it dry completely before you stow it in the carry bag for later. If the tent doesn’t dry completely, the fabric could be vulnerable to rot and mold.

If you ever run into rain while camping and are forced to pack up the best canvas tent before it has dried completely, you will need to unpack it right away when you get back home and spread it out, so it dries in full.

Packed Weight and Size

Another factor you’ll need to consider before purchasing the best canvas tent is the product’s packed weight and packed size. Again, if you’re going to be car camping, the weight and size aren’t going to be as significant a consideration. However, if you plan on backpacking from one destination to the next, the best canvas tent’s packed weight and size is paramount.

A tent’s packed weight is the weight of the tent along with all its accessories in the carry bag. Tent accessories include components such as the tent floor, poles, stakes, and guylines. Canvas itself is fairly bulky and heavy, sometimes even more so once folded up. Canvas tents can weigh anywhere from 50 pounds and beyond.

As for packed size, this equals the size of the tent once it’s stored inside the carry bag. Carefully consider how you plan to travel to your campsite and the amount of space you can realistically allot for the best canvas tent.

Weather Resistance

You need to make sure that the best canvas tent you pick is designed to hold up against the weather elements to protect you from things like wind, rain, snow, etc. The vast majority of tents are going to be very sturdy with properly installed poles and guylines. Most models can handle winds all the way up to 30 mph, but weather conditions like snow can be a different matter.

Snow is very heavy, and many tent structures can collapse under the weight of it. The good news is, many of the best canvas tent models are designed for 4 season use, so they can handle moderate quantities of snow. Pay attention to the brand’s guidelines when picking the best canvas tent for your hiking needs to ensure the model you choose will hold up against the conditions you plan on camping in.

The best canvas tents are also waterproof, with sealed seams and protected zippers, so moisture doesn’t seep through. You should be able to use the best canvas tent in almost any weather condition imaginable, whether it’s hot and sunny or cold and snowy.

The Top 5 Best Canvas Tents Review

Check out our picks for the top 5 best canvas tents!

Kodiak Canvas Flex-Bow 4-Person Canvas Tent

Kodiak Canvas Flex-Bow 4-Person Canvas Tent on white background
Kodiak Canvas Flex-Bow 4-Person Canvas Tent
An excellent entry-level tent for the aspiring camper
The Kodiak Canvas Flex-Bow 4-Person Canvas Tent is breathable, waterproof, and it comes with a Flex-Bow frame to keep the tent taut and sturdy
view at amazon
Pros
  • Really high ceiling
  • Great ventilation
  • Comes with carrying back and stakes
  • Welded seams and durable steel poles
  • Very watertight
Cons
  • The tent may smell at first when taken out of the packaging
  • Might be a tight fit if you have lots of gear

Our first choice for the best canvas tent is this exceptional flex-bow tent by Kodiac, featuring a cotton duck canvas with Hydra-Shield exterior. We love how watertight the material is, while still offering quality ventilation to ensure the inside of your tent doesn’t get too stuffy. The tent has a fantastic interior height, with a volume extending up to 6 feet, 1 inch. So, most campers shouldn’t have any issue standing up inside and moving around with ease.

The Kodiak Canvas Flex-Bow Tent sports dual doors with zippers, dual air vents, and 4 spacious windows sporting mesh to promote airflow and keep pesky insects out. We were more than pleased with the durability this best canvas tent has to offer, featuring sturdy steel poles and a floor with welded seams that are highly resistant to wear and tear. The tent comes with a carry bag and all the stakes you’ll require for setup.
Check Current Price

Kodiak Canvas Truck Bed Tent

Kodiak Canvas Truck Bed Tent on white background
Kodiak Canvas Truck Bed Tent
A tent to keep you off the ground and dry
The Kodiak Canvas Truck Bed Tent allows you to pitch a tent anywhere your truck goes, and it uses a breathable but waterproof fabric.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Compatible with a range of truck types
  • 100% cotton duck canvas material
  • 5-foot interior height
  • D-shaped door with quality zippers
  • 5 windows
Cons
  • Not ideal for really cold or snowy weather conditions
  • The stitching isn’t as strong as some other products

We chose this best canvas tent as a durable alternative option for campers who want to install their tent in the bed of their truck rather than out on the ground. The Kodiak Canvas Truck Bed Tent secures with ease to the bed of a truck, plus you can expand the tent for extra space if you put down your tailgate. The tent is compatible with a wide range of truck beds including the Dodge Ram, Toyota Tundra, Chevy Silverado, Ford F Series, and Nissan Titan.

We were pleased with the quality of cotton duck canvas material with Hydra-Shield components. The weave is super watertight but also offers good ventilation. Despite the compact size of the tent, it still offers an interior height of 5 feet so you’ll have plenty of space to move around. We liked the tent’s D-shaped door and sturdy zippers, along with 2 handy gear pockets to store your belongings.

The feature that really stood out to us was the fact that the Kodiak Canvas Truck Bed Tent features 5 windows, one of which you can use to reach into the cab area of your truck. While this tent is not ideal for very cold or harsh weather conditions, for warmer, more benign weather, this could be a fantastic choice for your truck camping adventures.
Check Current Price

Dream House Luxury Outdoor Waterproof Tent

Dream House Luxury Outdoor Waterproof Tent on white background
Dream House Luxury Outdoor Waterproof Tent
A tent that allows you to camp in style
The Dream House Luxury Outdoor Waterproof Tent comes in four sizes, works in all seasons, has a lot of mosquito netting, and it's adjustable for hot or cold conditions.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Available in varying dimensions
  • PU coated cotton canvas material
  • Windows and doors sport mosquito screens
  • Covered zippers and double stitched seams
  • Designed to hold up against high winds
Cons
  • Not UV resistant
  • Could be on the pricey side depending on the model dimensions you select

Our next pick for the best canvas tent is this Luxury Outdoor Waterproof Tent by Dream House, which includes a durable groundsheet, door pole, and center pole. You can select this best canvas tent in varying dimensions based on the size of the party you’ll be traveling with, including 3, 4, 5, and 6 meters. We were really impressed by the quality of the cotton canvas material, featuring waterproof polyurethane coating with a 3,000 mm hydrostatic rating.

For this type of tent, you may want to break it in before using by soaking it with water and allowing the material to dry completely. Otherwise, you may experience a little leakage if you take it out for the first time and encounter some unexpected showers.

We love the Dream House Luxury Outdoor Waterproof Tent because you can use it year round. The tent even comes with a stove hole that you can use in chillier weather. The windows and doors are covered with mosquito screens to prevent insects from getting in. We also liked the double stitched seams and covered zippers the tent sports. The tent is sturdy enough to hold up against 30 mph winds as well.
Check Current Price

DANCHEL Cotton Bell Tent with Two Stove Jacket

DANCHEL Cotton Bell Tent with Two Stove Jacket on white background
DANCHEL Cotton Bell Tent with Two Stove Jacket
A heavy-duty wind, rain, and snow-proof bell tent
The DANCHEL Cotton Bell Tent with Two Stove Jacket is perfect for camping in snowy environments, and it has dual stove jackets, easy setup, and a long warranty.
view at amazon
Pros
  • You can purchase in 3, 4, and 5-meter models
  • Double stitched seams
  • Integrated stove jacks with flaps
  • Mesh screens on door and windows
  • Heat retardant and fireproof design
Cons
  • The mesh isn’t as strong as some
  • Very heavy to transport

The Danchel Cotton Bell Tent is one of the best canvas tents available, designed to help you stay very cool in the heat and nice and warm in the chillier months. The tent sports a teepee design manufactured with cotton canvas material. The material itself is completely waterproof. We love that you can purchase this tent in a range of diameters depending on your camping needs, including 3, 4, and 5 meters.

You’ll also enjoy double stitched seams that are waterproof and dependable with the Danchel Cotton Bell Tent. We love the integrated stove jacks with flaps to secure the area when you’re not using them. The tent features doors that you can zip with ease along with windows that are easily secured from the inside of the structure. The door and windows also sport mesh screens to keep insects at bay.

The really cool feature we noticed about the Danchel Cotton Bell Tent is that it is designed with heat retardant and fireproof material. The stove jackets have integrated fiberglass material as well, so you can operate your stove without worries.
Check Current Price

Kodiak Canvas 1-Person Canvas Swag Tent

Kodiak Canvas 1-Person Canvas Swag Tent on white background
Kodiak Canvas 1-Person Canvas Swag Tent
A durable single person shelter for camping and hunting alone
The Kodiak Canvas 1-Person Canvas Swag Tent is a very versatile sleep system that rolls up into a duffel bag for easy portability across different terrains.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Spacious interior
  • Large windows with zips
  • Quality ventilation with mesh screen
  • You can set up the tent on the ground or in a truck bed as you prefer
  • Comes with a 2-inch mattress and flannel cover
Cons
  • Could be a bit heavy for some backpackers
  • Not ideal for fitting a large cot inside

Our final choice for the best canvas tent is another model by Kodiak, great for solo campers who want a durable, comfortable product they can rely on in a range of weather conditions. The tent features a quality 100% cotton duck canvas with Hydra-Shield technology. The inside of the tent is 6 feet and 8 inches long by 3 feet wide, which is nice and spacious for a single traveler.

The tent sports big windows with zips to promote proper air circulation along with mesh screening to keep the bugs out. A feature we really liked about the Kodiak Canvas 1-Person Tent is that it comes with a 2-inch mattress and flannel cover for campers.

The tent is perfect for regular set up in the ground, but it is also compatible with a truck bed. It’s very easy to take this tent on the go, as you can roll your sleeping gear up with the tent and head to your next destination.
Check Current Price

Our Verdict

Undoubtedly, each of the best canvas tent selections we chose are strong contenders for any camper’s shortlist. However, one tent made it to the top of our list, and that was the Luxury Outdoor Waterproof Tent by Dream House. We loved the durable design that comes with the poles and groundsheet needed for setup. We liked the fact that you can select the dimensions you want based on the size of your camping group, with 3, 4, 5, and 6-meter options.

While you might need to break the tent in before you go camping to ensure the weave is fully watertight, the quality of the material is excellent, with a waterproof PU coating at a 3,000 mm hydrostatic rating. The multiple windows and doors, stove hole, double stitched seams, and covered zippers checked off all the key items on our wishlist for the best canvas tent.

If you want an exceptional canvas tent that you can use in every season, the Dream House Luxury Outdoor Waterproof Tent stands in a class of its own as the best canvas tent.

If you’re planning to go kayak camping, your ordinary camping tent simply won’t do. Kayak camping differs considerably from traditional backpacking and hiking, so you need to make sure you have the right gear with you so that your trip is nothing short of a grand success.

Today, we will walk you through exactly what you need to look for when selecting from the best kayaking tents, plus the top 5 best kayaking tents campers everywhere will love.

Are you ready? Let’s get started!

The top 5 kayaking tents we recommend for 2021:

What is Kayak Camping?

If the concept of kayak camping is new to you, here’s what you need to know. Kayak camping is exactly what its name indicates—camping in the great outdoors, using a kayak or canoe to get from one camp location to the next. Rather than using a car or backpacking from campsite to campsite, you use your trusty kayak to transport you wherever you need to go.

The majority of kayaks offer quality storage space, so you’ll definitely be able to fit more in your kayak than you would if you were backpacking. That said, you might not have as much storage space for your tent and gear as you would if you were car camping.

So, it’s essential to understand the key features to keep an eye out for when perusing the best kayaking tents to ensure you make the best choice for your grand adventure.

How to Pick the Best Kayaking Tent

When picking from the best kayaking tents, you’re going to be looking for different features than you would if you were purchasing a tent for traditional camping. When kayaking, you will always be facing damp weather conditions on the water, so the best kayaking tents need to be sturdy and waterproof enough to withstand these elements.

Also, the majority of kayak camping trips require 2 campers, so you’ll typically need to search for tents that hold at least a 2 person capacity.

Here’s what you need to know to make your selection from the best kayaking tents.

Camper Capacity

The first thing you need to consider when hunting for the best kayaking tents is the camper capacity you’ll require. If you’re going to be traveling on your own or traveling with a group where everyone will be handling their own tent and gear, tent capacity might not be as significant a factor on your wishlist. However, even if you’re traveling on your own, you might decide you’d like to have a 2 person tent to give yourself a little extra wiggle room and additional storage area for your gear.

Otherwise, if you tend to camp out with one or more other kayak adventurers, consider the size of the group you typically camp travel with. Then, select a tent that will provide enough space for everyone and their belongings while still leaving enough room to sit up and move around.

Is It Waterproof?

Since you’re going to be traveling from one campsite to the next via a kayak, it follows that the best kayaking tents are sufficiently waterproof to ward off moisture and dampness. Tents made of materials like canvas are not the best kayaking tents, because canvas soaks up the water quite easily, thereby becoming heavier and weighing the entire vessel down.

When looking for the best kayaking tents with waterproof designs, keep an eye out for sealed floors designed to deflect moisture and prevent it from seeping in through vulnerable areas. You’ll also want to look for a tent that comes with a rainfly as a secondary barrier against rainy conditions if you hit showers at the campsite.

The good news is, most of the top kayaking tent products include a rainfly with your purchase, so you won’t have to waste time searching for that component separately.

Consider the Tent’s Weight

One of the most important components you’ll need to take into account when perusing the best kayaking tents is the weight of the product. While your kayak will probably have enough space to bring more gear than you would if you were backpacking from campsite to campsite, you want to make sure the tent you select doesn’t weigh it down so much that the kayak becomes unstable.

The best kayaking tents are fairly lightweight, without sacrificing the key features and functionality that you’re going to need for this type of camping. Now, if you intend to camp with a group of people, you can easily distribute the tent’s components between your travel mates, so no single vessel carries too much of the load.

With that said, if you’re going on a solo kayaking adventure or with a very small group, finding a very lightweight model is going to be imperative. Consider the weight of the other gear you’ll be bringing besides your tent, such as your sleeping bag, camping cookware, and so forth. The best kayaking tents are sturdy enough to keep you secure on the road in tougher conditions while still being light enough that they could double as a backpacking tent if need be.

Look for a kayaking tent that comes in at a moderate weight range, somewhere between a heavy duty tent and a lightweight shelter.

Is It Easy to Setup and Breakdown?

No one wants to get to the campsite after a long day of kayaking only to grapple with their tent just so they can get a peaceful night’s rest. You never know what type of weather conditions you might encounter either that will make easy access to a secure shelter all the more imperative.

It’s non-negotiable that your pick from the best kayaking tents is easy to set up and break down, to save you time, trouble, and needless stress when you’re weary from the day’s adventures.

The Top 5 Best Kayaking Tents Reviewed

Take a look at the top 5 best kayaking tents you’ll want to consider before you embark on your grand kayaking adventure.

ALPS Mountaineering Taurus 2-Person Tent

ALPS Mountaineering Taurus 2-Person Tent on white background
ALPS Mountaineering Taurus 2-Person Tent
A tent that is perfect for harsh weather conditions and environments
The Patagonia Atom Sling offers a durable water repellant finish that will keep all your belongings warm and dry.
Pros
  • Spacious interior
  • Sturdy, 3 season design
  • Waterproof rainfly and sealed tent floor
  • Easy setup and breakdown
  • Pretty lightweight
Cons
  • Heavier than some 2 person tents on the market
  • Tent zipper is not as durable as some

Our first choice from the best kayaking tents is the Alps Mountaineering Taurus Tent, featuring a dome shape designed to hold 2 campers. We like the spacious dimension of this tent, coming in at 46 x 60 x 90 inches. We were very pleased by the durable fiberglass poles, that ensure the tent will stay strong and sturdy if rougher weather conditions hit without being so heavy that they overbulk your vessel.

Even more importantly, the tent is designed with wear-resistant polyester and taffeta sporting UV coating. The tent is ideal for 3 season use, so you can get plenty of camping trips from this single product. The Alps Mountaineering Tent doesn’t disappoint with its waterproof elements, sporting a rainfly that offers complete coverage for the entire tent structure. The floors feature waterproof seals as well to prevent any moisture leaking through.

The tent is super easy to set up, using an integrated clip system that secures the tent material to the poles. You can set up the tent in mere minutes and breakdown is just as easy.
Check Current Price

Mountainsmith Morrison 2 Person 3 Season Tent

Mountainsmith Morrison 2 Person 3 Season Tent on white background
Mountainsmith Morrison 2 Person 3 Season Tent
A larger tent with space to store all of your gear
The Mountainsmith Morrison 2 Person 3 Season Tent features mesh storage panels, mesh pockets, and 32 square feet of space covered by a breathable outer layer.
Pros
  • Large interior
  • Really compact when packed up
  • Light packed weight
  • Easy setup with color-coded design
  • Durable rainfly with vents for air circulation
Cons
  • Pricier option than some
  • Could be a tight fit for 2 people plus all their gear

We chose the Mountainsmith Morrison for our review of the best kayaking tents due to its huge interior space yet compact design. The tent features 56 x 43 x 92-inch dimensions, providing a total of 35 square feet of interior floor space. The first feature we noticed about the Mountainsmith Morrison 2 Person 3 Season Tent is that it sports a durable rainfly with roof vents for enhanced air circulation.

We also liked the fact that while this 3 season tent offers amazing interior space, it packs down to a really manageable size that won’t be any trouble to transport in your kayak along with the remainder of your gear. The tent sports a packed weight of 4 pounds and 11 ounces. We also favor this choice from the best kayaking tents for its incredibly easy setup, sporting color-coding so you can assemble the structure with ease.
Check Current Price

Slumberjack Trail Tent

Slumberjack Trail Tent on white background
Slumberjack Trail Tent
A freestanding tent with a vestibule and rain fly
The Slumberjack Trail Tent has color-coded construction, fiberglass poles, rigid pole geometry, and secure anchor points that make it great for fishing, hunting, and hiking.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Full coverage rainfly
  • Spacious vestibule
  • 75-denier fabric with 1,200 mm hydrostatic rating
  • Noiseless zipper pulls
  • Very light packed weight for easy transport
Cons
  • The poles can wear out with extended use
  • The floor material could be thicker

Our next selection from the best kayaking tents is the classic Slumberjack Trail tent, designed for 2 campers with a user-friendly, freestanding design. We were pleased with the full coverage rain fly included with the tent, which keeps moisture out and ensures you’ll stay nice and dry when you turn in for the night. We also liked the handy storage space this tent has to offer, with a vestibule to stow your belongings in.

The tent material is designed from 75-denier polyester with a hydrostatic waterproof rating of 1,200 millimeters. We were very impressed with the taped seams and mesh panels for superior cross ventilation. The structure even sports noiseless zipper pulls, so if you need to step out of the tent for any reason during the night you won’t need to worry about waking your companions.

The pole structure of the Slumberjack Trail Tent is also on point, with fiberglass poles designed to hold up against a range of weather conditions. The tent weighs a mere 6 pounds and 5 ounces when packed, offering a total floor space of 33.3 square feet when set up.
Check Current Price

Coleman Dome Tent for Camping

Coleman Dome Tent for Camping on white background
Coleman Dome Tent for Camping
A tent that is perfect for camping in warmer weather
The Coleman Dome Tent for Camping features welded corners, inverted seams, and a rainfly to stop water from leaking in and getting your gear wet when you camp.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Very quick and easy setup
  • Quality inside space
  • Large window for premier ventilation
  • Tub-like design with welded floor seams
  • 75-denier polyester taffeta flysheet
Cons
  • The zipper can get stuck
  • The tent corners could be more vulnerable to weather elements

The Coleman Dome Tent for Camping is one of the best kayaking tents on the market for its impressive 7-foot x 5-foot x 48-inch dimensions when fully set up. We liked the fact that the tent has a spacious door so campers can enter and exit with total ease. Plus, the structure also sports a very large window in the back which greatly increases proper airflow.

The floor of the Coleman Dome Tent for Camping is configured to a tub-like style, designed from 1000-denier polythene and integrated welded seams to ensure no dampness gets through. We were glad to see that the tent also comes with guy points so you can increase the stability of the structure if a blustery gale or rough storm hits.

For additional waterproofing qualities, the tent also comes with a flysheet manufactured from 75-denier polyester taffeta that repels water like a dream. The tent takes just 10 minutes total to set up. It also includes a rainfly awning to enjoy the shade from the sun or use as an additional barrier from moisture.
Check Current Price

Kelty Salida Camping and Backpacking Tent

Kelty Salida Camping and Backpacking Tent on white background
Kelty Salida Camping and Backpacking Tent
A lightweight, durable, and compact backpacking or hiking tent
The Kelty Salida Camping and Backpacking Tent have Gearloft loops, folding poles, polyester walls, and a lightweight design that slips into your backpack.
Pros
  • Easily folded aluminum poles
  • Very easy to transport with handy carrying bag
  • Large vestibule for storage
  • Mesh design offers superior cross ventilation
  • UV resistant and waterproof rain fly
Cons
  • Condensation can gather in the case of very damp environments
  • Pole tips are designed from plastic rather than aluminum

Our final choice from the top 5 best kayaking tents is the Kelty Salida Tent, featuring a very compact design with durable aluminum poles that fold with ease. The tent even comes with a roll top cube bag for transport that you can store in your kayak without fuss. One element that drew us to the Kelty Salida Camping and Backpacking Tent was its quality floor space of 30.5 square feet.

We also liked how much storage space this tent has to offer, with a 10 square foot vestibule that you can secure your belongings in overnight. The tent is very sturdy and waterproof, with taped seams that make the product an ideal fit for 3 season camping use. We like the dependability of the mesh/fabric material the tent is manufactured from, that offers long-lasting use while still providing fantastic cross ventilation.

Set up is a total breeze with this tent, as the structure includes large clips that secure the body of the tent to the pole frame and dual poles. You’ll also receive a UV resistant rain fly attachment with the Kelty Salida tent, that you can use to cover the structure and safeguard all campers inside if inclement weather hits.
Check Current Price

Conclusion

We were more than pleased with each of the top 5 best kayaking tents, as they fulfill a range of varying campers needs. However, our top choice from the group is undoubtedly the Kelty Salida Camping and Backpacking Tent. We loved everything about this tent, from its durable, foldable aluminum poles to its easy set up to the user-friendly carry bag it comes with that you can easily secure in your kayak.

The 30.5 square foot floor space is nice and spacious for 2 campers, plus the 10 square foot vestibule helps ensure you won’t be overcrowded by your gear when trying to sleep. The UV resistant rain fly attachment and taped seams offer just the waterproof qualities we look for in the best kayaking tents as well.

For a lightweight, portable, durable, and waterproof design that you can depend on for 3 season use, the Kelty Salida Camping and Backpacking Tent is our reigning champion of the best kayaking tents.

If you love occasional weekend camping and spur of the moment getaways in the great outdoors, a pop up tent might be the choice for you. Pop up tents are favored by campers everywhere for easy setup, versatility, and an affordable price.

Whether you’re brand new to camping or simply want a quality backup option for your more durable 3-season tent, it’s key to find the best pop up tent to keep you comfortable and adequately covered from outdoor elements during your on and off the grid adventures.

For a detailed guide to selecting the best pop up tent plus our review of the top 5 products on the market, keep reading.

The top 5 pop up tents we recommend for 2021:

How to Pick the Best Pop Up Tent for Camping

Here’s what all campers need to know to pick out the best pop up tent to last for many camping adventures to come.

Consider the Size

The very first thing you need to consider if you are in the market for the best pop up tent for camping is the size of the product. The majority of pop up tents are designed with a dome or rounded effect, which makes set up very quick and easy without comprising essential sturdiness and durability. Pop up tents feature an umbrella or coiled frame, so you can easily “pop up” the structure into its full size with minimal effort once you reach camp.

The size of the best pop up tent is going to depend on the brand you select and the price you’re willing to pay. Pop up tents come in a range of person capacities, including everything from single person structures to family tents that can hold as many as 6 people at once. You can also purchase the best pop up tent in 3 or 4 person varieties as you require, depending on the size of the group you typically travel with.

You’ll also want to consider that the size of the best pop up tent will need to hold not just the campers, but all their gear as well. For example, you might typically travel with 1 other person, but when you factor all your gear into the mix, a 2 person tent might be a bit tight. You can always purchase a tent that supports a camper capacity beyond the size of your usual group for additional storage space and leg room.

Most pop up tents don’t stand above 5 feet in height, but the rest of the dimensions vary widely.

Durability Is Key

Durability is key when it comes to choosing the best pop up tent to meet your camping needs. While pop up tents sport a light frame and are very easy to set up, they are also very durable. That said, it is important to consider any weather conditions you might encounter before making your final choice.

For instance, if you’re simply looking for a pop up tent to use for your occasional camping excursions in benign weather, then just about any of the best pop up tents will suffice. However, if you’re going to be camping more often and in a wide range of weather elements, you’ll want to look for a pop up tent with additional features like double walls.

You should also pay attention to how weather resistant the material is, as the best pop up tent is going to feature waterproof and UV protectant fabric, that is resistant to wear, tear, and dust. The best pop up tents also sports flysheets that you can install over the body of the tent to repel water if you run into an unexpected storm along the way.

Safety Elements

Another element to bear in mind when searching for the best pop up tent is any safety features it includes. Pop up tents are built for user safety and stability. The integrated dome design and sloped walls hold up well against elements like rain and wind.

Many of the best pop up tents are designed with fire-resistant fabrics as well. Other safety elements to look for are steel poles to secure the frame and cords for stability.

Breathability

Because of the small, compact design that the best pop up tents provides, it is critical to ensure the product you pick offers quality breathability. The smaller interiors of pop up tents are prone to insufficient ventilation, so keep an eye out for larger windows and mesh components that help combat these inefficiencies and promote proper air flow.

Set Up Time

The best pop up tent provides a quick, efficient setup time for campers. Pay close attention to the manufacturer specifications when selecting the best pop up tent, as you should be able to open up most products in mere seconds. Full set up should take just around 5 minutes max.

Additional Accessories

Whether or not you prefer a pop up tent that comes with additional accessories is truly a matter of preference. Remember, pop up tents are designed to be a basic, dependable option that you can use in a variety of settings, so they don’t always have as many bells and whistles attached like some of the more advanced models do.

With that said, keep an eye out for any cool extras that might be included with the product. For instance, some pop up tents come with accessories like porch canopies or welcome mats.

Our Review of the Top 5 Best Pop Up Tents

Check out our honest review of the top 5 best pop up tents, then keep reading to find out which one made it to first place on our list!

Quechua Waterproof Pop Up Camping Tent

Quechua Waterproof Pop Up Camping Tent on white background
Quechua Waterproof Pop Up Camping Tent
A freestanding tent with a quick and easy assembly process
The Quechua Waterproof Pop Up Camping Tent gives you 99% darkness in broad daylight, and it has a waterproof design that is perfect for remote camping.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Setup directions are sewn directly into the product’s design for user-friendly ease
  • Waterproof material that holds up well against high winds
  • Blackout coating to keep inside cool and dark for sleep
  • Very lightweight option
  • 2-second setup
Cons
  • The rainfly blocks some of the ventilation
  • A little pricier than some products

Our first selection for the best pop up tent is the Quechua Waterproof Pop Up Camping Tent, which is super easy to set up and breakdown due to its fold directions integrated right into the design of the tent. If you’re new to using tents and are worried you’ll leave the directions behind, the sewn in directions are an easy win all around. The tent itself is designed from quality waterproof material that holds up well against high winds and inclement weather elements.

We really liked the tent’s blackout coating on the interior of the structure, helping ensure that campers stay cool and properly rested. The only real downside with this best pop up tent is that it is somewhat lacking in the ventilation department. The essential rainfly that comes with the tent to protect campers from moisture outside partially covers the windows. That said, you can adjust the rainfly with side guy ropes to promote better air circulation.

We love this tent because it is highly portable, weigh in at just 7.30 pounds total. That, coupled with the product’s fantastic 2-second setup are just a few of the reasons why this model is one of the best pop up tents for campers.
Check Current Price

Coleman 4-Person Pop-Up Tent

Coleman 4-Person Pop-Up Tent on white background
Coleman 4-Person Pop-Up Tent
An excellent tent for car camping and music festivals
The Coleman 4-Person Pop-Up Tent will set in in 10 seconds, is sturdy, and it comes with a tapered floor to keep you clean and dry.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Very lightweight option at just 7 pounds
  • Waterproof tent bottom
  • Comes with a rainfly
  • Includes pre-assembled poles
  • 10-second setup
Cons
  • Interior height is a bit low
  • Not ideal for very windy weather conditions

Our next choice for the best pop up tent is the Coleman 4-Person Pop-Up Tent, that holds up to 4 campers at once but weighs a mere 7 pounds. We were really pleased to see the tent’s waterproof bottom that prevents moisture from seeping through if you hit damp weather conditions. The tent also comes with a handy rainfly, which you can pull over the exterior for enhanced waterproof capabilities or adjust back to increase air circulation.

The tent includes pre-assembled poles so you can set up the model in about 10 seconds flat. We also noticed that the Coleman 4-Person Pop-Up Tent comes with taped floor seams, which is a huge plus to keep rain and dampness out. We really liked the fact that this pop up tent offers quality storage space, with dual pockets to secure your gear.

The affordable tent measures 9 feet and 2 inches by 6 feet and 6 inches, providing spacious dimensions for group camping trips. The interior height is a little bit low at 3 feet and 4 inches, so you’ll probably be able to sit up but not much else.
Check Current Price

Oztent Malamoo Mega 3 Second 4 Person Waterproof Tent

Oztent Malamoo Mega 3 Second 4 Person Waterproof Tent on white background
Oztent Malamoo Mega 3 Second 4 Person Waterproof Tent
A compact and lightweight tent with a highly breathable design
The Oztent Malamoo Mega 3 Second 4 Person Waterproof Tent has an attached weather fly with a vestibule to store your gear on longer camping trips.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Sets up in just 3 seconds
  • 12 x 8 tent with large 2-foot vestibule
  • 3 spacious windows with roll-up flaps for impressive ventilation
  • 100% waterproof
  • Integrated rainfly
Cons
  • Pricier choice
  • Not UV resistant

The Oztent Malamoo Mega Tent made it to our review of the best pop up tent for its 100% waterproof design and spacious vestibule for securing all your gear. We love the enhanced ventilation this best pop up tent has to offer, with 3 windows to ensure proper airflow throughout. The large windows also come with roll-up flaps that you can adjust as needed.

While this tent is one of the more costly selections on our list, its size and user-friendly features might be well worth the investment. We like the fact that you can set up this tent in a mere 3 seconds flat with no other assembly needed. The tent includes an integrated rainfly to keep rain and other damp weather elements out.

If you’re looking for a spacious tent to fit a group of 4 without making everyone feel squeezed in like sardines, this model might be for you. The tent measures 12 feet in length and 8 feet in width, with a 2-foot vestibule.
Check Current Price

G4Free Pop Up Tent 3-4 Person

G4Free Pop Up Tent 3-4 Person on white background
G4Free Pop Up Tent 3-4 Person
A think tent for a water park, beach, or warm-weather camping
The G4Free Pop Up Tent 3-4 Person has large doors with additional ventilation screens to get good airflow, and it pops open within seconds.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Dual windows and doors
  • Taped seams
  • Waterproof design with Oxford material
  • Anti-UV coating
  • Very lightweight with durable fiberglass frame
Cons
  • Might take a bit longer to set up at first
  • The tent zippers aren’t as durable as some

The G4Free Pop Up Tent is one of the best pop up tents on the market for its cost-effective price tag that doesn’t sacrifice durability or functionality. We were more than pleased with this model’s taped seams and waterproof material that help keep any hint of dampness out. You’ll also enjoy quality air circulation with the G4Free Pop Up Tent, as it sports 2 spacious windows and dual doors on each side of the tent.

The windows feature mesh, which allows the right amount of air to flow through while preventing insects and other pesky creatures from getting into the inside. The G4Free Pop Up Tent might take a little practice for beginners to set up, but once you get the hang of it, expanding it and breaking it down should be a breeze.

The tent measures 95 x 71 x 39 inches and folds down to 31 x 2.7 inches. We were very pleased with the Oxford material with water resistant capabilities, plus the floor’s water resistant PE fabric. The tent also sports anti-UV coating to protect campers from harmful rays. We love how lightweight this tent is at just 4.4 pounds, with a durable fiberglass frame.
Check Current Price

FiveJoy Instant Popup Camping Tent

FiveJoy Instant Popup Camping Tent on white background
FiveJoy Instant Popup Camping Tent
A freestanding, automatic popup tent with large mesh windows
The FiveJoy Instant Popup Camping Tent is versatile, easy to assemble, and has plenty of storage space for your items when you camp or hike.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Features a hanging loop for a fan or lantern
  • Spacious storage pockets
  • Dual windows and doors
  • Excellent ventilation
  • Super easy setup
Cons
  • Waterproofing is not as strong as some
  • Not as durable an option as other products

Our final choice for the best pop up tent is the FiveJoy Instant Camping Tent, one of the most spacious options in our review that holds up to 4 adult campers. The tent sports a handy hanging loop accessory that you can use to suspend a fan or lantern if you so desire. We really liked the handy storage pockets on the inside of the tent that make it easy to store all your gear inside.

The FiveJoy Instant Popup Camping Tent’s material is waterproof, but if you’re going to be camping in the rain, you’ll probably want to bring along a rainfly and ground tarp too. With regards to ventilation, this tent certainly doesn’t disappoint, featuring dual windows and double doors for excellent air circulation. The tent pops up automatically with zero assembly required, so you can remove it from your gear and expand it in mere seconds.
Check Current Price

Our Top Pick

Each of the best pop up tent selections on our list cater to a wide range of camper needs, but for us, one definitely stood out above the rest—the G4Free Pop Up Tent. We loved how cost-effective it is while still being very versatile and durable. The taped seams and waterproof design is incomparable, without sacrificing much-needed ventilation.

We were duly impressed by the multiple windows and doors integrated into the tent’s design, with mesh to promote airflow and keep bugs out. The inside of the tent is huge, plus the anti-UV coating and lightweight yet durable fiberglass frame sealed the deal. For durability, weather resistance, ventilation, comfort, and quality space, you can’t beat the G4Free Pop Up Tent.

If you’re new to camping in general, one of the first purchases you’ll make for your outdoor adventures is a quality, durable tent to serve you in the season or seasons you intend to camp in, offer the space you require, and shelter you from a range of weather elements. The best instant tent is a great choice for newbie and expert campers alike because it features the quick and user-friendly setup time you’ll want after a long day on the trail.

The trouble is, with an endless array of tent options available from a plethora of manufacturers, how do you know which ones really exceed expectations for durability and longevity of use?

We’re so glad you asked.

Today, we will walk you through the key elements every camper needs to consider when picking out the best instant tent. Next, we’ll offer our honest review of the top 5 best instant tents on the market. Finally, we’ll issue our verdict revealing our number one pick from the list.

Sounds like something you need to know, right? Let’s get started!

The top 5 instant tents we recommend for 2021:

The Ultimate Best Instant Tent Buying Guide

If you’re stressed out trying to find the best instant tent for your next camping trip, your search just became a whole lot easier. Check out the key components to look for to ensure you pick the best instant tent to meet your camping needs.

The Price

As with any other investment in your camping gear, one of the foremost components you’ll consider when hunting for the best instant tent is the price of the product. You’ll also want to factor in the additional costs you might incur by owning the tent, such as any accessories or special gear you’ll use inside the structure.

Instant tents have a lighter, somewhat flimsier design than heavy-duty tents. The best instant tent is affordable and easy on the wallet, while still offering the key durability features we look for in premium structures.

Capacity

The next thing you’ll want to consider before purchasing the best instant tent is the capacity or space you’ll require to accommodate the group you’re traveling with. Consider how many campers you usually travel with and the space you’ll require to fit not only them but all their gear as well.

The tent needs to be comfortable and spacious to account for your needs as well as the needs of the other individuals in your group. If you like minimalist camping and only bring the bare bones essentials with you on the trail, you might be able to get away with a smaller structure than if you bring tons of gear with you.

Tents range in person capacity from a single individual to large, family-size structures, so assess your usual camping habits and plan accordingly.

Transportation Ease

The best instant tent needs to be highly portable and easy to transport. The portability of the structure is a critical element to consider if you are in the market for the best instant tent. Most instant tents are pretty lightweight and easy to carry. They are also typically easy to set up, much more so than the regular tent varieties.

If you like to go car camping and will simply be storing your packed tent in your vehicle, portability might not be so great a concern. If you’re going to be backpacking from one destination to the next though, you’ll want a tent that is very light and very portable to fit in easily with the rest of your gear.

Set Up Ease

Set up ease is a critical component to take into account when choosing any type of tent, especially instant tents. The best instant tents are known for their quick and user-friendly setup time, making them a favorite of adventurers with little to moderate experience camping.

As a rule of thumb, the best instant tent shouldn’t take any more than 20 minutes or so to set up in total. Larger tents will always take longer to set up than smaller tents. Most instant tents will take just about 10 minutes or less to put up.

The Different Types of Instant Tents

You have plenty of options to pick from when hunting for the best instant tent, so it’s key to understand the different types available so you can pick the one that is best for your needs. Summer instant tents are designed primarily for warm weather use, featuring much thinner fabrics and lots of mesh to promote proper air circulation. Most summer tents sport a rainfly secured some inches off the ground so that air flow remains constant throughout the structure.

Three season tents are some of the most multipurpose options available because you can use them during spring, summer, and fall as you desire. Tents designed for 3 season use are typically very sturdy and durable, designed with materials like mesh and nylon.

These tents also feature a rainfly that provides full coverage to the tent body to shield campers from damp weather elements. If you like to go camping year round, a 3 season tent might be the best instant tent for you.

Convertible or all-season tents are made for year-round use. You’ll enjoy many of the same features you would with summer or 3 season models, such as ventilation openings and a rainfly. However, with a convertible tent, you can simply adjust and move around the tent components as needed to be compatible with the season you’re camping in.

Finally, if challenging winter weather is your ideal camper playground, you’re going to need the best instant tent designed for winter use. Winter instant tents sport durable designs with dependable fabrics and frames made to hold up against downpours and heavy winds. Winter tents are definitely the most sturdy instant tent option which is why they are also one of the more expensive choices.

Our Review of the Top 5 Best Instant Tents

Here’s our review of the top 5 best instant tent products.

Toogh 2-3 Person Camping Tent Backpacking Tent

Kelty Salida Camping and Backpacking Tent on white background
Toogh 2-3 Person Camping Tent Backpacking Tent
A waterproof tent that sets up and tears down in 60 seconds
The Toogh 2-3 Person Camping Tent Backpacking Tent with very dense mosquito netting, a fast setup, and dual doorways improves your accessibility and ventilation.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Holds 2 to 3 person capacity
  • Takes just about 60 seconds to set up or breakdown
  • Includes carry bag
  • 210-denier Oxford fabric with 3,000 mm rating
  • Waterproof tent floor with 5,000 mm rating
Cons
  • Most people won’t be able to stand up inside
  • Not as durable against high winds

Our first choice for the best instant tent holds a 2 to 3 person capacity with its very portable design that takes a mere 60 seconds or so to set up or breakdown. We love how lightweight the Toogh Camping Tent is, which features a carry bag so you can transport the structure with the rest of your gear without any fuss.

The tent has dual doors integrated into the design, which is fantastic when multiple campers are going to be entering and exiting the structure. We were also happy to see that the tent comes with a rainfly to prevent water or dampness from seeping into the interior.

The 210-denier Oxford fabric of the tent is extremely water resistant, sporting a hydrostatic waterproof rating of 3,000 millimeters. The tent’s floor is also impressively waterproof, with a 5,000-millimeter hydrostatic rating. The tent features spacious dimensions of 80 x 70 inches with a 45-inch interior height. While you won’t really be able to stand up inside the tent, you and your fellow campers shouldn’t any issues sitting up and moving around as needed.
Check Current Price

CORE 4 Person Instant Dome Tent

CORE 4 Person Instant Dome Tent on white background
CORE 4 Person Instant Dome Tent
A tent with zippered privacy panels to keep your gear organized
The CORE 4 Person Instant Dome Tent comes ready to set up, features active bead technology, has sealed seams, and uses an advanced venting system.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Takes just 30 seconds to set up
  • 100% polyester design with H20 Block technology
  • Adjustable ground vent
  • Comes with a rain fly, carry bag, and stakes
  • Includes loft area for storage
Cons
  • The poles aren’t as durable as some
  • Zipper can jam

Our next choice for the best instant tent is the Core 4 Person Instant Dome Tent, sporting an incredible 30-second setup time. We love how easy this tent is to use and put up, making it an excellent choice for beginner campers. The tent material is designed from highly durable 100% polyester, featuring integrated H20 Block technology with a ground vent that you can adjust for proper airflow as needed.

Not all 4 person tents are created equal, but the Core 4 Person Instant Dome Tent really does offer sufficient space for several campers without making anyone feel too cooped up with a center height of 54 inches. If you’re worried about finding space to store your gear, this best instant tent features a loft with a lantern hook and pockets so you can secure and organize your belongings.

The tent also comes with the tent stakes, a rain fly for additional coverage in the event of a storm, and a carry bag for easy portability.
Check Current Price

ECOdept Instant Dome Tent

ECOdept Instant Dome Tent on white background
ECOdept Instant Dome Tent
A popup tent with a very versatile and rugged design
The ECOdept Instant Dome Tent has a hydraulic pump to aid in setting it up, and it has a detachable dual-layer with two doors.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Features UV protectant technology
  • Setup time takes just a few seconds
  • You can fit a full sized air mattress in the 91 x 83 x 51 space
  • Dual layer waterproof design
Cons
  • It might take a few tries to understand how the setup works
  • Not as durable as some other products

The Instant Dome Tent by ECOdept is one of the best instant tents around for its design that offers protection from moisture and harmful UV rays. You can easily fit 3 people into this structure, and set up time is mere seconds. The tent features 4 supports to pop into place and 4 ropes for a few simple ties. After that, the tent is set up and ready for sleep!

We love that this tent is large enough to house a full-sized air mattress, with 91 x 83 x 51 dimensions. The tent comes with a carry bag so you can easily transport it from one place to the next. The feature that really stood out to us with the ECOdept Instant Dome Tent was its two-layer waterproof design, that helps ensure you will stay protected from any inclement weather elements outside your tent.
Check Current Price

Coleman 4-Person Pop-Up Tent

Coleman 4-Person Pop-Up Tent on white background
Coleman 4-Person Pop-Up Tent
An excellent tent for car camping and music festivals
The Coleman 4-Person Pop-Up Tent will set in in 10 seconds, is sturdy, and it comes with a tapered floor to keep you clean and dry.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Holds up to 4 people
  • 10-second easy setup
  • Pre-assembled poles
  • Adjustable rainfly
  • Dual storage pockets
Cons
  • Interior may not be large enough for some preferences
  • You can’t stand up inside the structure

The Coleman 4-Person Pop-Up Tent is an excellent best instant tent choice if you want a really simple but dependable option you can rely on for your outdoor adventures. The tent holds up to 2 people and is a fantastic choice for camping in moderate, more benign weather conditions and outdoor environments. The tent sports pre-assembled poles, so you can literally put up the Coleman 4-Person Pop-Up Tent in 10 seconds flat.

We were impressed by the taped floor seams this tent features, along with a rainfly that you can adjust to multiple positions. If a storm starts to pick up, you can pull the rainfly down, but you can also alter it to increase the proper airflow during the warmer months. The tent packs down to a compact flat size, making it another highly portable option.

The Coleman 4-Person Pop-Up tent sports dual storage pockets to secure your belongings. The size of this tent is not as large as some, with 9-foot and 2-inch by 6-foot and 6-inch dimensions. The interior height extends to just 3 feet and 4 inches total, so you’ll be able to sit up inside the tent, but that’s about it.
Check Current Price

FiveJoy Instant Popup Camping Tent

FiveJoy Instant Popup Camping Tent on white background
FiveJoy Instant Popup Camping Tent
A freestanding, automatic popup tent with large mesh windows
The FiveJoy Instant Popup Camping Tent is versatile, easy to assemble, and has plenty of storage space for your items when you camp or hike.
view at amazon
Pros
  • 150-denier polyester
  • Water resistant
  • WeatherTec technology
  • Nylon flap promotes air circulation
  • Sturdy seams and zippers
Cons
  • Not ideal for rough weather or wilderness camping
  • You might need to purchase a tarp separately for the tent’s floor

Our final pick for the best instant tent is the premium FiveJoy Instant Popup Camping Tent, designed from sturdy 150-denier polyester that offers excellent water-resistant capabilities. Setup time takes just under a minute, while the product comes with pre-attached support mechanisms to make expanding the tent a total breeze.

We love the integrated WeatherTec technology the FiveJoy Instant Popup Camping Tent has to offer, that will keep you protected in the event of unexpected bad weather while keeping any hints of moisture out. The tent sports openings on both the right and left sides of the structure, secured by a nylon flap to ensure circulation and privacy. The FiveJoy Instant Popup Camping Tent also comes with stakes and guylines for bonus sturdiness.

The FiveJoy Instant Popup Camping Tent’s polyester design features PU coating for exceptional water resistance, along with sturdy seams and zippers. With that said, this tent is not designed for rough weather backpacking or to be used during a heavy downpour outside.
Check Current Price

Our Top Pick

It wasn’t easy, but we narrowed the list down and chose our top pick from the best instant tent products—the Coleman 4-Person Pop-Up Tent. We loved the simple yet durable design of this tent, with pre-assembled poles and a setup time of just 10 seconds.

The taped floor seams were a huge factor for us in the decision-making process, as these further ensure that dampness won’t seep through the bottom of the tent and spoil your camping experience. The rainfly is of excellent quality and adjustable so you can use it as needed depending on the time of year you’re camping.

We also liked that the tent packs down to a flat, compact size, so it’s easy to carry from place to place whether you’re car camping or backpacking. The dual storage pockets are excellent as well. If you want the best instant tent that is waterproof, functional, and durable, with fantastic storage space, efficient setup, and easy portability, you can’t go wrong with the Coleman 4-Person Pop-Up Tent.

For premium power on the go, solar chargers have emerged as a fantastic option to keep your essential devices charged whether you are camping on or off the grid. Even if you like to stay totally unplugged when out on the trail, it’s always wise to have a backup energy source to keep your devices powered up in the event of an unexpected emergency.

Keep reading for a detailed guide to selecting the best solar charger for camping, plus the top 5 solar chargers for any outdoor enthusiast.

Are you ready? Let’s go!

The top 5 solar charger for camping we recommend for 2021:

The Different Types of Solar Chargers for Camping

You’ll have several types of products to pick from when looking at the best solar charger for camping, so it’s important to know the differences between each, so you pick the right one for you.

Portable Solar Panel Without a Battery

The first type of solar charger is a portable solar panel without an integrated battery. To use a solar panel, you just connect your mobile device to it, place it out in the sun, and leave your device to charge up.

The primary downside with solar panels is that you won’t be able to conserve power for later use. If you’re traveling in cloudy weather and pull out your panel to charge your device, it will be essentially worthless to you because the charger won’t have the available sunlight it requires to run properly.

You can opt to bring a separate power bank and use the solar panels to charge that, then connect your devices to the bank. Just bear in mind that this will add extra weight to your gear.

Solar Panel and Battery Pack

Your second option when hunting for the best solar charger for camping is going to be a solar panel with a battery pack. These types of solar chargers feature an integrated battery. You simply charge the battery then connect it to power up your device. A solar panel with a battery pack is a fantastic option to bring lots of power with you on the go and store it for later use.

The only real problem with solar panels featuring a battery pack is that they are slow to charge. It takes a while to charge the battery, and the battery can time some time to power up your device too. When picking this type of best solar charger for camping, you have to make sure that the battery size and specs are compatible with your device as well.

Solar Power Banks

The third type of best solar charger for camping is a solar power bank. If you’re taking a shorter camping trip, a power bank that serves as reserve power to rev up your devices could suffice. For instance, if you are taking a weekend backpacking trip and just using your device for activities like taking pictures, a power bank with 7,000mAh specifications could charge your phone 2 or 3 times.

For a point of reference, a power source’s battery capacity is measured in mAh (or milli-Ampere-hours).

Solar power banks feature an integrated solar panel that you can charge with a regular wall outlet or with solar energy. The panels on power banks are very small, so they do take a while to charge, which is why they are a better choice for shorter trips where you require an emergency backup source of energy.

Solar Mobile Device Cases

If you’re only interested in finding a solar charger to keep your phone powered up, there are also solar cell phone cases that you can put over your device. You just place the solar panel portion of the case in the sun to charge. Of course, the main downside here is that you can only use this kind of solar charger to keep your mobile devices going.

How to Pick the Best Solar Charger for Camping

Here’s exactly what you need to know to ensure you pick the best solar charger for camping for your outdoor adventures.

Watts and Amperage

The first features you need to consider when hunting for the best solar charger for camping are the watts and amperage the device has to offer. If you simply want to charge your mobile device on the go, you’re still going to need a solar charger with at least 10 watts or more.

The best solar charger for camping sports at least 2 amps (a measurement of the solar current), so you can charge everything from your phone to larger devices like tablets and laptops. If you really are only concerned with charging your phone, a 1-amp unit could work for an older device.

Weight

Consider the weight of the unit when picking out the best solar charger for camping to meet your needs. Some chargers are more portable than others, but if you’re going to be on the road for longer periods, lightweight is key. On the flipside, the more lightweight your solar charger is, the slower it will charge your devices.

You’ll need to account for at least 12 to 20 additional ounces of weight in your gear at minimum when transporting a solar charger, and probably more if you pick a heavier unit that charges faster.

User-Friendly

The best solar charger for camping needs to sport user-friendly components, such as a design that you can secure to your backpack to keep it charging as you go. You should also look for solar chargers with panels that you can prop up to get the most out of each hour of sunlight.

Keep an eye out for flexible solar charger panels that are easy to fold up and use. If you select rigid panels, you should still be able to fold them to secure in your gear.

Efficiency

The best solar charger for camping has an efficiency rating of 22% and above. Pay close attention to the manufacturer’s rating specifications when picking out your camping solar charger. Monocrystalline solar panels have the best efficiency ratings with polycrystalline and CIGS panels coming in at second and third place for efficiency.

Another solar charger component that indicates the unit’s efficiency is the surface area of the solar panel. The bigger the solar panel is, the more extensive its surface area will be, providing far greater efficiency to capture solar energy.

The Top 5 Best Solar Charger for Camping Products Reviewed

Check out the top 5 best solar chargers for camping!

Anker 15W Dual USB Solar Charger

Anker 15W Dual USB Solar Charger on white background
Anker 15W Dual USB Solar Charger
A highly portable solar charger with two solar panels
The Anker 15W Dual USB Solar Charger features a slim and lightweight design, two solar panels, high-speed charging capabilities, and it can charge two devices at once.
view at amazon
Pros
  • 15-watt solar charger but available in the 21W model too
  • Elastic hoops to secure the charger to your gear
  • 1-amp specifications
  • Maximum 2.1-amp charging speed
  • Industrial grade PET plastic solar panels
Cons
  • No integrated battery
  • Very slow to charge

Our first choice for the best solar charger for camping is the Anker 15W Dual USB Solar Charger, a virtual powerhouse of solar energy for any outdoor enthusiast. It is a fantastic choice for both on and off the grid camping adventures, featuring a quality design that will restore the charge if shadows pass by and block sunlight for a few moments. You can also purchase this model with 21-watt specifications if you find a need additional power.

The solar charger comes with elastic loops, so you can secure it to your pocket or to the rest of your gear with total ease. The solar charger features a 1-amp design and weighs in at just 12.5 ounces, so it is incredibly lightweight. It doesn’t come with an integrated battery, but you can use it alongside a power bank for an extra boost of energy if needed.

The Anker 15W Dual USB Solar charger sports a maximum 2.1-amp charging speed, with industrial grade PET plastic solar panels incorporated into the canvas design. We liked the safety features this solar charger provides too, with surge protection and short circuit technology.
Check Current Price

Yolk Station Paper-Thin and Light Portable Solar Charger

Yolk Station Paper-Thin and Light Portable Solar Charger on white background
Yolk Station Paper-Thin and Light Portable Solar Charger
A high-efficiency, lightweight, and portable solar charging unit
The Yolk Station Paper-Thin and Light Portable Solar Charger has an innovative design with gold panels, and it's thin enough to slip into your pack when you hike.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Ultra-thin at just 0.4 inches
  • Very portable and light
  • 23.7% efficiency rating
  • Auto reset technology
  • 5-watt power capacity
Cons
  • You’ll need at least one more panel to charge larger devices
  • Pricier option

The Yolk Station Portable Solar Charger is one of the best solar chargers for camping products for its super thin design that features just 0.4 inches of thickness. The solar charger is very compact but powerful, with a 23.7% efficiency rating and auto reset technology if shadows pass overhead and reduce the charging speed of the unit. We really liked the LCD amp display that shows you the charging speed in real time.

We were also really impressed by the waterproof design of this ultra-thin solar charger, that sports an IP64 rating. The panel features a 5-watt power capacity, but you can add other panels into the design for extra power if you so desire. The only real issue with the Yolk Station Portable Solar Charger is that it is more expensive than some of the other choices on our list.

The panel will suffice to charge your mobile device, but you’ll definitely need another panel or two to power up a larger device like a tablet.
Check Current Price

Suntactics S5 Ultralight Solar Charger

Suntactics S5 Ultralight Solar Charger on white background
Suntactics S5 Ultralight Solar Charger
An ultralight solar charger perfect for the endurance hiker
The Suntactics S5 Ultralight Solar Charger has one USB port, dual solar panels, 1,200mA output capabilities, and it stores neatly into a drawstring bag.
view at amazon
Pros
  • 5-volt USB port
  • 1,200 mAh battery capacity
  • 5-watt unit
  • Auto reset technology
  • Water-resistant exterior
Cons
  • No integrated battery
  • Not as cost-effective as some other choices

The Suntactics S5 Ultralight Solar Charger made it to our list of the best solar charger camping products for its very lightweight design that comes in at just 7 ounces. The solar charger features a 1,200 mAh battery capacity with a 5-volt USB port. We like this charger so much because it is compatible with a wide range of devices, including iPhones and Samsung Galaxy models.

We were also happy to see that the Suntactics S5 Ultralight Solar Charger sports a water-resistant exterior and auto reset technology to reboot the unit if sunlight is temporarily blocked. The 5-watt power this solar charger has to offer is pretty impressive when you consider how light and compact the unit is. If you use it with a battery bank, you’ll still probably stay well under 12 ounces in total weight.

The Suntactics S5 Ultralight charger is a little on the pricey side, but if you tend towards minimalist camping and backpacking, the cost might be well worth it.
Check Current Price

ECEEN ECC-626 13W Universal Foldable Solar Charger

ECEEN ECC-626 13W Universal Foldable Solar Charger on white background
ECEEN ECC-626 13W Universal Foldable Solar Charger
A solar charger with a unique voltage regulator included in the design
The ECEEN ECC-626 13W Universal Foldable Solar Charger is 22% more efficient than other models, and it has a unique design that is weatherproof.
view at amazon
Pros
  • 13-watt capacity
  • 2 connection points
  • 2 amps
  • Very lightweight at just 9.3 ounces
  • Integrated stand and straps
Cons
  • Will take a while to charger more than one device at the same time
  • Stops working if the solar cells reach too high a temperature

The ECEEN Universal Foldable Solar Charger is the best solar charger for camping for its durable design made specifically for outdoor adventures. We love that this solar charger comes with an integrated stand so the panels will absorb the maximum amount of sunlight, along with straps for easy portability. The design is completely waterproof as well.

We love how lightweight this best solar charger for camping is, weighing in at a negligible 9.3 ounces total. The only real disadvantage with this 13-watt solar charger is that it has a slower charge period. If you want to charge more than one device at the same time it’s going to take longer. However, the 2-amp capacity will keep your devices going for long periods and likely allow for multiple recharges if you power up one device at a time.

The solar charger doesn’t sport an integrated battery, but it offers auto reset technology to reboot the unit if a shadow passes by. The panels are surrounded by high-quality polyester that is weather resistant and features hooks so you can secure the unit to your gear.
Check Current Price

Goal Zero Venture 30 Solar Recharging Kit

Goal Zero Venture 30 Solar Recharging Kit with Nomad 7 Solar Panel on white background
Goal Zero Venture 30 Solar Recharging Kit
A weatherproof, rugged, and durable tablet and phone solar charger
The Goal Zero Venture 30 Solar Recharging Kit is ultra-lightweight and portable, and it allows you to charge your gear on the trail.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Integrated 7,800 mAh battery back
  • Foldable solar panels
  • Charges more than one device at the same time
  • 7-watt capacity
  • IPX6 waterproof rating
Cons
  • A heavier option
  • Costs a bit more than some chargers with fewer specs

Our final selection for the best solar charger for camping is the comprehensive Goal Zero Venture 30 Solar Recharging Kit, which is one of the most popular, dependable options on the market. It features an integrated 7,800 mAh battery pack plus foldable solar panels, so you can transport the unit with ease and stay powered up for many hours on the go. We love the design of the kit that allows you to charge your devices straight from the panels.

You can also charge the power bank during the day and connect it to your mobile devices when you reach the campsite. The 7-watt solar charger is powerful enough that you can use it to charge 2 devices at the same time without negating efficiency. We liked the auto-reset feature that will hold a continuous charge even if clouds pass by overhead.

Another huge plus for us was the Goal Zero Venture 30’s weather resistant design, with an IPX6 waterproof rating. The Goal Zero Venture 30 Solar Recharging Kit is a little heavier and more expensive than some of our other picks at 21.8 ounces, but its powerful, reliable energy will serve you well for lengthier camping excursions.
Check Current Price

Final Thoughts

While it might be more of an investment than some of the other chargers we mentioned, the Venture 30 Solar Recharging Kit made it to the number one spot on our list. We loved the 7,800 mAh integrated battery with foldable solar panels, making this solar charger option portable while offering maximum power.

We were also pleased with the flexibility of this best solar charger for camping, as you can charge your devices straight from the panels or with the battery pack as you prefer. The solar charger lets you power up 2 devices at the same time, which is critical if you’re going on group camping excursions.

Plus, the auto-reset feature is really reliable and ensures the unit holds a continuous charge. The water-resistant and weatherproof design is exceptional. You just can’t beat the Venture 30 Solar Recharging Kit for superior charging capacity, functionality, durability, and user-friendly ease.

When summer rolls around, and warm weather hits, you might find yourself planning a camping trip to the beach. There’s nothing quite so relaxing and refreshing as the sun, sand, and waves after a long day of trekking. If you are thinking of an upcoming backpacking or camping excursion to the beach though, you need to make sure you have the right gear for sandy terrain.

Finding the best backpacking beach chair to keep you supported and comfortable once you reach your camping destination is a must, but with so many options available it’s sometimes difficult to know what to look for.

For a complete buying guide to picking the best backpack beach chair, including the top 5 best backpack beach chairs you need to know about—you’ve come to the right place.

Let’s take a closer look!

The top 5 backpacking beach chairs we recommend for 2021:

The Camper’s Guide to Choosing the Best Backpack Beach Chair

Whether you’re unsure what to look for when choosing the best backpack beach chair, or your old chair just died, and you want to replace it with a really dependable product, here’s what you need to look for before making your final purchase.

How Portable Is the Chair?

It might seem like a somewhat obvious point, but the very first feature you need to look for when hunting for the best backpack beach chair is the portability of the product. Depending on how long you’re planning on camping and the distance between each camping location, you could be lugging your beach chair around with the rest of your gear for hours before you reach your final destination.

The first component that determines portability is the weight of the best backpack beach chair. You need to look for a design manufactured from very light yet durable materials that will offer you the support, comfort, and long-lasting use you require without overly weighing you down.

The second element to take into account with regards to portability is the way you can carry the product. Many beach chairs are bulky and difficult to maneuver, easily taking up one or both hands. If you’re going to be trekking for more than a few miles, you’ll probably get tired of carrying your beach chair around.

The best way to resolve this issue is to look for the best backpack beach chair featuring straps or hooks. That way, you can secure the chair to your gear and leave your hands free or use them to carry other accessories. Some backpacking beach chairs also come with a carry bag for easy transportation, but this will add more weight to your overall load.

What Is the Chair’s Weight Capacity?

The next significant feature you’ll want to consider when looking for the best backpack beach chair is the weight capacity is can reasonably support. Different beach chairs can support varying maximum weights, and the weight capacity really comes down to the materials incorporated into the product’s design.

Most of the best backpack beach chair products can support weights ranging from 250 up to 350 pounds. Along with weight capacity, you’ll want to consider whether you’ll need any special chair specifications, such as a higher chair back if you are taller than average.

The weight capacity you pick comes down to a matter of your personal comfort. Also, consider whether there will be anyone else using the chair on your trip. If you’re camping with your kids and sitting with one of your children on your lap, you’ll need to make sure the chair’s weight capacity can support both of you.

Back Support Is Key

No backpack beach chair is going to be of much use to you if it doesn’t provide the quality support you’re looking for. Back support is a critical feature to pay attention to before making your final purchase of the best backpack beach chair.

Particularly, if you have preexisting back issues, the support and ergonomics of the chair will be a major determinant of the product you ultimately select. Standard beach chairs usually feature a design that slumps low near the ground and offers very little by way of quality support.

The best backpack beach chairs improve the traditional design, with bonus features like extra cushioning that amp up the back support. One thing to bear in mind is that chairs with additional back support are typically on the pricier side. However, the investment for your health and comfort is well worth it.

Does The Chair Have a Headrest?

A headrest might not be so much of a make or break feature for you, but it is a nice one to look for if you have a sensitive back and/or neck or simply want to increase your comfort level at the campsite. Some of the best backpack beach chairs sport quality headrests that reduce the pressure on your neck often associated with the standard low back beach chair.

A headrest is perfect to help you prevent straining your neck if you’re sitting for hours at the beach, plus it makes for comfortable support if you decide to take a nap in the sun.

The Different Types of Chair Frame Materials

You’ll have several types of chair frame material options to pick from when looking for the best backpack beach chair to meet your camping needs—steel, wood, aluminum, and recycled plastic.

Steel backpack beach chairs are by far the most sturdy and durable option around. Some of the best backpack beach chairs even feature a zero-gravity steel frame. The main thing you need to be careful of if you select a chair with a steel frame is the rust factor. While most of the best backpack beach chairs use a powder coating to ward off rust, if you tend to leave your chair outside or stored in your car trunk, the material could corrode much faster.

Wood frames are another option for the best backpack beach chair, with their main advantage being that wood doesn’t transmit heat as well, so you won’t get burned when you sit down. If you do select a chair with a wood frame, look for a product that features a varnish or protective oil coating. With the right stain, these wood beach chairs are very resistant to outdoor weather elements and could last you for years.

Most of the best backpack beach chairs are manufactured with an aluminum frame. Aluminum is fantastic because it is very light and easy to carry, which is a huge bonus if you’re going to be trekking for miles to get from one destination to the next. The only real downside with aluminum is that it tends to gather scratches and nicks more quickly than other types of materials.

You won’t find as many beach chairs designed from this material, but recycled plastic has recently emerged on the scene as another durable frame option that offers quality support to users. While it might seem like this kind of material would be a bit flimsy, recycled plastic beach chairs are actually among the most durable there are while being very friendly to the environment as well.

Our Review of the Top 5 Best Backpack Beach Chairs

Check out our review of the top 5 best backpack beach chairs you’ll want to consider before you set off for the sand and sea.

Tommy Bahama Backpack Beach Chair

Tommy Bahama Backpack Beach Chair on white background
Tommy Bahama Backpack Beach Chair
A comfortable and lightweight aluminum camping chair for the beach
The Tommy Bahama Backpack Beach Chair will easily adjust to five positions, has an aluminum frame that resists rust, and there are padded backpack straps.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Comes in a 2 pack
  • Features straps for easy portability
  • Lightweight aluminum design
  • Weighs just 7 pounds
  • You can adjust the chair to 5 reclining positions
Cons
  • The polyester fabric of the chair is not as durable as some
  • The chair arms don’t always stay latched

Our first choice for the best backpack beach chair is the Tommy Bahama Backpack Beach Chair. We love that the chair comes in a 2 pack, so it’s perfect for you and one other backpacking companion. These chairs feature straps, that you can use to transition the chairs into backpacks for easy portability. We love that the straps are padded, so you can carry them on your back with the rest of your gear without becoming uncomfortable.

The frame is designed from durable, lightweight aluminum that wards off wear, tear, and rust really well. Each chair weighs just around 7 pounds, so you and your travel buddy can each carry one without feeling too much of a weight difference alongside your gear pack.

The feature that really caught our eye with the Tommy Bahama Backpack Beach Chair is that you can adjust it to 5, unique reclining positions! Plus, the chair comes with an insulated drink pouch, cell phone/cup holder, and a bar to fold your towel on.
Check Current Price

WildHorn Outfitters Terralite Portable Camp Chair

WildHorn Outfitters Terralite Portable Camp Chair on white background
WildHorn Outfitters Terralite Portable Camp Chair
A durable, lightweight, and easy-to-assembly backpacking chair with Terragrip feet
The WildHorn Outfitters Terralite Portable Camp Chair uses Terragrip feet to prevent sinking, and the chair folds up small and compact to carry with you.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Weighs only 2 pounds
  • Manufactured from aircraft grade 7075 aluminum
  • Supports weights up to 350 pounds
  • Velcro straps to secure the chair to your pack
  • Very breathable mesh chair fabric
Cons
  • The chair can tip backward if you lean too much
  • The carry bag is a little flimsy

Our next choice for the best backpack beach chair is the super lightweight WildHorn Outfitters Portable Camp Chair, weighing in at just 2 pounds! The chair is manufactured from aircraft grade 7075 aluminum, which explains its very lightweight specifications. In addition, this best backpack beach chair can support weights up to 350 pounds.

While the WildHorn Outfitters Terralite Portable Camp Chair does not include backpack straps, it features integrated Velcro straps so you can secure the product to the pack of your choice. We were also drawn to the mesh fabric material this chair sports, which is not only insanely breathable but machine washable so you can keep it smelling nice and clean.

The chair comes equipped with a carry bag for easy transport too if you’d rather not attach it to your gear. Another feature that really caught our eye was the propriety Terragrip chair feet which prevent the chair from sinking in the sand once you sit down.
Check Current Price

MOON LENCE Outdoor Ultralight Portable Folding Chair

MOON LENCE Outdoor Ultralight Portable Folding Chair on white background
MOON LENCE Outdoor Ultralight Portable Folding Chair
A very durable and portable chair with an ergonomic seat
The MOON LENCE Outdoor Ultralight Portable Folding Chair uses 600D Oxford cloth with an aluminum alloy frame for durability, and it folds up compact and lightweight.
view at amazon
Pros
  • 1000-denier Oxford chair fabric
  • Lightweight aluminum frame
  • Breathable mesh chair seat
  • Features cup holders and carry bag for transport
  • Provides ergonomic support for leaning back
Cons
  • No reclining positions
  • The chair stitching can fray after extended use

The Moon Lence Outdoor Ultralight Portable Folding Chair made it to our review of the best backpack beach chairs for its incredibly durable materials and very lightweight frame. We loved the 1000-denier Oxford chair fabric that is super resistant to tears, while the aluminum frame is dependable and sturdy. The chair weighs a mere 2 pounds, so carrying it from one camping location to the next won’t be a burden.

The chair seat fabric is designed from a very light and breathable mesh, offering superior ventilation and ensuring you won’t get all gross and clammy when sitting out under the sun for long periods. The Moon Lence Portable Folding Chair sports some fun accessories including foldable cup holders integrated into the product’s design and a carry bag designed from nylon with webbed straps.

The chair’s metal poles are easily foldable, so you can set up and breakdown the chair in seconds. The chair does not offer any reclining positions, but it does provide ergonomic support so you can lean back and relax. You can also machine wash and dry the seat cover if you need to, which is great after a few days out on the road.
Check Current Price

KingCamp Camping Chair Heavy Duty Lumbar Back Support

KingCamp Camping Chair Heavy Duty Lumbar Back Support on white background
KingCamp Camping Chair Heavy Duty Lumbar Back Support
A larger padded folding chair with excellent lumbar support
The KingCamp Camping Chair Heavy Duty Lumbar Back Support has an alignment strap, extra padding, cup holder, and Oxford fabrics to keep you comfortable.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Durable Oxford polyester fabric
  • Supports up to 350 pounds in weight capacity
  • Sturdy steel tubes integrated into the design
  • Ergonomically designed with excellent lumbar support
Cons
  • Weighs a bit more at 11.3 pounds
  • The chair has a somewhat bulkier design than some other products

Our next pick for the best backpack beach chair really lives up to its name, with highly durable fabric designed from Oxford polyester material and a really spacious seat, so you have plenty of room to move around. The steel-framed chair is reinforced with sturdy steel tubes and supports weight capacity up to 350 pounds.

We really loved the fact that the KingCamp Camping Chair sports integrated lumbar support, so if you have any preexisting back issues, this chair could be your new best friend. The chair’s armrest is ergonomically designed to provide maximum comfort and support while preventing strain. We also liked the handy mesh cup holder to secure your beverage or mobile device as needed.

The chair is a bit heavier than some of our other picks, weight in at 11.3 pounds total. The good news is, you can fold up the chair with ease for compact transport.
Check Current Price

KingCamp Sofa Moon Saucer Camping Chair

KingCamp Sofa Moon Saucer Camping Chair on white background
KingCamp Sofa Moon Saucer Camping Chair
A larger saucer-shaped camping chair with an easy setup process
The KingCamp Sofa Moon Saucer Camping Chair folds up neatly for transport, but you get enough room to relax around the campfire comfortably.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Spacious chair design
  • Clip cotton Oxford cloth fabric with padded seat and back
  • Breathable material
  • Steel tubes and bracket design
  • Supports weights up to 300 pounds
Cons
  • Weighs a bit more at just under 14 pounds
  • Brackets are made from plastic

Our final choice for the best backpack beach chair is the ultra-comfortable KingCamp Sofa Moon Saucer Camping Chair. The chair sports an oversized design, with dimensions of 33 x 30 x 35 inches. We loved the durable chair fabric, designed from clip cotton Oxford cloth fabric with a padded seat and back area for premium comfort and long-lasting use. We liked how breathable the fabric is, so you can rest without getting gross and clammy.

One feature we really loved about this best backpack beach chair was its reclining design, so you can move it back into a restful position as you need to. The chair is incredibly sturdy, with integrated steel tubes and brackets for optimal support. The KingCamp Sofa Moon Saucer Camping Chair is a bit heavier at just under 14 pounds, but the extra padding and steel design is part of the reason for this.

The chair supports weight capacity up to 300 pounds and comes with a carry bag and strap so you can easily transport the product from one camping site to the next.
Check Current Price

Our Verdict

If we had to choose one as our top pick out of this review, it would have to be the WildHorn Outfitters Portable Camp Chair. We loved the chair’s super lightweight 2-pound design, with a sturdy aircraft grade 7075 aluminum frame that supports up to 350 pounds in weight capacity.

The integrated Velcro straps make it easy to secure the chair to your gear. The breathable mesh fabric offers superior ventilation and is machine washable so you can keep it smelling fresh. The proprietary Terragrip chair feet keep the chair positioned firmly in the sand so you won’t sink down when you sit back and relax. For comfort, premium support, and durability, we love the WildHorn Outfitters Portable Camp Chair as the best backpack beach chair.

When you’re out on the trail, soaking in the wonders of nature, it’s natural to want to stop and capture the beauty surrounding you. Whether you enjoy taking photos as a fun pastime or are an aspiring photographer, finding the best camera for backpacking is a must if you’re going to be taking lots of snaps while out on the trail.

If you’ve just started hunting for the best backpacking camera and aren’t sure what to look for, or your old camera just died, and you want a quality replacement to serve you for many trails ahead—you’ve come to the right place.

Keep reading to discover what you need to look for when picking out the best camera for backpacking, plus the top 5 selections that newbie and expert photographers alike will love.

Let’s get down to business!

The top 5 camera for backpacking we recommend for 2021:

The Backpacker’s Guide to Selecting the Best Camera for Trail Adventures

Here’s what you need to know to select the best camera for backpacking for your on and off the grid photography needs.

Initial Considerations

Before diving into elements like the key features you should look for when hunting for the best camera for backpacking, there are some initial considerations you’ll need to take into account. Consider, what is your experience with cameras and outdoor photography? Do you simply like to point and shoot or do you really want to spend quality time learning how to use and take professional outdoor photos?

You should also consider your usage needs when selecting the best camera for backpacking. Are you just going to be taking photos for recreational use only or do you need them for work (a blog, for example)?

You also want to take into account the amount of gear you’re willing to bring on the road with you in addition to things like your tarp or tent, sleeping bag, and so forth. You need to consider the cost and extra weight of securing and insuring camera gear besides the actual camera itself, such as lenses, a tripod, a drone, or any other equipment you might require.

By considering your experience, usage needs, and gear requirements, you’ll have a much easier time picking out the best camera for backpacking that is right for you.

Important Features to Look For Before Buying the Best Camera for Backpacking

The first feature you need to think about when hunting for the best camera for backpacking is the size of the device. You’ll most likely be carrying a moderately sized backpack regardless of the length of your trip, and you won’t just be transporting your camera and its associated gear either. So, you need to take into account the other gear you’ll be packing and consider how much space will be left.

Smaller cameras are easy to transport and could potentially fit in your pocket, making them an excellent choice for recreational photography. Larger cameras that necessitate a carrying case and extra equipment might be ideal for more professional usage, but they will increase the overall weight of your gear.

Likewise, you’ll also want to consider the weight of the best camera for backpacking. Smaller devices are typically lighter while cameras with more bells and whistles like DSLRs will naturally be heavier.

Another key feature to keep in mind is the battery life of the best camera for backpacking. A camera’s battery life is defined by the number of snaps you can get from a single battery charge. Professional travel photographers typically bring more than one battery on the road with them, as taking tons of snaps can wear the battery out fast.

Most camera batteries will serve you for about 200 to 300 photos, but you’ll also want to contemplate bringing a spare battery if you’re going to be taking frequent snaps. Of course, the additional battery will add extra weight to your gear.

DSLR or Point and Shoot?

The two main types of cameras you’re going to see when hunting for the best camera for backpacking are DSLRs and point and shoots. DSLR cameras are definitely more expensive than the point and shoot variety. They are pretty bulky to boot and will most certainly weigh down your gear. That said, DSLRs are the best camera for backpacking in terms of the quality of the photo snaps. If you intend to take professional shots, you’ll probably want a DSLR.

DSLRs are also designed to give the photographer plenty of options for zooming close on the photo subject. What’s more, DSLRs take incredible videos that are HD quality, with some even sporting a microphone jack for enhanced sound.

On the other hand, if you’re not too concerned with taking super professional snaps while out on the trail and really just want a camera that will take some nice photos for your personal collection, a point and shoot camera might be just what you’re looking for. Point and shoot cameras are far more cost-effective than DSLRs while being much smaller and easily portable.

You can carry a point and shoot camera with ease in your pack without feeling overbulked or weighed down. The quality of point and shoot cameras certainly isn’t bad, and you’ll still get some nice snaps for your personal photo collection. Just know that point and shoot cameras don’t have the same color range, focus options, and depth as DSLRs. Again, if you’re more interested in trail photography for recreational use, this shouldn’t be a problem.

The Top 5 Best Cameras for Backpacking Ultimate Review

Check out the top 5 best cameras for backpacking, and keep reading to discover our top pick from the list!

Sony Alpha a6300 Mirrorless Digital Camera

Sony Alpha a6300 Mirrorless Digital Camera on white background
Sony Alpha a6300 Mirrorless Digital Camera
A mirrorless camera with fast autofocus and 4K recording capabilities
The Sony Alpha a6300 Mirrorless Digital Camera allows you to create professional content in every shot with the fast focus, advanced sensor, electronic viewfinder.
view at amazon
Pros
  • High-quality, compact option
  • 24.2 megapixels
  • Weighs only 14.8 ounces
  • Weather resistant
  • Incredible focus and tracking capabilities
Cons
  • Might be challenging for newbie photographers to use
  • More expensive option

Our first pick for the best backpacking camera is the classic Sony Alpha a6300 Mirrorless Digital Camera. We love this model because it is just as lightweight as the best point and shoot cameras, but features high-quality capabilities like the best DSLRs, making this choice a hard one to beat. We love the compact size of the Sony Alpha a6300 too, along with its durable design that will last you for many backpacking trips to come.

The camera features an exceptional image sensor with super speedy autofocus that allows you to snap 11fps at 425 phase detection autofocus points. The camera sports a 24.2-megapixel capacity and weighs just 14.8 ounces, so you won’t notice much of a difference if you end up carrying it in your gear. The exterior is weather-resistant to boot, which is great if you run into any inclement weather.

We were really impressed by this camera’s magnesium design with a durable hand grip so the device won’t slip out of your hand. You won’t have any issues tracking your subjects, as the camera’s 2.4 million-dot Tru Finder mechanism offers the accuracy and speed of an optical viewfinder.
Check Current Price

Nikon D7200 DX-format DSLR

Nikon D7200 DX-format DSLR on white background
Nikon D7200 DX-format DSLR
A ultra-functional choice from Patagonia
The Patagonia Atom Sling offers a durable water repellant finish that will keep all your belongings warm and dry.
view at amazon
Pros
  • DSLR
  • Great for newbies and pros alike
  • Intuitive and easy to use
  • Great battery life and highly durable
  • Quality megapixels with low-noise functionality
Cons
  • Wi-Fi isn’t always dependable
  • Could be a bit heavy for some preferences

If you liked our previous best camera for backpacking option but are a little unsure of the design and/or price, the Nikon D7200 might be just what you’re looking for. The camera is a quality choice for both newbie and seasoned photographers, with a DSLR design that really stands the test of time. We like the quality of the camera’s autofocus mechanism, which produces quality images while still being intuitive and easy to use.

The camera is one of the heavier options on our list, weighing in at 1.49 pounds, but its exceptional battery life, durability, and 2.8 x 2.5 x 2.5-inch megapixels help make up for this fault. The CMOS sensor offers 24 megapixels, allowing you to take beautiful snaps just about anywhere with minimal noise or distraction.

We were also impressed by the ISO settings and low-noise functionality that make this camera an excellent pick for nighttime photography. The camera sports integrated Wi-Fi sharing capabilities, so you can upload your photos right away.
Check Current Price

Ricoh GR II Digital Camera with 3-Inch LCD

Ricoh GR II Digital Camera with 3-Inch LCD on white background
Ricoh GR II Digital Camera with 3-Inch LCD
A camera with an advanced GR ENGINE V that puts out minimal noise
The Ricoh GR II Digital Camera with 3-Inch LCD allows you to shoot beautiful photographs with 1080p resolution, anti-aliasing filter, and high-quality processing functions.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Lightweight at just 9.6 ounces
  • Very affordable option
  • Takes great photos with 16-megapixel capabilities
  • Quality image sensor
  • 28-35mm lens and 1080p HD video
Cons
  • Not as many features as some other cameras available
  • Not as durable as some

The Ricoh GR II Digital Camera made it to our list of the best cameras for backpacking for its incredibly lightweight 9.6-ounce design that performs like a dream and has fantastic, speedy focus. We like how portable this camera is while being really cost-effective too. If you’re looking for a quality option that will take some nice photos without breaking the bank, you may have found your match.

The camera sports 16 megapixels, which is definitely lower than some of our previous picks. That said, the camera still takes photos of exceptional quality and sports a huge image sensor with a 28-35mm lens. The image sensor is DSLR quality, with swift focus and anti-aliasing functionality. We really like that you can shoot 1080p HD quality videos with this camera, giving you plenty of flexible usage options while out on the trail.
Check Current Price

Olympus OM-D E-M5 Mark II

Olympus OM-D E-M5 Mark II on white background
Olympus OM-D E-M5 Mark II
A highly portable camera for the creative and nomadic photographer
The Olympus OM-D E-M5 Mark II is a solid camera with a weatherproof design for outdoor shoots, and it has a high-speed processor and image sensor.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Weather resistant
  • Exceptional photo performance
  • Image stabilizer
  • 40-megapixel resolution
  • Live MOS sensor
Cons
  • Pricer than some other cameras
  • Not as good a grip

The Olympus OM-D E-M5 Mark II is the best camera for backpacking for its super lightweight 5-ounce design and great photo performance. We were definitely impressed by the build and autofocus capabilities of this camera, with its quality image stabilizer and 3.3 x 1.7 x 4.8-inch design.

The primary downside with this best backpacking camera is that is one of the pricier options on our list, but its live MOS sensor and 40-megapixel resolution is something to consider. We just love its 5-axis photo stabilization which means you won’t have to worry about blurry photos, with a sharp autofocus capability that rivals some of the best on the market.

We were happy to see that this camera has a weather resistant exterior that wards off damage from dust, water, and cool temperatures, making this camera a highly durable choice as well. The camera is also very aesthetically pleasing, with silver elements and a quality LCD screen.
Check Current Price

Sony RX100 IV 20.1 MP Premium Compact Digital Camera

Sony RX100 IV 20.1 MP Premium Compact Digital Camera on white background
Sony RX100 IV 20.1 MP Premium Compact Digital Camera
A pocket-sized digital camera with super speed shooting potential
The Sony RX100 IV 20.1 MP Premium Compact Digital Camera has a 20.1 MP image sensor with an anti-distortion shutter that captures clear and clean images.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Speedy autofocus
  • Compact design
  • 20-megapixel resolution
  • Pop-up viewfinder
  • 24-70mm lens
Cons
  • Might be too many buttons on the design for some preferences
  • Batteries can wear out fast

Our final pick for the best camera for backpacking is another product by Sony, the RX100 IV. We picked this one for its speedy autofocus, compact design, and ease of portability. Weighing in at just 10.3 ounces, the Sony RX100 IV is a smaller model with 20-megapixel resolution and a quality lens. We liked the viewfinder with its pop-up design, making this camera an ideal pick for nighttime shooting.

The lens of the camera is a force to be reckoned with, with 24-70mm elements that give you high-resolution images full of vibrant color. We also liked the CMOS sensor that is steady and takes great videos. The camera is fast and low-noise too, so you won’t have to worry about being distracted when trying to catch the perfect snap.
Check Current Price

The Final Verdict

So, who made it to the top of the list? It was a close call, but in the end, our favorite was, without a doubt, the Nikon D7200. We loved the affordable price and user-friendly design that makes this the best camera for backpacking for seasoned and novice photographers alike. We were duly impressed by the Nikon D7200’s autofocus quality, with extended battery life and high level of durability.

The 24-megapixel resolution and low-noise levels when the camera is in use were both huge bonuses for us. With exceptional ISO settings and integrated Wi-Fi sharing, great longevity of use, and really intuitive design, the Nikon D7200 takes first place as the best camera for backpacking.

When you reach the campsite after a long day on the trail, there’s nothing quite so comforting for your weary, aching muscles as sinking happily into your backpacking chair for some rest and relaxation time. Whether you’re planning a 3-day camping trip or a lengthy outdoor adventure, your gear won’t be complete without the best backpacking chair to keep you comfortable and supported on the road.

If you’re not sure exactly what features you need to look for, or what your options are when selecting the best backpacking chair, you’ve come to the right place.

Keep reading for the complete guide to choosing the best backpacking chair, including the top 5 chair options for any campsite.

Let’s get down to business!

The top 5 backpacking chair we recommend for 2021:

The Quick and Easy Guide to Picking the Best Backpacking Chair

Here’s what you need to know to pick out the best backpacking chair for your next trip.

Important Specs to Look For

The very first thing you need to consider when selecting the best backpacking chair is the comfort factor. It may seem like an obvious point, but if the chair isn’t comfortable for you, it’ll be pretty useless and probably remain untouched in your gear. Ultimately, the comfort of the best backpacking chair comes down to its height, width, and weight capacity.

First, consider the height of the chair’s back. If you are taller than average or have a longer torso, you’ll probably want a taller back that offers comprehensive support. You’ll also want to take the height of the seat into account, or how elevated the seat is above the ground. If you have longer legs, you’ll want a seat that is higher up to give your legs plenty of room to extend and stretch. If you have shorter legs, a shorter seat height will work just fine.

Don’t forget to consider the width of the chair’s seat when picking the best backpacking chair. Choose a width that is comfortable for you to sit in, gives your waist plenty of room, and allows you space to move around. Additionally, the weight capacity of your chair is essential. Most of the best backpacking chairs range in weight capacity from 250 up to 320 pounds.

How Portable Is the Chair?

Naturally, the best backpacking chair needs to be highly portable and easy to take on the road along with your other gear. Portability is a matter of the weight and the packed size of the backpacking chair. The best backpacking chairs generally shouldn’t weigh over 2 pounds. Considering that you will also be carrying gear like a tent or tarp, sleeping bag, or a change of clothes, your chair shouldn’t take up so much room that you feel like you overpacked. To be safe, stick around the 2-pound point in terms of chair weight, and you’ll be set.

The other portability aspect you need to take into account is the backpacking chair’s packed size. The vast majority of backpacking chairs break down into small packing sizes.

You can affix some models to the outside of your gear too, but outside hanging gear can be a real pain after several hours on a tough trail. It ultimately comes down to a matter of preference, but when picking a backpacking chair, you need to ensure you can either fit it into your gear or secure it on the outside with relative ease.

Is Setup Easy?

No one likes to get to the campsite after a long, sweaty day on the trail and find themselves grappling with their backpacking chair. Likewise, another point to bear in mind when picking out the best backpacking chair for your outdoor needs is ease of setup.

The best backpacking chairs either require no setup at all or feature an integrated collapsible pole system.

Consider the Material

Durability is an important factor to consider when hunting for the best backpacking chair. The durability of your chair really comes down to the chair fabric’s material and the material the frame is designed from. The chair fabric needs to be very sturdy and able to hold up well against an array of terrain conditions to ensure it lasts you for many backpacking trips to come.

You should look for chair fabric with properties like a waterproof and washable design, as well as flame-retardant components. Many of the best backpacking chairs are designed from variations on polyester. Tear resistant polyester is among the most durable chair materials available.

Next, you need to consider the material of the actual frame of the backpacking chair. Most chairs are manufactured with aluminum frames, which are not only very light to carry, but highly durable. Aluminum is a quality chair frame material to look for because it is rust resistant, strong enough to hold up well in rough terrain, and wards off chips and nicks well.

Stability is Key

Stability is one of the most critical elements to consider when picking the best backpacking chair for your next trek. If you’re going to be backpacking in rough, wilderness settings, you need to ensure that your chair is stable enough to stay in place without tipping over.

Will you be backpacking in the mountains? Will you be camping on the beach or on level terrain?

Consider the terrain of the regions you typically backpack and camp in to ensure the chair you pick is durable enough to hold up in these conditions.

The Top 5 Best Backpacking Chair Reviews

Check out the top 5 best backpacking chairs every outdoor enthusiast needs to know about.

Big Agnes Helinox Chair One

Big Agnes Helinox Chair One on white background
Big Agnes Helinox Chair One
A compact and lightweight, collapsible camping and backpacking chair
The Big Agnes Helinox Chair One can support up to 320 pounds while having a collapsible design that is easy to pack in or on your backpack.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Durable DAC aluminum frame
  • Quality 600-denier polyester fabric
  • Holds up to 320 pounds in weight capacity
  • Compact packed size
  • Light to carry
Cons
  • Pricier option
  • The chair legs aren’t very wide apart so sits a bit low to the ground

The first best backpacking chair on our list is the incomparable Helinox Chair One, ideal for everything for backpacking to camping to fishing adventures. We love that that the frame features durable DAC aluminum with 600-denier polyester chair fabric that will last you for many treks ahead. The chair holds a high weight capacity, up to 320 pounds, but weighs a mere 1.9 pounds so it won’t weigh down your pack.

We also like that this chair packs to compact dimensions at 14 x 4 x 5 inches, so you won’t have to leave too much extra space in your gear to bring it on the road with you. It’s pretty tough to beat the Helinox Chair One, with its compact, lightweight design that is capable of handling easy and rough terrain. Setup is super quick and uncomplicated, for both novices and experts alike.

The only real downside here is that the Helinox Chair One is a bit pricey when compared to some of the other selections on our list. The high quality of the chair is definitely worth the investment though, as is the fact that you won’t have to expend extra costs replacing it anytime soon.
Check Current Price

Trekology YIZI HIGH Back Portable High Back Camping Chair

Trekology YIZI HIGH Back Portable High Back Camping Chair on white background
Trekology YIZI HIGH Back Portable High Back Camping Chair
A camping chair with superior support for your lower back
Trekology YIZI HIGH Back Portable High Back Camping Chairs have breathable mesh fabric, a folding design, and they give you better support for your back.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Very lightweight and portable
  • 1000-denier fabric and aerospace quality aluminum frame
  • Stable and durable
  • Affordable option
  • Quality headrest
Cons
  • Could take a little time to set up when you first use it
  • The chair feet could be a bit small for some preferences

The next best backpacking chair on our list is the Trekology YIZI High Back Portable Camping Chair, that weighs a moderate 3 pounds and has a compact packed size of 14 inches. We were really impressed by the 1000-denier fabric and chair frame designed from aerospace quality aluminum for stability and durability. The chair holds weights up to 300 pounds.

The backpacking chair is an ideal choice for tall campers because the chair back is pretty high and long. We were happy to see the integrated headrest to provide extra head and neck support after a long day out on the trail. In terms of comfort, the Trekology YIZI is definitely one of the best options out there. Besides this, it's a very lightweight backpacking chair and easy to carry for either short or long treks.
Check Current Price

Onwego Portable Folding Camping and Backpacking Chair

Onwego Portable Folding Camping and Backpacking Chair on white background
Onwego Portable Folding Camping and Backpacking Chair
A foldable and lightweight backpacking chair with mesh panels
Onwego Portable Folding Camping and Backpacking Chairs have a low profile with a lightweight design, and the frame is aircraft-grade aluminum with thick mesh material.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Incredibly light and perfect for minimalist backpacking
  • Compact packed size
  • Aerospace-grade aluminum frame
  • Good price
  • Four-legged design
Cons
  • The material is not as durable
  • Not as comfortable as some other products available

The Onwego Portable Folding Camping and Backpacking Chair made it to our best backpacking chair review for its quality price and lightweight configurations. It weighs just 2 pounds and sports a packed size of 14.25 x 5.25 inches, which is great if you are a minimalist backpacker who likes to take as little as possible out on the trail.

We liked the four-legged frame design of this best backpacking chair, which offers additional stability to the user. We would note, that while the chair can technically hold up to 330 pounds in weight, the recommended weight capacity is actually 250 pounds. So, if you would prefer a chair with a higher weight capacity this is something to bear in mind.

The main element this backpacking chair has going for it is its lightweight design and very small packed dimensions. It comes at an affordable price so you can enjoy stability and comfort on the road without breaking the bank. The fabric designed from ripstop nylon is not as durable as we would like, but the aerospace-grade aluminum frame is dependable.
Check Current Price

MOON LENCE Outdoor Ultralight Portable Folding Chair

MOON LENCE Outdoor Ultralight Portable Folding Chair on white background
MOON LENCE Outdoor Ultralight Portable Folding Chair
A outdoor chair made out of 600D Oxford cloth for added durability
The MOON LENCE Outdoor Ultralight Portable Folding Chair is an ergonomic seat with an aluminum frame that will withstand wet environments and rain while camping.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Ergonomically designed seat
  • Easy to set up and break down
  • Folds into compact pieces
  • Sturdy aluminum frame
  • Breathable mesh seat fabric
Cons
  • The fabric denier is not as high as some
  • Stitching can come loose with extended use

Our next pick for the best backpacking chair weighs just 2 pounds and can support weights up to 240 pounds. We picked this best backpacking chair for its super light, foldable design that is easy to carry on the road and very simple to set up at the campsite. The chair’s fabric is manufactured from 600-denier Oxford cloth and a frame from highly sturdy aluminum.

One aspect we really loved about the Moone Lence Outdoor Ultralight Portable Folding Chair was its ergonomic seat, to offer you premium comfort without compromising the stability and support you require.

The seat fabric is highly breathable and soft to the touch, so your legs won’t get sweaty when you’re sitting at the campsite on a balmy day. The chair is also highly portable and really easy to break down, with mesh and holder components that can be folded to fit with ease in your pack.
Check Current Price

Kijaro Dual Lock Portable Camping and Sports Chair

Kijaro Dual Lock Portable Camping and Sports Chair on white background
Kijaro Dual Lock Portable Camping and Sports Chair
A dual-lock chair that is perfect for camping, tailgating, or fishing
Kijaro Dual Lock Portable Camping and Sports Chairs have zip mesh organizers with dual cup holders, and the chair has a dual locking system to make transport easy.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Dual lock system for better support and easy breakdown
  • Excellent weight capacity
  • Breathable mesh fabric
  • Quality accessorization like an organizer and dual cup holders
Cons
  • The chair rivets can wear out with frequent use
  • The fabric tends to wear out quickly

Our final selection for the best backpacking chair is the Kijaro Dual Lock Portable Camping and Sports Chair, with a sturdy seat that doesn’t sag when you sit on it. The fabric is manufactured from diamond ripstop polyester, with a quality mesh component for lightweight breathability. The chair can support a weight capacity of up to 300 pounds. When folded, the chair comes to a compact packed size of 6.9 x 4.7 x 45.7 inches.

One of the key features we really liked about this product by Kijaro was its Dual Lock design, which means you can lock it open for sturdy support and lock it shut to fit into your pack with total ease. We also liked the extra accessories included in this best backpacking chair’s design, such as a carry strap and bag for easy transport, an extra organizer featuring zipped pockets, and 2 cup holders so you can stay hydrated when relaxing at the campsite.
Check Current Price

The Verdict

While each of the best backpacking chairs in this review offer components to meet a wide range of backpacker needs, the one we feel offers the most versatility, durability, and longevity of use is the Trekology YIZI High Back Portable Camping Chair. We love how lightweight it is at just 13 pounds, with an incredibly compact 14-inch packed size.

What sold us was the durable 1000-denier fabric and aerospace grade aluminum frame, which is sturdy enough to serve you well in just about any terrain you’ll be adventuring in. The extra high back and supportive headrest were additional finishing touches that we really liked as well. For a lightweight, comfortable, and durable option that offers you quality support at an affordable price, it's tough to outdo the Trekology YIZI High Back Portable Camping Chair.

Whether you will be encountering summer rains or fall showers, for frequent backpackers, finding the best waterproof tent to keep you nice and dry in damp conditions is a must. Whether your trusty waterproof tent has seen its glory days or you’ve just recently gotten into camping and aren’t sure what to look for, you’ve come to the right place.

First, we’ll take a closer look at the top things you need to look for when hunting for the best waterproof tent. Next, we’ll walk you through our thorough review of the top 5 best waterproof tents before revealing our chosen winner from the group.

Without further ado, let’s get down to business.

The top 5 waterproof tents we recommend for 2021:

How to Select the Best Waterproof Tent

Here’s what you need to consider before choosing the best waterproof tent for your camping adventures.

The Shape of the Structure

The first element you need to take into account when selecting the best tent for rain is the shape of the structure. The shape of the tent can actually impact whether any moisture seeps through in the event of damp or rainy conditions. The typical choices you’ll usually have to pick from are dome tents and A-frame tents.

Dome tents are sturdier and hold up against harsh elements like wind much better than A-frames do. However, the inside of a dome tent is usually more compact so you definitely won’t have as much head space to move around.

A-frames, on the other hand, sport vertical walls that offer a ton of headroom and space to move around. A-frame roofs are flatter than domes though, which means water can have a tendency to gather at the top of the structure. If you like the additional space an A-frame can afford you, just look for one with a sloped roof that will prevent water from pooling.

Design Elements

There are some key design elements you’ll want to look for when hunting for the best waterproof tent. Different tent manufacturers incorporate their own branded features into the structure, with some featuring a tub-like floor that helps prevent water from leaking into the tent. If you choose a tent with tub-shaped floor space, make sure there aren’t any gaps between the floor and the rainfly.

The best waterproof tents also sport seamless floor designs to prevent leakage. The higher the seamless design goes up the tent body, the better the structure's waterproofing capabilities are. Zippers are another feature to pay close attention to when selecting the best waterproof tent. Inverted zippers will hold up well against damp conditions and prevent moisture from seeping through.

You should be able to shut the windows and doors of the best waterproof tent completely, so if showers do hit, you won’t get wet.

Single vs. Double Walls

The best tents for rain come in either single or double wall specifications. Single wall tents are exactly what their name indicates—tents with a single layer of waterproof, ventilated material. If you choose a single wall tent, you must make sure that the fabric is both breathable and waterproof to ensure you stay comfortable and dry inside.

Double wall tents are the other popular option when it comes to finding the best waterproof tent. Double wall structures usually have screen panels to ensure proper circulation, which is key with the extra layer of material in the dual wall design. A double wall tent is typically comprised of a single tent wall with a rainfly on top.

Rainfly

A rainfly is an essential feature to look for when searching for the best tent for rain because you can remove it in clear weather to enjoy the view outside your tent or cool down, but you can also leave it on for additional waterproofing during rainy seasons. The best waterproof tents sport a space between the roof of the structure and the rainfly to ensure optimal breathability.

Some rainfly products feature clip-on attachments, which makes for really easy setup and breakdown if need be. Some rain-flies only go halfway down the tent while others cover the entire tent body. At the very least, the best waterproof tent will sport a rainfly that covers the door and window areas, so no moisture gets through.

Storage Space

You need to make sure that the best waterproof tent you select offers sufficient storage space to secure your gear and any other belongings you bring on the road with you. Look for tents with vestibules so you can store wet clothes, muddy shoes, etc. The vestibule should be covered like the tent is by the rainfly.

Seams

The best waterproof tents sport sealed seams to keep out rain and other damp weather elements. Even the strongest tent structures have vulnerable areas where water can seep through. Sealed seams help to guard against these vulnerabilities. You might even want to consider bringing an additional sealer and repair kit with you if you’re going to be on the road for long periods so you can keep those seams in tip-top shape.

Season Usage

Tents are categorized by season, and you can use many tents for more than one season. The 2-season tent varieties are ideal for warm weather camping, sporting lots of mesh for breathability. If you’re looking for the best waterproof tent for summer camping, make sure the rainfly is included to keep you dry if it starts to rain.

The 3-season tents are more durable than the 2-season kind and are a great selection for spring, summer, and fall camping excursions. The 4-season models are designed specifically for cold, wintery weather.

The Top 5 Best Waterproof Tents Review

Check out the top 5 best waterproof tents!

MSR Mutha Hubba NX 3-Person Lightweight Backpacking Tent

MSR Mutha Hubba NX 3-Person Lightweight Backpacking Tent on white background
MSR Mutha Hubba NX 3-Person Lightweight Backpacking Tent
A lightweight backpacking tent with easy gear access capabilities
The MSR Mutha Hubba NX 3-Person Lightweight Backpacking Tent has a non-tapered floor plan with a large entry equipped with a StayDry vestibule.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Extremely waterproof
  • 2 different setup options
  • Comes with pole system and hubs featuring color-coded clips
  • Weighs just 4 pounds
Cons
  • Pricier option
  • Not as much as storage space as some products

Our first pick for the best waterproof tent is a compact and lightweight option that fits up to 3 campers. Despite its compact design, it is surprisingly spacious on the inside, with plenty of headroom. We were really impressed by the easy setup and breakdown of the MSR Mutha Hubba tent. In fact, you can set up the tent in 2 different ways depending on your preference, making this tent a highly versatile choice.

The tent sports doors with integrated rain gutters and the all-important rainfly for an extra barrier of waterproof protection. The MSR Mutha Hubba Backpacking tent includes a user-friendly pole system and hub with color-coded clips, so you can align and set up with total ease. The tent weighs just 4 pounds, making it a great option for lightweight backpackers who want a durable, waterproof tent they can depend on.
Check Current Price

CORE 6 Person Dome Tent - 11' x 9'

CORE 6 Person Dome Tent – 11′ x 9′ on white background
CORE 6 Person Dome Tent – 11′ x 9′
A waterproof tent with active bead technology and sealed seams
The CORE 6 Person Dome Tent – 11′ x 9′ has fabric that repels water, sealed seams, and active bead technology to keep you dry in wet conditions.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Integrated H20 Block technology for ultimate waterproofing
  • Plenty of storage space
  • Fits up to 6 people
  • You can fit 2 queen-sized air mattresses inside
  • Sports an adjustable air intake vent
Cons
  • Only has 1 window
  • The zipper can wear out over time

Our next choice for the best waterproof tent is in a class of its own, with a camper capacity of up to 6 people! The durable polyester design helps deflect water well, with integrated CORE H20 Block Technology and a ground vent that you can adjust as needed. We liked the handy gear loft with pockets and a lantern hook that you can use to store your gear and valuables. The tent also comes equipped with stakes, a rainfly, and carry bag for easy transportation.

The tent is so spacious inside that you can secure 2 queen air mattresses in it. The tent’s center height is an astounding 72 inches. The feature that really impressed us with the CORE 6 Person Dome Tent was the tough water repellent fabric sporting active beads to repel water along with its durable sealed seams. The tent comes with an adjustable air intake vent that moves cool air upward and helps warm air escape, all while ensuring proper circulation and camper comfort.
Check Current Price

Eureka! Copper Canyon Three-Season Camping Tent

Eureka! Copper Canyon Three-Season Camping Tent on white background
Eureka! Copper Canyon Three-Season Camping Tent
A tent with near-vertical walls to maximize interior space
The Eureka! Copper Canyon Three-Season Camping Tent gives you cabin-like comfort with almost vertical walls that give you enough space for your cots and gear.
view at amazon
Pros
  • 13 x 10-foot floor space with a 7-foot inner volume
  • Zippered power port
  • Lots of storage space
  • 3-season tent
  • Excellent waterproof design with steel and fiberglass frame
Cons
  • Very heavy option
  • You may need to put a tarp beneath the tent in very heavy rains

The Eureka Copper Canyon Three-Season Camping Tent is one of the best waterproof tents on the market for its spacious vertical structure, sporting an impressive 7 feet of standing space. If you’re tired of tents that restrict you to sitting up only and impede you from moving around, this massive structure could be for you.

It offers exceptional waterproofing capabilities with a 3-season design manufactured with steel, fiberglass, and pole sleeves to serve you well for most of your year-round camping adventures.

The only major downside with this tent is it weighs a staggering 23 pounds, so it’s going to be a good selection for car camping rather than backpacking. The tent sports a Stormshield polyester rainfly that secures the entire roof.

We also like that this tent comes with a zippered power port where you can secure your devices, cables, and more. The tent offers fantastic storage space, with large overhead mesh pockets for your gear. Set up and breakdown is very easy, with a ring and pin design that takes no time to set up. We also like that the tent sports multiple doors and windows for good cross-ventilation.
Check Current Price

Coleman Dome Tent with Screen Room

Coleman Dome Tent with Screen Room on white background
Coleman Dome Tent with Screen Room
A larger tent with a big screen room in front
The Coleman Dome Tent with Screen Room sits over five feet tall in the center, and it comes with a big screen room for you to relax in.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Separate screened in compartment
  • Spacious interior
  • Proprietary Weather Tec components
  • Welded floors and sealed seams
  • 75-denier taffeta polyester material
Cons
  • Not designed for very harsh weather conditions
  • Ridgepole wears out faster than some

Our next selection for the best waterproof tent is the Coleman Dome Tent with Screen Room, with a spacious 6-person design that is affordable and comfortable. You can easily fit 2 queen-sized air mattresses inside this tent in addition to all your belongings. We really loved the separate screened in compartment with 10 x 5-foot dimensions that offer campers an extra space to relax in.

The tent features an inner volume of 5 feet, so it’s not quite high enough for most campers to stand up comfortably, but you should still have plenty of space to move around. The Coleman Dome Tent with Screen Room comes with quality storage pockets too. We loved this tent’s proprietary Weather Tec components with welded floors and sealed seams to protect you from rain and other damp weather conditions.

The rainfly takes just 15 minutes to set up and comes with a handy bag for transportation. The body of the tent is designed from 75-denier taffeta polyester while the zippers sport weatherproof cuffs to prevent dampness from seeping through. We liked the mesh area on the roof for cross ventilation and the sturdy aluminum alloy poles that help to stabilize the structure.
Check Current Price

TETON Sports Mountain Ultra Tent

TETON Sports Mountain Ultra Tent on white background
TETON Sports Mountain Ultra Tent
A versatile tent available in several sizes for big groups
The TETON Sports Mountain Ultra Tent is waterproof, lightweight, and will perform well in different weather conditions thanks to the built-in ventilation system.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Fantastic waterproof design
  • 66-denier ripstop nylon rainfly
  • Tub design with a 150-denier footprint
  • Mesh components
  • Easy setup and breakdown
Cons
  • No windows
  • The tent may be too compact for some preferences

Our final choice for the best waterproof tent is the incomparable TETON Sports Mountain Ultra Tent, with a compact, lightweight design that is easy to set up and breakdown. If you’re a minimalist backpacker that wants to stay protected from wet weather conditions without weighing down your gear, this choice could be the one for you. You can buy the tent in 4 sizes based on the person capacity you require.

The TETON Sports Mountain Ultra Tent does an exceptional job of keeping rain and damp elements out, with a completely seamless design for the ultimate waterproof structure. The rainfly is made from 66-denier ripstop nylon with a polyurethane coating, featuring a 3,000-millimeter rating.

The tent floor features a tub-like design with a 150-denier footprint manufactured from Oxford polyester. The inside of the tent sports mesh components that you can open up through the rainfly’s cutouts. The aluminum frame has fast release buckles, so you can set up the tent in about 15 minutes and tear it down in 5.
Check Current Price

The Winner

One of the best waterproof tents stood out to us above the rest—the TETON Sports Mountain Ultra Tent. While each of the selections on our list would make a valuable addition to any camper’s gear, the TETON Ultra Tent stands supreme in several key areas. We love its lightweight, compact design that you can purchase in 1, 2, 3, or 4 person capacities as you require.

The 100% seamless design is impressive, with a durable 66-denier ripstop nylon rainfly and 3,000-millimeter hydrostatic rating that stands in a class of its own. The tub-like design with 150-denier footprint even further ensures that dampness will stay out, while the mesh components give that quality ventilation we always look for in the best waterproof tent.

For a lightweight, versatile structure that is easy to set up and dependable in a wide range of damp weather conditions, you can’t go wrong with the TETON Sports Mountain Ultra Tent.

If you’re going to be camping in frigid temperatures, it’s essential to ensure you have the best cold weather tent in your camping arsenal to stay warm, dry, and comfortable on the road. Picking the best cold weather tent with the right fabric and features to hold up against inclement weather elements is key, but with so many tent options available, it can be challenging to know which one to choose.

That’s why we put together this comprehensive guide, detailing exactly what you need to look for when picking the best cold weather tent, the top 5 options on the market, and more.

Let’s take a closer look!

The top 5 cold weather tent we recommend for 2021:

The Camper’s Guide to Selecting the Best Cold Weather Tent

Here’s what all campers need to know to pick out the best cold weather tent.

3 vs. 4-Season Tents

There are plenty of 3-season tents available that work just fine for cooler temperatures. However, if you’re going to be encountering frigid temperatures, many of the best cold weather tents are of the 4-season variety. Tents designed for 4-seasons are made specifically to deflect snow, so it doesn’t gather on the exterior and cause the structure to collapse.

Another great thing about 4-season tents is that the walls are significantly thicker than your traditional tent varieties, offering heightened durability and increased protection from the outdoor elements. Thicker tent fabric also means you’ll stay warm and dry if high winds or snow hit. If you do opt for a 3-season tent, it needs to be waterproof and coated, with a high hydrostatic rating.

Protection From the Cold

The best cold weather tent clearly needs to offer you protection from the cold, but it’s critical to know what to look for to ensure the tent you pick is sturdy enough to hold up against tough winter weather conditions. The best cold weather tent is going to sport extra thick and heavy fabric that wards off elements like wind and snow.

Besides the walls of the best cold weather tent, you’ll also need to take the floor of the structure into account. The floor needs to offer you insulation, but it should also be waterproof and durable enough to withstand wear and tear from things like heavy winter gear and snow boots.

Consider the Person Capacity

Depending on how many people you’re going to be traveling with, you might want a 1, 2, 3 or 4 person tent. When it comes to winter and cold weather camping, traveling with a group is often advisable to avoid unnecessary hazards when on the road that could arise in subzero, snow-filled locations. Plus, the extra body heat in the tent can lend some additional warmth.

Whatever the size of your group might be, you’ll want to select a tent that can accommodate not just the people you’re traveling with, but their gear as well. For example, you might be traveling in a group of 2, but find that with all your protective gear and belongings, a 3 person tent will provide you the right space you’re looking for.

Consider the specs, floor space, and interior dimensions of the best cold weather tent when determining which person capacity it needs to house to meet your camping needs.

Durability

It might seem like an obvious point, but the best cold weather tent needs to be highly durable and of exceptional quality to ensure it serves you well in winter temperatures. You definitely shouldn’t be out camping in blizzard-like conditions, but you still need to make sure the tent you pick will stand firm against high winds and other winter weather elements.

The best cold weather tents sport reinforced aluminum poles for enhanced durability, along with reinforced doors. You also need to look for a 4-season, cold weather tent that comes with stakes to keep your tent sturdy and secure if the weather outside starts to get blustery.

Breathability

While the material of the best cold weather tent needs to be thick and sturdy, it also ought to be highly breathable. Without proper ventilation, the interior of the tent could gather condensation and make the whole inside damp. Look for the best cold weather tents with breathability features like adjustable venting mechanisms.

Adjustable venting mechanisms enable you to wield control over the inside temperature of a tent, similar to how you would open and shut a window in your home.

Accessibility

The ease of accessibility to the structure is another feature you’ll definitely want to consider when selecting the best cold weather tent for your winter camping trip. If you’re going to be camping with 2 or 3 other individuals, the size of the group (plus all the extra layers you’ll be wearing), could make getting in and out of a single door a bit inconvenient.

So, if you’re going to be traveling with a few other campers and sharing your cold weather tent, look for structures with dual doors to make entry and exit just that much easier. Also, dual doors will ensure one door doesn’t stay open too long with everyone trying to get out of the tent, thereby letting freezing air seep through.

Is It Portable?

The best cold weather tent needs to be highly portable. You don’t want to your gear to be overly weighed down or bulky, especially as you’re going to have heavy winter clothing to contend with.

Tent Walls

When it comes to the best cold weather tent, you’ll have single and double wall structures to choose from. Single walls are very warm and are also typically more lightweight to transport. They can keep a smaller group of travelers or a single camper warm, but they might not be insulated enough for a larger group. If you do choose a tent with single walls, make sure you pack some extra layers to stay nice and warm.

Most 4-season tents feature double walls because while they are bulkier, they are also sturdier and more insulating. If you’re going to be winter camping for longer periods or with a larger group, a double wall structure is going to be your best bet.

Our Review of the Top 5 Best Cold Weather Tents

Check out the top 5 best cold weather tents you’ll want to consider for all your winter camping adventures.

Geertop 2-Person 4-Season Backpacking Tent

Geertop 2-Person 4-Season Backpacking Tent on white background
Geertop 2-Person 4-Season Backpacking Tent
A double-layer, waterproof backpacking and hiking tent for rural locations
The Geertop 2-Person 4-Season Backpacking Tent has dual layers for ventilation and waterproof protection, and it weighs in just over six pounds so that you can carry it with you.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Quality 4-season tent with durable poles and stitched seams
  • Comes with rainfly
  • You can zip and unzip the cover as needed for extra ventilation
  • Affordable price
  • Very lightweight and portable
Cons
  • Could be tight for 2 people
  • Can gather condensation in very damp conditions

Our first pick for the best cold weather tent is this exceptional option by Geertop. It is made for versatility while being very lightweight and easy to transport from one camping location to the next. We liked the fact that the tent is designed to withstand 4 seasons, so it will offer you the protection you need against a wide range of weather conditions, including rain and snow.

The Geertop 2-Person 4-Season tent offers the quality ventilation we look for in the best cold weather tent, with a cover that you can completely zip or unzip as you need to. Because the tent vents so well, you can even use it in warm weather, making this option an ideal choice for year-round camping.

We were happy to see that the tent is rainproof, with double stitched seams and sturdy aluminum poles that can withstand gale force winds. The tent is designed to hold up to 2 campers, but it could be a bit tight for more than 1 person. That said, the tent comes at an affordable price, so if you don’t mind a tighter squeeze, it will do for 2 people just fine.
Check Current Price

HILLMAN 2-Person 4-Season 20D Double Layer Silicone Tent

HILLMAN 2-Person 4-Season 20D Double Layer Silicone Tent on white background
HILLMAN 2-Person 4-Season 20D Double Layer Silicone Tent
An ultralight backpacking tent for high-altitude climates and heavy snow
The HILLMAN 2-Person 4-Season 20D Double Layer Silicone Tent is waterproof, weatherproof, and it's very resistant to wear and tear in rugged environments.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Double walls
  • Very insulated and waterproof design
  • Cross-aluminum poles
  • Double stitching
  • Tear resistant high-density nylon material
Cons
  • Smaller tent interior
  • The tent spikes can wear out quicker than some

Our next choice for the best cold weather tent is the Hillman 2-Person 4-Season Silicone Tent, which is a compact but very sturdy little tent. We love the fact that the high-density nylon material is resistant to tears while being waterproof and incredibly insulating. The tent features double walls for increased warmth, double stitching, and cross-aluminum poles to ensure the structure stays firmly in place even if blustery winds hit.

Despite the thick double walls and waterproof exterior, we were really pleased to see that the Hillman 2-Person 4-Season tent is highly breathable as well, promoting proper air circulation throughout the interior. The tent is pretty cost-effective too, without compromising any of the key features we look for in the best cold weather tent. Set up is very simple and quick, taking approximately 10 minutes in total.
Check Current Price

Weanas 1 2 3 Person 3 Seasons Double Layer Backpacking Tent

Weanas 1 2 3 Person 3 Seasons Double Layer Backpacking Tent on white background
Weanas 1 2 3 Person 3 Seasons Double Layer Backpacking Tent
A large tent with aluminum rods and several sizes
The Weanas 1 2 3 Person 3 Seasons Double Layer Backpacking Tent has professional-grade waterproof fabric with a multipurpose design and two large doors.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Cost-effective option
  • Durable polyester material
  • Impressive UV coating
  • Polyester rainfly and silicone-coated footprint with 4,000 mm rating
  • Very spacious interior
Cons
  • You may need additional tie-down points
  • Tent zippers can wear out with extended use

The Weanas Double Layer Backpacking Tent made it to our list of the best cold weather tents for its impressive waterproof design, sturdy aluminum poles, and UV protectant material. The tent is super compact, so if you plan on backpacking in winter weather conditions and want to add as little weight to your pack as possible, this could be the tent for you.

While the tent is designed for 3-season use, the double wall construction helps ensure you’ll stay warm on the trail. The tent weighs in at just 5 pounds and comes with the accessories you’ll require to set up and secure the structure. The polyester material is coated in SPF UV 40+, which helps ensure you’ll stay protected from the sun’s glare.

The tent also sports a polyester rainfly with a waterproof hydrostatic rating of 4,000 millimeters and a footprint with silicone coating rated at 4,000 millimeters. The inside is very spacious too, with 106.3 x 49.2 x 39.4 dimensions. You can purchase the tent for 1, 2, or 3 person capacities.
Check Current Price

ALPS Mountaineering Tasmanian 2 Person 4 Season Tent

ALPS Mountaineering Tasmanian 2 Person 4 Season Tent on white background
ALPS Mountaineering Tasmanian 2 Person 4 Season Tent
A storm-resistant tent with a unique two pole design
The ALPS Mountaineering Tasmanian 2 Person 4 Season Tent can handle heavy snow loads when you go mountaineering, and it has double-hooped vestibules at a cost-effective price.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Designed for all seasons
  • Excellent storage space
  • Good ventilation
  • Venta and window covers
  • PU coating and 7000 series aluminum poles
Cons
  • Costs more than some other tent options
  • Ventilation isn’t as great when you install the fly

The ALPS Mountaineering Tasmanian 2 Person Tent is one of the best cold weather tent options for its 4-season, durable design. The tent is made for two campers and is highly portable, making it a fantastic choice for backpacking enthusiasts. The design holds up really well against inclement weather elements, with PU coating and 7000 series aluminum poles for increased stability against gale force winds.

The tent has excellent storage space, with multiple pockets and rear vestibules. One feature that really caught our eye was the ALPS Mountaineering Tent’s quality ventilation system, with mesh windows that promote the right amount of airflow without undermining the insulation of the interior.

The tent comes with vent and window covers too, so you can seal up these areas for extra warmth if need be. The tent is also very quick and easy to set up, so you can secure it in place with just a few snaps in less than 10 minutes.
Check Current Price

Naturehike 4 Season 2 Person Tent

Naturehike 4 Season 2 Person Tent on white background
Naturehike 4 Season 2 Person Tent
A durable waterproof tent with a bright coloring for high visibility
The Naturehike 4 Season 2 Person Tent is a very breathable and waterproof tent for those adventures in wet areas, and you can set it up quickly.
view at amazon
Pros
  • A versatile and lightweight option
  • Good for backpacking
  • Waterproof exterior
  • Sturdy aluminum pole framework
  • Easy setup and breakdown
Cons
  • Not as much storage space as some
  • Could be tight for 2 adult campers

Our final choice for the best cold weather tent is the Naturehike 4 Season 2 Person Tent, designed for year-round use and just about any weather conditions you’ll encounter along the way. The tent is highly versatile, with a lightweight design that you can carry with ease in your gear if you’re planning any winter backpacking treks.

The tent sports UV resistant coating to shield you from damaging rays along with a waterproof exterior to ensure you stay dry if storms hit. We were really pleased with the sturdiness of the structure, featuring a premium strength aluminum pole system that is easy to set up and break down. The 20-denier silicon fabric offers great insulation, while the tent’s mesh roof and double-layered entry provide just the ventilation we look for in the best cold weather tent.
Check Current Price

Closing Thoughts

While each of the best cold weather tent options in this review are quality, durable options to consider, the choice that made it to the top of our list was the Weanas Double Layer Backpacking Tent. We loved the lightweight, waterproof design, aluminum framework, and UV resistant material.

Even though the tent is a 3-season product, the double wall construction is perfect for cold weather camping. The waterproof polyester rainfly and silicone coated footprint with 4,000 mm hydrostatic ratings are exceptional, plus the spacious inside means you’ll have room for each camper and all your gear. We liked that you can purchase the tent for 1, 2, or 3 person capacities as needed.

For versatility, insulation, weather resistance, and sturdiness, the Weanas Double Layer Backpacking Tent remains our top pick for the best cold weather tent.

When you’re out on the trail for hours at a time, it’s imperative to stay hydrated to keep you energized and fueled on the go. If you find it difficult to drink enough water on your backpacking trips or want to get more out of each sip, the best water enhancers might be just what you’re looking for.

If you’re not sure what water enhancers are or have heard about them but would like to know more, keep reading.

We’re going to walk you through everything you need to know about water enhancers to decide if they’re right for you, plus the top 5 best water enhancers every backpacker needs to know about.

Let’s get started!

The top 5 water enhancers we recommend for 2021:

The Backpacker’s Guide to the Best Water Enhancers

Here’s exactly what you need to know about the best water enhancers.

What Are Water Enhancers?

Water enhancers are flavoring agents, designed to help you stay hydrated and drink more water by spicing things up with your favorite flavor. All you have to do is incorporate a few drops of the best water enhancers into your bottle of water while out on the trail, and you’ll have a tasty drink to keep you fueled and energized. The best water enhancers come in a wide range of flavors, including everything from blueberry and raspberry to green tea and coconut.

Water enhancers contain minute amounts of sugar, so you won’t need to worry about filling up on empty calories that serve your body no purpose while out on the road. Depending on the water enhancer you choose, some brands incorporate nutritious components like vitamins and electrolytes into the product to give your water an additional boost.

Let’s take a closer look at the typical ingredients usually found in the best water enhancers.

Typical Ingredients

The first typical ingredient you usually find in the best water enhancers is citric acid. Citric acid is a naturally occurring component found in citrus fruits like oranges and lemons. The presence of citric acid makes the water enhancer a bit tangy while offering additional antioxidant properties to boost your immune system and overall vitality.

Another common ingredient you usually see in the best water enhancers is propylene glycol. Propylene glycol is akin to an antifreeze agent, which means that it is a flavoring mechanism and aids in diffusing food coloring.

Since most water enhancers feature colored drops, the presence of propylene glycol boosts the flavor and helps distribute the coloring in your water. While it is not ideal to consume propylene glycol in consistently large quantities, the small amount in the best water enhancers isn’t usually an issue.

Stevia is a common sugar substitute you’ll often see in the best water enhancers, which offers 200 times more sweetness than traditional sugar but at a zero caloric intake. A less natural option that some water enhancers incorporate is sucralose, a common artificial sweetener.

Sucralose is actually 500 times sweeter than regular sugar and also sports zero calories like Stevia. Some individuals have reported issues with sucralose like intensified migraines, so bear this in mind when picking the best water enhancers that work for you.

While many water enhancers are simply there to make your water taste better, some of the best water enhancers feature electrolytes to help promote your body’s regular function. In fact, if you drink water on a very strenuous climb or hot hike without replacing some of the electrolytes you’re losing during the trek, you could experience severe health threats like hyponatremia.

So, incorporating extra electrolytes into your water habits is a must on tough treks.

What to Consider Before Selecting the Best Water Enhancers

The best water enhancers not only taste great but offer some bonus nutrition for your body on camping and backpacking excursions. That said, not all water enhancers are created equal, and some are not even remotely healthy.

Water enhancers have a lot going for them. They make it easier to boost your water intake with a nice taste while offering components like vitamins and minerals to keep you energized on the trail. The best water enhancers are also incredibly affordable, and work instantly, offering a hint of sweetness and the flavor of your choice to your water bottle.

Some water enhancers contain artificial flavoring which can prove both unhealthy and damaging to your body in the long run. If you have allergic sensitivities to artificial coloring, you will need to take care to purchase an all-natural water enhancer that leaves out these elements. Also, artificial sweeteners are known to elevate blood sugar levels, so this is key to consider if you are hypoglycemic or diabetic.

How to Pick the Best Water Enhancers for You

If you have an allergy to one of the ingredients sometimes found in water enhancers such as artificial coloring, your best bet is to pick a completely natural water enhancer with clean ingredients that won’t cause a reaction. You always want to pay close attention to the sugar and caloric content of the best water enhancers, to ensure they align with your health and fitness goals.

If you still have concerns, speak with your doctor to discuss the ingredients you’re looking at and determine if any of these will affect any current health conditions you might be dealing with.

The good news is, water enhancers are considered completely safe and fine to use when out on the trail. In most cases, if you make sure the artificial, sugar, and caloric content isn’t too high or simply opt for an all-natural option, you’ll be just fine.

A Detailed Review of the Top 5 Best Water Enhancers

Check out the top 5 best water enhancers to make a tasty drink concoction for your next backpacking adventure!

MIO Water Enhancer Berry Variety Pack

MIO Water Enhancer Berry Variety Pack on white background
MIO Water Enhancer Berry Variety Pack
A simple and effective way to flavor your water
MIO Water Enhancer Berry Variety Packs come in portable squeeze bottles and several flavors that make it easy to carry with you and add to your water.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Great flavor options
  • Variety pack
  • Each bottle lasts for 20 servings or more
  • No sugar or caffeine
  • Fantastic natural option
Cons
  • Flavors might not be to everyone’s preference
  • Contains propylene glycol

MIO water enhancers are definitely among the most popular options available, with a plethora of flavors available ranging from blueberry lemonade to strawberry watermelon to berry pomegranate. One of the most popular flavors of these best water enhancers is sweet tea. The thing we really love about MIO water enhancers is that they are free of damaging components like sugar or caffeine, making them a tasty, natural choice to boost your water intake.

If you have a health condition that prevents you from consuming too much sugar, or if you simply want to keep your intake of empty calories down, the MIO Water Enhancer could be just what you’re looking for. Each flavor comes in pretty small bottles, but the good news is you’ll only need a tiny amount for each serving.

You can expect to use each bottle for 20 servings or more before you need to run out and buy a new one. You can also purchase the MIO water enhancer flavors of your choice in a variety pack to last you for many trails ahead.
Check Current Price

Stur Natural Water Enhancer Classic Variety Pack

Stur Natural Water Enhancer Classic Variety Pack on white background
Stur Natural Water Enhancer Classic Variety Pack
A natural water flavor enhancer with five delicious options
The Stur Natural Water Enhancer Classic Variety Pack makes 100 drinks per package, and they have zero sugar, no gluten, and they have no calories.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Tasty, refreshing flavors
  • No blue or yellow dyes
  • No sucralose
  • Sweetened with Stevia
  • Includes Vitamin C
Cons
  • Flavors aren’t as strong as some other products
  • Stevia aftertaste might not be to everyone’s preference

Our next selection from the best water enhancers is the Stur Natural Water Enhancer. We like these because they are devoid of calories and sugar, posing a tasty, natural option free of artificial ingredients that could pose issues. We love that the Stur Natural Water Enhancers don’t contain any blue or yellow dyes, sucralose, etc., so even individuals with sensitivities could find this option to be an ideal choice.

The sweetness in this water enhancer is from Stevia, which won’t cause any unpleasant blood sugar spikes. We also like that each flavor of Stur’s Natural Water Enhancers includes Vitamin C for an extra immune-enhancing boost. You can purchase the Stur Natural Water Enhancer Variety Pack in a wide range of flavors too, including orange mango, pomegranate cranberry, and Blue and Blackberry.
Check Current Price

Pyure Organic Liquid Stevia Sweetener Simply Sweet

Pyure Organic Liquid Stevia Sweetener Simply Sweet on white background
Pyure Organic Liquid Stevia Sweetener Simply Sweet
A healthy sugar substitute in a portable squeeze bottle format
Pyure's Organic Liquid Stevia Sweetener Simply Sweet gives you 200 servings in every container, and it has a nice squeeze bottle design that slips into your bag.
view at amazon
Pros
  • No sugar, calories, or gluten
  • Zero glycemic impact
  • Non-GMO and certified organic
  • Ideal for a range of dietary needs and sensitivities
Cons
  • Not as many flavor options
  • The bottle tends to squirt out too much liquid sweetener at once

We picked the Pyure Organic Liquid Stevia Sweetener as one of the best water enhancers available for its incredible, all-natural nutritional content and pleasing flavor. We love that these liquid drops are free of calories, sugar, and gluten, making them a great choice whether you’re trying to stay healthy on the road or have pre-existing allergic sensitivities.

The Pyure drops are naturally sweetened with Stevia, so you can satisfy that sweet tooth without sabotaging your health goals. These 1.8 fluid ounce bottles are highly portable and easy to throw into your pocket or your pack as you so desire. It is not only valuable as a water enhancer, but the Pyure Organic Liquids Stevia Sweetener is also perfect to sweeten any hot or cold drink of your choosing.

The Stevia sweetener has zero glycemic impact and is compatible with just about any dietary plan, including diabetic, keto, and paleo needs. The water enhancer is also non-GMO and USDA Certified Organic.
Check Current Price

H2WOW WATER ENHANCER Drops Variety Pack

H2wOw Water Enhancer Drops Variety Pack on white background
H2wOw Water Enhancer Drops Variety Pack
An organic water enhancer drop in four flavors with no artificial sweeteners
H2wOw Water Enhancer Drops Variety Packs have only three calories per serving, use no artificial sweeteners, and will keep you hydrated when you're hiking, camping, or backpacking.
view at amazon
Pros
  • All-natural sweetener
  • No artificial ingredients
  • Variety pack option with 4 refreshing flavors
  • Enhanced with botanical essential oils and fruit extracts
Cons
  • Serving sizes are a bit small
  • Flavor is subtler than some

Our next choice from the best water enhancers is the H2WOW Water Enhancer Drops. While these water enhancer drops do contain a caloric profile, they only sport a negligible 3 calories per serving or so. The H2WOW Water Enhancer Drops use all-natural sweeteners rather than artificial ingredients, relying on Stevia and agave instead. We really like this variety pack because it comes in 4 different, refreshing flavors.

With choices like Watermelon Honeydew and Cucumber Lemongrass, the H2WOW Water Enhancers are a fantastic choice to help you stay hydrated, cooled, and refreshed on any short or lengthy backpacking trip. We were really impressed to note that the enhancer drops include components from botanical essential oils and actual fruit extracts, for an extra boost of nutrition and taste.
Check Current Price

DASANI Drops Strawberry Kiwi Water Flavor Enhancer Drink

DASANI Drops Strawberry Kiwi Water Flavor Enhancer Drink on white background
DASANI Drops Strawberry Kiwi Water Flavor Enhancer Drink
A ultra-functional choice from Patagonia
The Patagonia Atom Sling offers a durable water repellant finish that will keep all your belongings warm and dry.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Servings go a long way
  • Nice, strong taste that really boosts water flavor
  • Good selection of flavor options
Cons
  • Not an all-natural choice
  • Contains Yellow 5 and sucralose

Our final pick from the best water enhancers are the classic Dasani Drops. If you are looking for the best water flavoring with a stronger taste that really augments the overall flavor of your beverage, the Dasani Drops might be just what you’re looking for. The drops are concentrated, so a small serving will go a lot further than you might expect. The only real downside for us is that the Dasani Drops are not an all-natural option.

If all-natural isn’t a concern for you, then you should be just fine. The Dasani Drops contain sucralose rather than agave or Stevia, and the artificial dye Yellow 5. Neither of these artificial ingredients should be consumed in large quantities, but there is only about 2% of either component in the drops so you won’t be consuming much anyway.

If you following the serving sizes as directed in the bottle, you can expect 1 bottle to last you about a month and maybe longer with less frequent use. Besides the refreshing Strawberry Kiwi flavor, you can also purchase Dasani Drops in other tasty choices like pineapple coconut.
Check Current Price

Our Top Pick

Each of the best water enhancers on our list offers something to suit just about any backpacker’s taste buds. For us, nutritional components are key when it comes to the best water enhancers and one product clearly stood out to us on this point—the H2WOW Water Enhancer Drops. We love that while these water enhancers are tasty and refreshing, with flavors like Cucumber Lemongrass and Watermelon Honeydew, you’ll still receive impressive nutritional benefits too.

The Stevia and agave sweetening components are an excellent alternative to artificial ones like sucralose, while each serving of H2WOW contains just 3 calories. We liked the variety pack with a quality selection of flavors, plus the presence of botanical essential oils and actual fruit extracts was a huge bonus for us too.

For a gentle, refreshing assortment of flavors, natural sweeteners that won’t spike your blood sugar, and an added nutritional boost from the essential oils and fruit extracts, it’s hard to outdo the H2WOW Water Enhancer Drops.

Whether you like to take short weekend camping trips or long treks out in the wilderness, having the best backpacking knife in your gear is essential to ensure you’re prepared for any situation while out on the road. Whether you need to cut ropes, skin game, or cut down some brush that’s in your way, a durable, quality backpacking knife is an invaluable piece for any outdoor enthusiast’s tool kit.

For a comprehensive guide to choosing the best backpacking knife, plus the top 5 knives for any outdoor adventurer, keep scrolling.

Let’s get things underway!

The top 5 backpacking knife we recommend for 2021:

Key Considerations

In order to pick the best backpacking knife for your outdoor needs, there are some key considerations to take into account. Let’s take a closer look.

What Type of Terrain Will You Be Dealing With?

The kind of terrain and weather conditions you will be hiking in should be a major determinant of the best backpacking knife you select for your journey. For example, if you’re going to be backpacking in warm conditions where you won’t need to light a fire at the campsite, you don’t need to worry about picking a knife tough enough to handle firewood.

Likewise, if you’re going to be backpacking and camping in damp or humid conditions, you will probably want to purchase the best knife for backpacking that features water-resistant properties, manufactured from durable material like stainless steel. In short, consider the types of terrain you usually backpack and hike in, and pick a knife that is suitable to withstand those kinds of conditions.

Longevity of Use

It’s also important to consider how long you want your knife to last when picking the best backpacking knife to meet your needs. Do you want to make an investment in a high-quality knife to last you for many treks, or would you prefer a more cost-effective option that you’ll need to replace more often? The choice is ultimately up to you.

Most knives are built to last more than other types of gear pieces, but those of a cheaper quality won’t last as long. If you have larger gaps between your outdoor treks and don’t mind the annoyance of replacing a cheaper option now and then, a less expensive option may be right for you.

On the other hand, if you are a frequent backpacker and need a sturdy option to serve you well on the road, it’s better to make a quality knife investment now that could last you for thousands of miles of trails ahead.

Consider Your Usage Needs

Of course, your usage needs are going to be a significant factor in the best backpacking knife you choose. Do you want a knife on hand for things like preparing food and cutting ropes? Or do you have other usage needs in mind like cutting through firewood or administering first aid in the event of an emergency?

Consider your usage needs and the frequency with which you intend to use your knife before making your final selection. That way, you will ensure you pick a knife with the features and level of durability that you require for your trips.

Consider the Knife’s Weight

Weight is always a critical element to take into account when hunting for the best backpacking knife. You don’t want to pick a knife that takes up too much room in your gear or pocket, as this will prove an unnecessary distraction on the road and could simply be downright uncomfortable.

Some of the best knife for backpacking products weigh a mere 0.8 ounces, while others can go as high as 23 ounces or more.

If you need a knife for tougher work that can hold up well in rough conditions, you’re probably looking at a product that’s going to a weigh a bit more in your gear. Most of the time though, a knife that weighs around 2 ounces or a little bit less will serve your needs well.

How to Select the Best Backpacking Knife

Here’s what you need to know to select the best backpacking knife for your upcoming outdoor adventure.

Folding vs. Fixed Style

The first thing you need to do to select the best backpacking knife for your needs is to decide whether you want a folding knife or a knife with a fixed blade. For basic backpacking and tasks at your campsite, a simple folding knife will do the trick. That said, a fixed blade is a safer and more durable option, making it a worthy consideration for novices and pros alike.

For instance, you won’t be in danger of snapping the knife shut on your fingers with a fixed blade. While some folding blades feature a lock mechanism, which is a must if you choose this variety, that feature is not always foolproof. If the lock fails, you could be severely cut.

Fixed blades are also the blade of choice if you need to do tougher work on the campsite, such as processing wood for your campfire or doing food preparation. Fixed blades are easier to clean than folding ones as well. Also, because fixed blades don’t contain any moving parts, they are more durable than folding knives.

The main benefit of a folding knife is that it doesn’t require a sheath, so it offers more compact storage options than the fixed variety. You can secure a folding knife just about anywhere, and it functions as a multitool so you’ll enjoy plenty of flexible usage options.

Manufacturing Material

The material the best backpacking knife is manufactured from is another point you ought to consider when picking the right one for you. Most knives are manufactured from stainless steel, designed with varying degrees of carbon. The presence of more or less carbon will determine how well the blade wards off rust.

Titanium is another manufacturing material commonly found in backpacking knives because it is also corrosion resistant. Most blades aren’t made from titanium alone, but some use titanium alloys or carbide as a coating for the metal. The biggest pro that titanium has going for it is that it is way lighter than stainless steel.

Titanium is not as durable as stainless steel though, nor does it hold up well against tough tasks like processing wood. Activities, like slicing rope or preparing food, are the types of appropriate usage you can expect from a titanium knife.

Review of the Top 5 Best Backpacking Knives

Check out the top 5 best backpacking knives, including both the folded and fixed variety. Keep reading to the end to discover which one we picked as the winner out of the top 5!

Kershaw Brawler (1990) Folding Pocket Knife

Kershaw Brawler 1990 Folding Pocket Knife on white background
Kershaw Brawler 1990 Folding Pocket Knife
A sleek and durable hunting knife with a sharp edge
The Kershaw Brawler 1990 Folding Pocket Knife is a high-performance steel with an attractive blade coating, and it has a secure locking system with a fast deployment capability.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Lightweight and compact option
  • Easily clipped to either your right or left side
  • Just 4 inches in length when folded
  • Designed from quality stainless steel
  • Resists corrosion well
Cons
  • Not durable enough for heavy blade work
  • Oxide coating tends to come off with extended use

Our first pick for the best backpacking knife is this folding blade ideal for a wide range of backpacking and camping activities. We like how compact it is while also being very light to carry, so you won’t notice much of a difference weight-wise whether you store it in your gear or your pocket. We noticed the pointed edge which is strong and sharp enough for tasks like cutting ropes and preparing food.

The blade is of a moderate length and extends just beyond 4 inches total when you fold it. We liked that the knife comes with a clip so you can affix it to your trousers on either the right or left side as you prefer. The blade itself is designed from quality grade stainless steel with durable edges, a black oxide coating, and rust-resistant properties. The handle also includes a liner lock for optimal user safety.
Check Current Price

Kershaw Cryo Folding Knife

Kershaw Cryo Folding Knife on white background
Kershaw Cryo Folding Knife
A 2.75-inch steel blade with an open construction handle
The Kershaw Cryo Folding Knife allows you to carry it tip up or tip down, and the open aluminum construction resists rust and corrosion while being easy to clean.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Super compact option
  • Short but sharp blade
  • Easy opening mechanism
  • Good gripping features
Cons
  • Not as light as some other options
  • The blade tends to wear out faster than some with prolonged use

If you liked our last selection for the best backpacking knife but would prefer an option with a slightly shorter folded length, then the Kershaw Cryo Folding Knife might be just what you’re looking for. Similarly to the Kershaw Brawler, the knife sports a user-friendly opening device that allows you to fold out the blade with one hand. The Cryo model is decidedly shorter than the Brawler, extending just 2.75 inches.

For basic backpacking and campsite needs while out on the trail, the Kershaw Cryo is a worthy contender for any outdoor enthusiast. One feature we really liked was the handle jumping, which offers excellent traction and quality grip if you are going to be doing more heavy cutting tasks. The stainless steel material isn’t the strongest we’ve found, but it gets the job done for all your basic trail needs.
Check Current Price

SE KHK6320 Outdoor Tanto Knife with Firestarter

SE KHK6320 Outdoor Tanto Knife with Firestarter on white background
SE KHK6320 Outdoor Tanto Knife with Firestarter
A knife with a cord-wrapped handle and a tanto blade
The SE KHK6320 Outdoor Tanto Knife with Firestarter is stainless steel for durability with a thick cord wrapped handle and a nylon sheath that doubles as a fire starter.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Great for survival and wilderness backpacking
  • Durable 3-inch blade
  • An extra sharp point that works well for heavy cutting tasks
  • Black stainless steel blade
  • Back part of the knife works like a saw
Cons
  • The nylon sheath is not as strong as it could be
  • It may take a while to saw larger logs with this blade

If you’re not sure if the folding knife style is for you, you might love the fixed design of our next best backpacking knife pick. The SE KHK6320 Outdoor Tanto Knife is the ultimate survival and wilderness backpacking knife, with a durable 3-inch blade and a full length of 7 inches. The blade sports an extra sharp point that you can use for tougher tasks like cutting through brush and wood or preparing your food at the campsite.

We are impressed by the quality of the black stainless steel blade, plus the included magnesium alloy firestarter to help you get a cozy fire up and running at the campsite. The nylon sheath that safeguards the knife is not as strong as some, but the handle is designed with a cord wrap that offers an excellent grip.

One other cool feature we noticed about the SE KHK6320 is that the back portion of the knife functions as a saw, so you can slice through logs if you need to. We loved how affordable this knife was while still offering fantastic longevity of use, making it a quality investment piece for any backpacker.
Check Current Price

Rogue River Tactical Knives Silver 6-in-1 Multitool

Rogue River Tactical Knives Silver 6-in-1 Multitool on white background
Rogue River Tactical Knives Silver 6-in-1 Multitool
A durable tactile knife with six tools in one
The Rogue River Tactical Knives Silver 6-in-1 Multi-Tool has a fire starter, glass breaker, bottle opener, flashlight, belt cutter, and knife all rolled into one compact design.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Flexible usage options
  • Fantastic for backpacking in tough conditions
  • Magnesium fire starter
  • LED flashlight and belt cutter
Cons
  • Definitely a bulkier option than some
  • The LED light can wear out quickly

The Rogue River Tactical Survival Knife is a 6-in-1 multitool that makes a valuable addition to any wilderness backpacker’s kit. The knife features a single blade, with a combination edge that slices through logs in no time flat while still being steady enough to use for tasks like chopping up food for dinnertime.

We were impressed with its featured belt cutter for slicing through cords and an LED flashlight to illuminate your path when you’re still trekking after the sun goes down. Plus, the fire starter designed from magnesium will ensure you can stay nice and warm wherever you choose to set up camp.

Even if you haven’t tried your hand yet at survivalist backpacking, the multipurpose use of this tactical knife makes it a great choice for both heavy and light cutting tasks.
Check Current Price

Gerber Bear Grylls Ultimate Pro Knife, Fine Edge

Gerber Bear Grylls Ultimate Pro Knife Fine Edge on white background
Gerber Bear Grylls Ultimate Pro Knife Fine Edge
A full tang stainless steel knife that fits into your pocket
The Gerber Bear Grylls Ultimate Pro Knife Fine Edge is a military-grade knife that comes with a sharp edge and a mildew-resistant nylon sheath.
view at amazon
Pros
  • 4.8-inch blade
  • Ideal for very heavy tasks and lighter cutting too<
  • Fine edge with a blade sharpener
  • Quality nylon sheath
  • Waterproof design
Cons
  • Pricier selection
  • Could be tough to remove from the sheath at first

Our final pick for the best backpacking knife is the classic Gerber Bear Grylls Ultimate Pro Knife. It is durable enough to withstand rough trekking conditions but flexible enough to use for lighter tasks too. The blade extends to an impressive 4.8 inches with a very fine edge that will serve you well for just about any task that you need to get done while out on the trail.

The sheath durability is excellent, designed from military-grade nylon and sporting a blade sharpener to keep your knife in top condition at all times. We were really impressed by the fire starter with a waterproof casing, so you won’t have to worry about the knife letting you down if you encounter damp or humid conditions.

The knife also comes equipped with a lanyard and emergency whistle, so if you find yourself in an unexpected situation you can signal your trekking companions for assistance. The only real downside here is that the Gerber Bear Grylls Ultimate Pro Knife is on the pricier side. That said, the quality and durability of this knife could be well worth the investment if you want a knife to serve you well for many trails ahead.
Check Current Price

The Winner

Whether you like the flexible design of a folding knife or prefer the durability of a fixed knife, there are options on our list to fit any backpacker’s preference. However, one stood out above the rest in terms of durability, flexible usage, and cutting options—the Gerber Bear Grylls Ultimate Pro Knife. We loved the 4.8-inch blade length with a lack of moving parts for user safety and easy cleaning.

We were also impressed by the blade’s fine edge and military-grade nylon sheath to protect you from the blade when you’re not using it. A waterproof fire starter is a valuable tool if you’re going to be running into damp weather conditions, plus the whistle is a great bonus touch if you encounter any unexpected emergencies while on the trail.

The quality and flexible usage of the Gerber Bear Grylls Ultimate Pro Knife make it an exceptional investment for aspiring and proficient backpackers alike.

To keep your essential devices fully charged while on the road, you need a strong, portable source of power that won’t let you down on your outdoor treks. While there are various options available to keep your devices charged out on the trail, solar chargers have become the selection of choice for many backpacking enthusiasts everywhere.

If you’re looking for a sustainable, reliable source of energy to keep your mobile devices at 100% on the trail, the best solar charger for backpacking might be for you.

Keep reading for a detailed guide to selecting the best backpacking solar charger, plus the top 5 options available that make a valuable addition to any backpacker’s gear.

The top 5 solar charger for backpacking we recommend for 2021:

The Backpacker’s Guide to Choosing the Best Solar Charger

The first element you need to take into account when selecting the best solar charger for backpacking is the type of device or devices you plan on bringing on the road with you.

For instance, if you only travel with a small mobile device or a GPS navigator, a solar charger with fewer bells and whistles will serve your needs well. However, if you’re bringing several devices that drain power fast, you’re definitely going to require a solar charger with plenty of specs and a high level of efficiency.

One component you want to keep an eye out for when selecting the best solar charger for backpacking is the connectors the product sports. Almost all solar chargers include a USB port, which is compatible with the vast majority of electronics out there. However, if for instance, you are bringing a device that requires an adaptor, you’ll need to make sure the solar charger you pick has one too.

You will also need to consider where you will charge the solar device and how you will go about doing it. You can secure your solar charger to your gear or a bicycle to absorb sunlight while you’re on the trail, but the charger itself shouldn’t be so heavy that the weight impedes your performance.

When selecting a solar charger, it’s important to think about the weight of the charger and compare it to the overall weight of your gear, to ensure you have enough surface space and capacity for charging.

If you’d rather rev your solar charger once you’re at the campsite, you’ll probably have more space to work with and don’t need to necessarily pick one of the most compact options. If you’re going to be charging on the trail though, a compact solar charger is your best bet.

You also need to consider whether or not you’d prefer an internal battery in the best backpacking solar charger. Some, but not all, solar chargers feature an internal battery that you can also use to charge your mobile device if you so prefer.

The integrated battery definitely makes it easier to keep your device powered up. All you do is charge the battery during the day with sunlight, then wait to charge your electronics once you reach the campsite in the evening.

Features to Look For

Here are the primary features you need to look for to ensure you’re selecting the best solar charger for backpacking.

Is a Battery Included?

While we just touched on this briefly above, the first feature you need to look for when selecting the best solar charger for backpacking is an integrated battery. If you want more options to charge your device on the go, a battery is going to be an important component. The great thing about a solar charger with a battery is that you can use it with an additional power bank for extra charging capabilities.

Of course, the downside is that a battery is going to add more weight and take up additional space in your gear. However, if you want to have total access to your device during the day and charge the battery during that time to be used later, the extra weight might be worth it to you.

What Type of Panel Does the Charger Use?

There are 3 kinds of solar panels used in the best solar charger for backpacking: CIGS panels, Polycrystalline panels, and Monocrystalline panels. CIGS panels offer great flexibility to the user, but they are designed from thin materials that don’t last long. So, the best solar charger for backpacking for durability and efficiency uses either Polycrystalline panels or Monocrystalline panels.

Polycrystalline panels are manufactured from multiple crystal ingots, while Monocrystalline panels are made from 1 crystal ingot. The former is the more cost-effective option, while the latter is more energy efficient.

Consider the Efficiency of the Panel

You can determine a solar panel’s efficiency by its percentage value, which indicates how it converts electricity from sunlight. The higher a device’s efficiency value is, the better that is for you. For example, Polycrystalline panels typically have an efficiency value between 18 and 20%, while Monocrystalline panels have values from just over 20% up to 25%.

Key Specs

There are some specification terms you need to know when picking out the best solar charger for backpacking. A panel’s electric current or flow rate is indicated by amperes, while electrical power is tracked in watts. If you bring small devices on the road with you, a solar panel between 3 and 5 watts will suffice.

Panels featuring 5 watts of power could offer a full charge within 3 to 6 hours. If you want to charge more than one mobile device at the same time, you’ll need a charger with panels of 10 watts or more. The highest ampere or flow rate most panels feature is between 2 and 2.5A.

USB Ports and Adapters

USB ports are a standard feature of the best solar charger for backpacking, but also pay attention to any adapter ports if your device requires such. The use of adapters will drain your power faster, so you might want to consider using a device with integrated batteries to conserve your power longer.

Best Solar Charger for Backpacking Reviews

Here are the top 5 best solar charger for backpacking products on the market currently. Keep scrolling for our honest review of each, plus our number one pick from the group.

Anker 21W Dual USB Solar Charger

Anker 21W Dual USB Solar Charger on white background
Anker 21W Dual USB Solar Charger
A solar panel ankle monitor equipped with rapid charging technology
Anker 21W Dual USB Solar Chargers uses industrial-strength PET polymer that attaches securely to your ankle and delivers 2.4 amps per port in direct sunlight.
Pros
  • Impressive 21-watt power
  • Fast and efficient charging capacity
  • Stainless steel eye holes to secure the device with ease
  • Integrated PowerIQ technology
  • 2.5A ports and a total of 3A power
Cons
  • Panels can take a while to reach a full charge
  • Not compatible with devices like iPod Nano or Shuffle

Our first pick for the best solar charger for backpacking impresses on many levels, with an affordable price, fantastic portability, and a great charge speed to see you through many outdoor adventures. We love the Anker Solar Charger’s 21-watt power, which is sufficient to fully charge as many as 2 smartphones and a tablet on the go. We liked the handy pouch this solar charger features, which is a great way to store your mobile device while it’s charging.

The pouch definitely isn’t large enough to hold a larger device like a tablet though. When fully extended, the solar charger features 26.4 x 11.1 x 0.2-inch specs, and durable stainless steel eye holes that you can secure to your pack or other gear as you prefer. We just love how durable the Anker 21W Dual USB Solar Charger is, with solar panels designed from industrial quality PET plastic.

You’ll have no problem getting a speedy charge from Anker’s USB Solar Charger, as the device features integrated PowerIQ technology that automatically alters amperage based on the device you’re charging. The solar charger features 2.4 amperage capacity for each port and 3A total. The charger is super lightweight and compact, including a 3-foot USB cable with the device.
Check Current Price

Goal Zero Venture 30 Solar Recharging Kit with Nomad 7 Solar Panel

Goal Zero Venture 30 Solar Recharging Kit with Nomad 7 Solar Panel on white background
Goal Zero Venture 30 Solar Recharging Kit with Nomad 7 Solar Panel
A rugged, ready, compact, and durable solar power charging kit
Goal Zero Venture 30 Solar Recharging Kit with Nomad 7 Solar Panels has a weatherproof design, compact size, and dual USB ports to charge your items in the bush.
Pros
  • Complete kit with solar panels and battery pack
  • Very powerful option to keep multiple devices charged on the go
  • Good for tough outdoor conditions
  • Waterproof design
  • Battery sports LEDs for additional illumination
Cons
  • The port doesn’t hold a charge as long as some other products
  • The battery cable is not as durable as it could be

The next best solar charger for backpacking on our list by Goal Zero sports 2 primary components; a Nomad 7 solar panel and Venture 30 batteries. The entire kit is a virtual powerhouse to keep your devices charged on the go, compatible with everything from tablets and cameras to your iPhone. We also like the fact that this best solar charger for backpacking is sturdy enough to hold up in tough outdoor conditions.

We love that this kit is waterproof and that it is so powerful you can charge as many as 2 to 3 mobile devices at once. The kit sports a zipped pocket with a 1A USB Port, 8mm outlet for 12V devices, and an integrated plug you can connect to additional solar panels. The Nomad 7 solar panel component includes magnets to secure them shut and dual carabiners.

The Venture 30 battery component includes LEDs to light your path on tough, dark trails and integrated rubber for easy gripping. The battery pack even includes a Smart Charge mode for a fast, efficient charge.
Check Current Price

Nekteck 21W Solar Charger with 2-Port USB Charger

Nekteck 21W Solar Charger with 2-Port USB Charger on white background
Nekteck 21W Solar Charger with 2-Port USB Charger
A high-efficiency solar panel kit perfect for camping or hiking
Nekteck 21W Solar Charger with 2-Port USB Chargers comes with two charging ports and three solar panels that will increase your charge time by 21% to 24%.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Very lightweight and compact
  • Easy to carry on the go
  • 3 panels with a combined 21W power rating
  • Durable canvas cover with 5 steel holes
  • Proprietary SmartIC technology makes for efficient, fast charging
Cons
  • No battery
  • Doesn’t hold a charge as well as some other products

The Nekteck 21W Solar Charger made it to our review of the best solar charger for backpacking products for its power efficiency and fantastic affordability. One downside of this charger is that it doesn’t come with a battery, so if you’re set on a charger with a battery you might need to consider other alternatives. That said, the lack of a battery means this charger weighs just 18 ounces, making it a great option for lightweight backpackers.

The solar charger includes 3 panels with a fold-out design and total power rating of 21 watts. The panels have the capacity to attain a power conversion between 21 and 24%, so you can charge more than one device at the same time. We love that the solar panels are encased in canvas for extra durability, while the canvas sports 5 steel holes so you can secure the device to whatever you choose.

The Nekteck 21W Solar Charger includes proprietary SmartIC technology, sporting a microchip that identifies when you plug a device into one of the USB ports for a fast and efficient charge. Each of the 3 solar panels has between 800 to 1,000A output.
Check Current Price

WBPINE Solar Charger 24000mAh

WBPINE Solar Charger 24000mAh on white background
WBPINE Solar Charger 24000mAh
A durable solar charger with two USB ports and three panels
WBPINE's Solar Charger 24000mAh Panels give you four recharge options, a bright LED flashlight, and it weighs in at just over a pound each.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Durable option for long trips and rough conditions
  • Impressive 24,000mAh power capacity
  • You can charge it via a power outlet or with the solar panels
  • Emergency light and flashlight included
  • Water resistant
Cons
  • Definitely takes longer to charge than some products
  • Will not hold a good charge without strong sunlight

The next best solar charger for backpacking on our list is the WBPINE Solar Charger, with a 24,000mAh power capacity that you can charge via a wall outlet or with its included 3 solar panels. We love that this solar charger comes with an integrated emergency light and flashlight, with a durable leather casing that will protect the device from breaking if dropped.

We were also happy to see that this solar charger sports seals over each port with water-resistant elements to protect the unit in damp conditions. If you are a frequent backpacker and tend to hike in tough conditions, this pick might be what you’re looking for. We love how quickly it charges up devices, with a chip built into each USB port. If exposed to heavy sunlight, the solar charger can attain 30 percent battery in 7 hours.
Check Current Price

Powertraveller Solarmonkey Adventurer Portable Solar Charge

Powertraveller Solarmonkey Adventurer Portable Solar Charge on white background
Powertraveller Solarmonkey Adventurer Portable Solar Charge
A portable, slim-line solar charger with an integrated lithium-ion polymer battery
Powertraveller Solarmonkey Adventurer Portable Solar Chargers are weatherproof and compact systems that come with four panels, auto-load technology, and a durable carrying case.
Pros
  • Compact and very portable
  • Integrated battery design
  • Clamshell neoprene case
  • Circuit overload protection
  • Holds up well in very high and very low temperatures
Cons
  • The panels don’t charge the battery quite as fast as the battery does your devices
  • Lower power output than some

Our final pick for the best solar charger for backpacking is a very compact, highly portable option with an integrated battery and dependable case designed from clamshell neoprene. You can secure the solar charger to your bike or backpack as you need to without issue, and it is powerful enough to keep all your key devices charged on the go, including flashlights, a GPS, smartphones, and more.

The solar charger works best when you charge the battery by sunlight and link your device right to the battery. You won’t need to worry about a circuit overload, because the battery includes safety components to protect your devices even in very high or low outdoor temperatures. In fact, you rely on the charger in temperatures ranging from 14 up to 194 degrees Fahrenheit.
Check Current Price

Our Top Pick

It was a close call, but after carefully reviewing each of the above solar chargers for efficiency, easy usage, and portability, we selected the Anker Solar Charger as our top pick from the group. We love how affordable it is, while still being really easy to take on the go. It offers fantastic charge efficiency with 21-watt power that lets you charge multiple devices at the same time.

We liked the mobile device pouch, stainless steel eye holes, and industrial quality PET plastic panels that will serve you well for many trips to come. With a total 3A capacity and lightweight, compact design, the Anker Solar Charger is the best solar charger for backpacking for any outdoor trek.

A pocket knife is an essential tool to bring with you on the road, whether you need to use it to cut up food or set up camp. The best pocket knife sharpener will ensure your blade never runs dull or lets you down.

If you’re new to pocket knife sharpeners or aren’t quite sure what to look for when choosing the best model, you’ve come to the right place.

Keep reading for a detailed guide to choosing (and using!) the best pocket knife sharpener, plus our review of the top 5 products available currently that you might just consider adding to your gear.

The top 5 pocket knife sharpeners we recommend for 2021:

The Different Kinds of Pocket Knife Sharpeners

Not all pocket knife sharpeners are created equal, and there are quite a few options available to choose from.

The first kind of pocket knife sharpener is a whetstone. Whetstones are manufactured from quarried material and are often a combination of diamond dust, rock, and concrete. Curved whetstones are a good pick for sharpening complex blades, while flat whetstones are most compatible with flat blades.

Whetstone sharpeners are very sturdy and reliable, but these take a while to learn how to use properly. So, if you’re brand new to using the best pocket knife sharpeners, you might prefer a more straightforward choice.

Slot sharpeners are frequently used for pocket knives because they feature a very simple design sporting slots to draw and sharpen your blade with continuous strokes. Slot sharpeners also feature a variety of angles, so if you’re brand new to pocket knife sharpeners these are a great choice.

These types of sharpeners are also compatible with a range of blades, including serrated, curved, and straight.

Multifunctional sharpeners have some fun bells and whistles added on, so if you want a few additional features when picking out the best pocket knife sharpener you might prefer this variety.

Multifunctional sharpeners come with handy features like a compass, light, and so forth, so you can even use them as a backup survival kit besides the regular pocket knife sharpener functionality.

Things to Consider When Selecting the Best Pocket Knife Sharpener

Here’s what you need to consider in order to pick the best pocket knife sharpener.

Usage

The first thing you’ll want to consider when picking out the best pocket knife sharpener for your outdoor needs is the activities you intend to use it for. Are you going to be skinning game or cutting ropes with your pocket knife? Or do you simply use your blade for things like cutting food or a backup tool when setting up camp?

Your knife will wear out way quicker if you use it for wilderness and survivalist adventures rather than if you use it for more everyday outdoor use. If you use different pocket knives for a variety of outdoor needs, you’re going to want the best pocket knife sharpener that is compatible with a wide range of blades.

If you just use a regular pocket knife out on the trail, you’ll need to pick a pocket knife sharpener that works for that particular type of blade.

Comfort Is Key

Your comfort as the user is a key component to take into account when purchasing the best pocket knife sharpener. Your sharpener shouldn’t be overly bulky or take up too much space in your gear. In fact, you should be able to fit the best pocket knife sharpener in your pocket with total ease.

The best pocket knife sharpener is designed for comfort, so you don’t have to worry about it poking out and hurting your leg if you store it in your pocket. Another handy feature that ensures comfort for the user is a hook or lanyard secured to the pocket knife sharpener.

That way, you can simply affix the hook or lanyard to your belt when you’re out on the trail.

Assess the Sharpening Angle

You need to be aware of the sharpening angle of the best pocket knife sharpener when hunting for the device that is ideal for your blade. The angle at which you sharpen your pocket knife translates to the fineness of the blade.

For example, if your sharpener is compatible with a 35-degree sharpening angle, you will have a fine edge, but not as durable an edge as a device with a 25-degree sharpening angle. If you are brand new to using the best pocket knife sharpener, just know that it may take a few tries before you get it right and feel comfortable using the device.

The best pocket knife sharpeners sport adjustable angles, which makes it much simpler for you to determine the angle that you're most comfortable with. Plus, if you’re new to pocket knife sharpeners, an adjustable angle will help ensure that you don’t harm the edge of your blade as you find your preferred angle.

Does the Sharpener Feature Sharpening Stages?

The best pocket knife sharpener sports different sharpening stages or grits, which is really handy to sharpen blades with varying levels of dullness. For example, a coarse grit allows you to sharpen the edge of a blade that has become really dull, while a medium grit is great for just slightly dull blades.

A fine grit is what you use when your blade just needs a mild sharpening to smooth out the edges. You want to pick a knife sharpener with varying grits, so you don’t have to purchase different sharpeners for different blades.

Does the Sharpener Include Safety Features?

Because you’re dealing with sharp blades, you need to make sure that the best pocket knife sharpener you select comes equipped with safety features to protect your fingers. The sharpener should include some type of protection to come between your ringers and the sharpener, so it doesn’t rub at or damage your skin when you’re sprucing up your blade.

The Best Pocket Knife Sharpeners Review

Check out the top 5 best pocket sharpeners and keep scrolling to read which one we picked as the outstanding winner from the group!

Smith's PP1 Pocket Pal Multifunction Sharpener

Smith’s PP1 Pocket Pal Multifunction Sharpener on white background
Smith’s PP1 Pocket Pal Multifunction Sharpener
A multi-functional knife sharpener that will help you get a perfect edge
The Smith’s PP1 Pocket Pal Multifunction Sharpener comes with a diamond-coated rod, carbide blades, and ceramic stones to help you sharpen knives on the trail.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Very cost-effective choice
  • 3 different sharpening tools
  • Pull design for ease of use
  • Works with a wide range of pocket knife blades
Cons
  • Ceramic implements aren’t as sharp as some
  • May dull certain types of blades

Our first pick for the best pocket knife sharpener is Smith’s PP1 Pocket Pal, featuring a simple, lightweight, and durable design at a very affordable price point. The PP1 Pocket Pal Multifunction Sharpener sports a pull design, which means all you have to do to sharpen your blade is pull it through one of the slots.

The pocket knife sharpener features 3 sharpening implements, including ceramic, diamond, or carbide, making this choice compatible with a wide range of knife blades.

We liked the tapered rod with a diamond coating that is perfect for sharpening both serrated and regular blades. The carbide and ceramic slots are great if you want an extra sharp blade for outdoor use. The best part about the PP1 Pocket Pal is that you can reverse and replace the sharpening stones, so you can keep your sharpener for years and just replace the implements as needed.
Check Current Price

AccuSharp 001 Knife and Tool Sharpener

AccuSharp 001 Knife and Tool Sharpener on white background
AccuSharp 001 Knife and Tool Sharpener
A simple tool that allows you to sharpen knives in a few seconds
AccuSharp 001 Knife and Tool Sharpeners come with a finger guard to protect you, and it can sharpen any style or size knife you have in seconds.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Tungsten carbide blades with diamond components
  • Durable and versatile tool for different blade types
  • Easy to use and sharpens blades quickly
  • Features finger guard
  • Ergonomically designed
Cons
  • A bit pricy
  • Might be a little bulky in your pocket

The AccuSharp 001 Knife made it to our review of the best pocket knife sharpeners for its simple, small design that works with all types of blades. We liked the tungsten carbide blades with diamond integrated components, which makes this best pocket knife sharpener a durable choice you can use for years to come.

We love the rust-resistant components and the fact that you can clean the sharpener just with soap and water.

The AccuSharp 001 Knife and Tool Sharpener is very easy to use. All you have to do is run your knife through the blades to sharpen, so no complicated procedures to worry about. The blade sharpens like a dream within 10 seconds and is great for sharpening everything from pocket knives to hunting knives to kitchen knives.

You’ll definitely get a lot of use form this one sharpener. We were also happy to see the finger guard that protects your fingers from the blade. The pocket knife sharpener sports ergonomic components too, so you can use it in either hand as you need to.
Check Current Price

Lansky PS-MED01 BladeMedic

Lansky PS-MED01 BladeMedic on white background
Lansky PS-MED01 BladeMedic
A knife sharpener with diamond, ceramic, and carbide sharpeners included
The Lansky PS-MED01 BladeMedic sharpener works with serrated, standard, fillet, and gut hook knives, and you can restore your blade in three or four strokes in the field.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Versatile sharpener
  • Diamond tapering for blade maintenance
  • Tungsten carbide and ceramic blades
  • Small and portable
Cons
  • Diamond sharpener can wear out with frequent use
  • Screws tend to come loose

The next best pocket knife sharpener is the Lansky PS-MED01 BladeMedic, sporting a smooth and easy design that everyone from beginners to pros will love. If your pocket knife tends to dull quickly, this choice could be for you.

The Lansky PS-MED01 features tungsten carbide for gritting your knife and a ceramic blade for extra sharpening power.

We liked the rod with diamond tapering that helps you maintain the overall condition of your blade. The tool is versatile too, as the ceramic blade is compatible with any type of serrated blade you might have.

In just a few strokes, your pocket knife blade will be like brand new, which makes for easy sharpening on the go. The sharpener is small but mighty, and ideal for almost any type of blade you can imagine. It is super light and easy to transport both on and off the trail.
Check Current Price

Spyderco Triangle Sharpmaker Knife Sharpener

Spyderco Triangle Sharpmaker Knife Sharpener on white background
Spyderco Triangle Sharpmaker Knife Sharpener
A knife sharpener with two sets of alumina ceramic stones
The Spyderco Triangle Sharpmaker Knife Sharpener will sharpen any pointed tool or knife in minutes, and it has a compact storage case that slips into your pocket.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Easy to use
  • A total of 6 different rods
  • Compatible with straight and serrated edges
  • Affordable
Cons
  • It can take a few tries to master this tool
  • Sharpening rods aren’t as durable as some

The next best pocket knife sharpener by Spyderco is very affordable and no trouble to use, making it an excellent choice for beginners to knife sharpening. We like that this knife sharpener sports 6 different rods, including 2 brass guide ones and 4 ceramic. The 4 ceramic rods consist of 2 fine rods and 2 coarse rods, so whatever blade needs sharpening, you’re good to go.

We were impressed with the ceramic stones that sharpen everything from pocket knives to fish hooks, and the triangle design of the stones which means you can sharpen both serrated and straight blades with ease.

Sharpening your pocket knife with this tool is easy, as you just position the sharpener on a flat surface and insert 2 ceramic stones in the holes. Then, you install the brass rods to safeguard your fingers, position your blade perpendicular to the ground, and begin running the knife through.
Check Current Price

Smith's TRI-6 Arkansas TRI-HONE Sharpening Stones System

Smith’s TRI-6 Arkansas TRI-HONE Sharpening Stones System on white background
Smith’s TRI-6 Arkansas TRI-HONE Sharpening Stones System
A triple-stone knife sharpening system that fits comfortably in your pack
Smith’s TRI-6 Arkansas TRI-HONE Sharpening Stones System comes with the stones mounted on a rotating triangle with non-skid rubber feet and a fine, medium, and coarse stone.
view at amazon
Pros
  • User-friendly design
  • Fine and coarse diamond plates plus ceramic hones
  • Coarse and fine grit sharpening options
  • Good for any pocket knife blade
Cons
  • Stones can wear out quickly with prolonged use
  • Smaller model than some

Our final pick for the best pocket knife sharpener is another product by Smith’s, an ideal choice if you use blades with straight or serrated edges. The knife sharpener comes equipped with fine and coarse diamond plates, dual ceramic hones, and a leather strop. One of the ceramic tools sharpens in coarse or fine grits, while the other is perfect for serrated blades.

Even if the Smith’s TRI-6 Arkansas Tri-Hone knife sharpener isn't the best portable knife sharpener, we like how user-friendly it is, as you all have to do is push the blade away from you along the sharpener with continuous strokes. If you have very dull blades, the coarse stone will make the edge like new again. You can trust this sharpener with any pocket knife blade, for multi-purpose use.
Check Current Price

The Winner

While each of the best pocket knife sharpeners in this review are dependable, versatile options, one stood out above the rest—the AccuSharp 001 Knife. We just loved its small and simple design with a finger guard and components that work with any type of blade. The tungsten carbide and diamond integrated blades are exceptional, with rust-resistant elements to keep the tool running for years to come.

The tool is also very easy to clean both on and off the trail and works for everything from simple pocket knives to hunting blades and beyond. The tool sharpens any blade in just about 10 seconds and is ergonomically designed for user comfort. Really, what more could you ask for from the best pocket knife sharpener? In our humble opinion, this small but mighty tool remains the best portable knife sharpener in its class and a must-have for pocket knife users everywhere.

When you’re hot and tired after a long day’s hike out on the trail, you don’t feel like spending hours trying to set up camp for the night. If you bring a portable hammock in your gear to relax at your camp destination, having the best hammock straps on hand for easy setup and sturdy operation is a must.

If you’ve just purchased a portable hammock for backpacking and aren’t sure what comes next, or your current hammock tree straps have worn out and you want to find a more durable pair, you’ve come to the right place.

Keep reading for the ultimate hammock straps buying guide, plus the top 5 best hammock straps to serve you well for many relaxation sessions ahead.

The top 5 hammock straps we recommend for 2021:

How to Select the Best Hammock Straps

In order to select the best hammock straps for your device’s needs, there are some key elements you’ll need to consider in order to ensure the strap you pick will really get the job done.

The Length of the Strap

The first thing you need to consider when shopping for the best hammock tree straps is the length of the strap you’re going to require. Do you plan on setting up camp in a densely forested region or will your campsite contain just a handful of trees? If you’re going to be camping in a region with plenty of trees, a shorter strap will usually suffice.

Otherwise, if you’re dealing with way fewer trees, it’s best to select a longer strap that has an extended reach in case it’s not as easy to find a lower hanging branch. The key here is, if you pick a longer strap, you need to make sure it gives you the reach you’ll require without undercutting durability.

If you’re not quite sure what your campsite is going to look like or you don’t have your whole trip planned out, it’s best to be safe and stick with longer straps of at least 14 feet. That way, you’ll have enough room to work with and won’t need to worry about arriving at your campsite, only to find that your strap is too short, and your beloved hammock will need to stay unused in your gear.

Consider the Weight the Strap Can Support

Of course, the weight capacity of the best hammock straps is another important element you’ll need to take into account before making your final choice. Hammock straps all have maximum weight capacities, but you should pick your strap based on the recommended weight limit rather than the tested weight limit. While some hammock strap manufacturers indicate the tested weight limits of their product, the key word here is “tested”, not verified.

We think it’s better to be safe than sorry, so always go by the recommended weight as a rule of thumb. Different models feature differing weight capacities, and some are sold with thicker straps and higher weight limits than others.

Assess your camping needs to determine which weight capacity is right for you. For instance, if you’re bringing a double hammock along for your outdoor adventure, you’ll want thicker straps that support more weight than if you were to pack a single hammock.

How Many Adjustment Points Do the Straps Have?

You’ll definitely want to know how many adjustment straps a device has when choosing the best hammock straps to meet your hiking needs. Adjustable straps are a fantastic feature to look for because you’ll have more flexible options as the user.

Whether you want to hang up a mosquito net or need to affix the straps to a less than sturdy branch, having multiple adjustment points will ensure that the straps not only get the job done but keep you safe and supported too.

Important Features to Look For

There are some important features you’ll want to look for when selecting the best hammock straps for your hammock. It may seem obvious, but the best hammock tree straps need to be simple to set up, secure, and store in your gear. You don’t want to spend hours trying to figure out how the straps work or struggle to fit them in your pack.

The material of the best hammock straps is highly durable, while still being light enough to secure in your gear without issue. The hammock straps should not have any stretch to them, as this could prove dangerous and also means the device will likely wear out much faster. Adjustable straps are fine, but not stretchy ones.

Also, look for hammock straps with plenty of stitches that come with metal rings or carabiners for easy hanging.

How to Use the Best Hammock Straps

If you’re new to the concept of hammock straps, no need to fear! Installing and adjusting hammock straps for safety and comfort is not nearly as challenging as you might think.

Find a Sturdy Tree

The first thing you need to do to secure the best hammock straps is to find a sturdy tree. It doesn’t matter so much whether the tree is small or large, provided the branches are sturdy enough to support the weight the hammock will be carrying. You can affix the best hammock straps to either square or round posts as well.

You’ll need to identify suspension points that have approximately 10 to 15 feet of space between them. Make sure you give yourself sufficient wiggle room to make the ties.

The location of your hammock matters too. When securing the best hammock straps, consider whether things like wet leaves or other debris might fall on you as you lay there. No one wants to wake up from a peaceful nap with a face full of mud!

Gather Your Supplies

Besides your hammock straps, you’ll need to get out your other hammock supplies like extension straps, an underquilt, bug net, or anything else you deem necessary to bring along depending on your needs and the season you’re traveling in.

Consider the Height

You’ll also want to decide the optimal height of your hammock, knowing that the bed will sink a little once you get in. For instance, if there are brush or animals nearby, you’ll want to make sure you secure your hammock straps high enough, so those elements won’t be an issue.

When securing the best hammock straps to your chosen tree, make sure you wrap them clockwise and tight enough to keep your portable hammock safely in place.

Be Safe

The most important thing you need to remember when selecting and using the best hammock straps is that safety takes precedence above all else.

Don’t rush when finding your hammock spot, take your time when securing the gear, and adjust the straps as needed until you have achieved the height and security you desire.

The Best Hammock Straps Reviews

Here are the top 5 best hammock straps for avid backpackers everywhere.

ENO Eagles Nest Outfitters Atlas Straps

ENO Eagles Nest Outfitters Atlas Straps on white background
ENO Eagles Nest Outfitters Atlas Straps
A sturdy and reliable knotless hammock suspension system
The ENO Eagles Nest Outfitters Atlas Straps use a tapered construction to decrease their weight, and the straps have reflector strips for high visibility after dark.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Cost-effective
  • Super lightweight at just 11 ounces
  • An impressive 30 adjustment points
  • Supports up to 400 pounds
  • Durable material
Cons
  • Straps aren’t as long as some other products
  • Might be a bit bulky for some preferences

The first best hammock straps selection on our list is one of the most popular options available currently. We like that the ENO Eagles Nest Outfitters Atlas Straps are not only affordable but highly durable and simple to install as well. These best hammock straps don’t stretch, so you won’t have to worry about these ones wearing out after a few suspensions.

We love the fact that the Atlas Straps weigh a mere 11 ounces, so they won’t weigh down your gear. Despite their lightweight design, the ENO Eagles Nest Outfitters Atlas Straps have an impressive 30 total adjustment points, giving you plenty of flexible options to tailor your hammock experience as you require.

The material of the hammock straps is exceptional, designed from highly durable Polyfilament webbing for great longevity of use. These ENO hammock straps can support weights up to 400 pounds as well, making them a great option if you’re bringing a double hammock on the road.
Check Current Price

KAMMOK Python Straps

KAMMOK Python Straps on white background
KAMMOK Python Straps
A hammock strap with Nanoweave technology to reduce the bulk and weight
KAMMOK Python Straps come with 20 points of connection on every strap with polyester webbing gives you a no-stretch hang from any tree in your site.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Extends 20 feet
  • Only weights 12 ounces
  • Holds weight capacities up to 500 pounds
  • A set of 2
  • Reflective qualities
Cons
  • Loops aren’t as durable as some
  • Not ideal for very lightweight backpacking trips

The Kammok Python Straps are a great choice if you are looking for a basic option that takes just a short time to install without sacrificing the essential strength you’re looking for. These best hammock straps extend an astounding 20 feet while weighing in at just 12 ounces. We like that they support weights up to 500 pounds and feature 18 adjustment points for ease of use.

The best hammock straps are going to last you for many trips to come while being flexible enough to work around your needs at various campsites, and the Kammok Python Straps definitely meet the mark on that score. The Python straps come in a set of 2, which you can use for suspension from trees as far as 20 feet apart.

One cool feature we really liked about these best hammock straps is that they sport reflective qualities, so if you’re going to be resting in your hammock after dark, you’ll still have some visibility. The adjustable straps feature a daisy chain design, 6 inches apart, which makes it easier to customize the straps based on the trees available at any given campsite.
Check Current Price

Grand Trunk Tree Trunk Straps

Grand Trunk Tree Trunk Straps on white background
Grand Trunk Tree Trunk Straps
A tree-friendly trunk strap with a durable design and tight weave
Grand Trunk Tree Trunk Straps have tree-friendly webbing that is compatible with most hammocks, and they are lightweight and strong with several colors.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Ideal for wilderness backpacking with fewer anchoring options
  • Extends 10 feet
  • Supports up to 400 pounds
  • An astounding 36 adjustment points
  • Quality daisy chain design
Cons
  • Not as long as some other products available
  • A little bit pricey

The Grand Trunk Tree Trunk Straps made it to our review of the best hammock straps for their impressive strength and flexible usage. If you’re going to be backpacking in the wilderness with limited options for anchoring your portable hammock, these straps might be just what you’re looking for.

They extend to 10 feet in length and weigh 12 ounces, with the ability to support up to 400 pounds in total weight capacity. What’s really impressive about these best hammock straps are their adjustment points—36 total!

If you’re out on the trail on challenging terrain with much fewer trees in sight, you’ll have an easier time finding the right spot to secure your hammock with the additional adjustment options. We liked the Grand Trunk Tree Trunk Straps’ daisy chain design that is very user-friendly and simple to install as well.
Check Current Price

Rallt Hammock Tree Straps

Rallt Hammock Tree Straps on white background
Rallt Hammock Tree Straps
A hammock strap with 18 loops that will support any hammock
Rallt Hammock Tree Straps uses a daisy chain loop system to set up in minutes, and the straps can span distances over 20 feet.
view at amazon
Pros
  • 20-foot extension length
  • Only weighs 11.7 ounces
  • Very lightweight and compact which makes for easy transportation
  • Supports up to 500 pounds in weight
  • Can extend over 20-foot gaps
Cons
  • The straps are narrower than some
  • Stitching can fray with frequent, extended use

Our next pick for the best hammock straps is the Rallt Hammock Tree Straps, extending a satisfactory 20 feet in length and weighing in at just 11.7 ounces. If you’re an ultra-lightweight backpacker and are trying to find hammock straps that will do the job without weighing down your gear, these could be for you.

As lightweight as these best hammock straps are, they can still support up to 500 pounds in total weight capacity and sport 36 adjustment points to boot.

We liked the material these straps are designed from as well, featuring durable polyester tubular webbing that is flexible without being stretchy. The straps are also able to extend gaps over 20 feet in length, so if your anchor points are set pretty far apart you still won’t have any issues.
Check Current Price

Wise Owl Outfitters XL Hammock Straps

Wise Owl Outfitters XL Hammock Straps on white background
Wise Owl Outfitters XL Hammock Straps
An easily adjustable strap that won't stretch, kink, or break
Wise Owl Outfitters XL Hammock Straps sit flat on the tree to avoid damage, connect easily, won't stretch or break, and pack neatly in a carrying bag for camping.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Very user-friendly pick
  • Holds up to 400 pounds in weight
  • 19 loops for easy adjustment
  • Compatible with a variety of hammock types
Cons
  • Not as lightweight as some of our other picks
  • Straps could be longer

Our final pick for the best hammock straps is the Wise Owl Outfitters XL Hammock Straps. We love these because they are very easy to use, whether you are a newbie to hammock straps or a total pro. They don’t stretch either.

The straps are 10 feet long, but weigh in a bit higher at 15 ounces. These straps aren’t quite as lightweight as some of the other selections on our list, but their durability and strength are unquestionably exceptional.

The Wise Owl Outfitters XL Hammock Straps can hold weight capacities of up to 400 pounds. The straps are designed to secure flat to the tree and are compatible with any kind of hammock you have, whether it be a double, single, parachute, portable, or otherwise. We also like that each strap sports 19 loops, which makes adjusting during setup a total breeze.
Check Current Price

The Verdict

While each of the best hammock straps in this review appeal to a range of backpacking needs, our absolute favorite was undoubtedly the Kammok Python Straps. While these best hammock straps are just a tad bit bulkier than a few of our other picks, they were the unparalleled choice in terms of durability and flexibility.

We loved that the straps extend 20 feet in length and only weigh 12 ounces, while still holding weight capacities up to 500 pounds. We were more than pleased with the 18 total adjustment points and the daisy chain design featuring 6-inch intervals for easy customization.

If you’re searching for heavy-duty hammock straps that feature exceptional weight capacity, a range of adjustment points, and won’t make your gear sag with excess bulk, look no further than the Kammok Python Straps for your next backpacking adventure.

After a long, tiring day out on the trail, there’s nothing quite so satisfying as reaching your campsite and settling in for a tasty meal and some quality sleep. To cook a meal that satisfies and fuels you for your adventures ahead, you need something to cook it with!

Many backpacking enthusiasts prefer wood burning backpacking stoves over other varieties like propane-fueled stoves—and for good reason.

For the complete buying guide to purchasing the best wood burning backpacking stove, including the top 5 best wood burning backpacking stoves available, keep scrolling.

The top 5 wood burning backpacking stoves we recommend for 2021:

What Is a Wood Burning Backpacking Stove and Why Do You Need One?

If you’re considering purchasing the best backpacking wood stove, you might be wondering exactly what sets this selection apart from the competition. Wood burning backpacking stoves use wood and wood-derived options such as pellets for fuel. The design is typically comprised of a steel or cast-iron exterior with a inner fire chamber, air controls, and base.

Wood burning backpacking stoves are a fantastic backup choice if you don’t have access to propane or another kind of fuel. Wood burning stoves are very cost-effective as well because you can use everything from pine cones to twigs to wood chips as fuel.

Besides this, wood burning backpacking stoves can also run on other fuels like gel cans and charcoal, making them a very versatile selection.

When you think of a wood-burning backpacking stove, a heavy stove that is tough to carry might come to mind. The good news is, the modern models feature lightweight designs and are highly portable, with collapsible configurations that rarely weight more than 2 pounds and are easy to carry on the go.

The 3 primary types of wood burning backpacking stoves are rectangular, pyramid, and cylindrical stoves featuring a circular base. Pyramid and rectangular stoves are the most compact options available, easy to transport, and simple to construct when you reach the campsite. Cylindrical stoves typically are more fuel efficient than the other two choices, with greater output to boot.

The majority of backpackers like the pyramid and rectangular varieties because they are highly functional and really easy to carry for both short and lengthy treks.

Considerations When Selecting the Best Wood Burning Backpacking Stove

There are some critical factors you need to consider before selecting the best wood burning backpacking stove to meet your needs.

The Material

The material of the wood burning stove is the first crucial aspect you’ll need to consider. Most wood burning stoves are designed from quality titanium or stainless steel. Titanium stoves weigh a bit less than stainless steel ones, but they also usually come with a higher price tag.

If your biggest concern is picking a wood burning stove that is going to be really light and easy to transport with the rest of your gear, a titanium stove could be worth the investment. If you are camping in your vehicle or backpacking with a group of fellow trekkers, you’ll probably be just fine with the traditional stainless-steel variety.

The Design

The design of the best backpacking wood burning stove is another key factor to take into account when deciding which one is best to meet your needs. We already discussed cylindrical vs. pyramid vs. rectangular designs. Cylindrical stoves definitely have the sturdy factor on their side, with more efficient fuel usage.

One thing to note is that cylindrical wood burning stoves don’t always circulate air as efficiently as other designs do, potentially overheating and emitting soot on your cookware. Pyramid and rectangular wood burning backpacking stoves are easy to transport with collapsible designs to carry on the go.

They feature quality ventilation for proper air flow too. The main thing you need to be aware of with these two types of wood stoves is their lightweight design can tip over with high winds, so you’ll just need to keep an extra eye out when cooking.

The Size

A stove’s dimensions are equal to its base’s circumference and total height. You’ll want to consider the exact size of any wood stove you pick because this is the ultimate determinant of the size of the wood you can use as fuel or any other type of fuel for that matter. Also, the size of your stove will determine the kind of cookware you use.

Traditional pyramid and rectangular wood burning backpacking stoves typically feature a base between 3 ½ to 5 ½ inches and 3 ½ to 6 inches. Cylindrical models usually sport a 4.25 to a 5.1-inch base. The height you can expect for the best wood burning backpacking stove ranges from 4 ½ inches up to 8 inches.

The collapsible design of pyramid and rectangular wood burning backpacking stoves usually comes to a ¼ inch or so when fully folded, so you won’t have to worry about your gear feeling too heavy or bulky.

The Weight

When you’re setting off on a trek out in the wilderness, the weight of the best wood burning backpacking stove is going to be a key aspect you’ll want to consider. Smaller wood burning stoves can weigh as little as 9 ounces, while heftier models could be closer to 16 ounces.

Accessories

Pay close attention to the accessories the best wood burning backpacking stoves offer when deciding which selection is ideal for your outdoor adventures. Most wood burning stoves come equipped with a cloth or mesh pouch so you can store the entire device with ease.

Another fantastic benefit of the best wood burning backpacking stoves is that they are compatible with a variety of fuel types beyond wood, include esbit tablets and gel cans. Many wood burning stoves also include cookware like pans and pots too.

A Review of the Best Wood Burning Backpacking Stoves

Here are the top 5 best backpacking wood burning stoves for any outdoor trek.

Solo Stove Lite Compact Wood Burning Backpacking Stove

Solo Stove Lite Compact Wood Burning Backpacking Stove on white background
Solo Stove Lite Compact Wood Burning Backpacking Stove
A very compact backpacking stove that burns wood for fuel
The Solo Stove Lite Compact Wood Burning Backpacking Stove uses an alcohol burner or twigs to work, and it's small enough to slip into your backpack.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Durable stainless steel exterior
  • Cylindrical design
  • Efficient fuel usage
  • Light and easy to transport
  • Includes handy carrying pouch
Cons
  • You may need to refuel more often
  • A bit pricier than some other options

The best backpacking wood burning stove by Solo features a very lightweight design that is highly portable and easy to use. The cylindrical design is very durable with a 4 ½ inch base and 3.8 x 5.7-inch height. We really liked the fact that the Solo Stove Lite weighs a mere 9 ounces and even includes a pouch to make storing your wood burning stove a total breeze.

We were happy to see that the Solo Stove Lite is designed from durable, 100% stainless steel with a dual wall that produces high-efficiency energy. The stove can boil a liter of water in just 8 to 10 minutes.

You can purchase this stove as a combination package with accessories too, including pans, pots, and backup burners. It is important to note that because the design is so compact, you might have to refuel it more often.
Check Current Price

BioLite CampStove 2 Wood Burning & USB Charging Camp Stove

BioLite CampStove 2 Wood Burning & USB Charging Camp Stove on white background
BioLite CampStove 2 Wood Burning & USB Charging Camp Stove
A stove that transforms fire into electricity for charging your devices
The BioLite CampStove 2 Wood Burning & USB Charging Camp Stove uses combustion technology to cook and charge your items when you hike, backpack, or camp.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Great for wilderness camping and off the grid adventures
  • Generates sufficient electricity to power devices and small appliances
  • Very lightweight and compact design
  • Quick boiling time
  • Integrated battery design to start up the flame
Cons
  • A bit bulky
  • Electricity is not as efficient as some other products

The Biolite CampStove 2 is the best wood burning backpacking stove for its handy power charger that allows you to charge the device 100% off the grid. So, if you’re planning an extensive wilderness trek, this wood burning stove will ensure you’re prepared and have plenty of cooking options while off the beaten path.

Whether you like to backpack on or off the grid though, it’s hard to find fault with this wood burning stove

We love the incredibly lightweight 2-pound design with compact 5 x 5 x 8.3-inch specifications. We also like that it sports an integrated stand so you can keep the stove elevated above the ground when in use. The stove features a battery to start up the flame after you install the wood and turn the device on.

The wood burning stove is pretty efficient too and can boil a liter of water in just 4 ½ minutes.

You can even use the electricity emanating from the wood stove to charge your mobile device and other small appliances. After burning for 20 minutes, the stove generates sufficient electricity to keep your phone charged for a full hour.
Check Current Price

Ohuhu Camping Stove Stainless Steel Backpacking Stove

Ohuhu Camping Stove Stainless Steel Backpacking Stove on white background
Ohuhu Camping Stove Stainless Steel Backpacking Stove
A sturdy and portable stainless steel camping stove
The Ohuhu Camping Stove Stainless Steel Backpacking Stove uses sticks and twigs for fuel, and this stove collapses when you want to store or transport it.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Very cost-effective
  • High-quality stainless steel
  • Compatible with various types of fuel besides wood
  • Stable design
  • Mesh pouch for easy carrying
Cons
  • Weighs more than some other products
  • Stability arms can wear out with frequent, prolonged use

For a cost-effective, dependable choice, the Ohuhu Camping Stove is one of the best wood burning backpacking stoves available. We love the stainless-steel design, but we would note that it is a bit heavier at 14.2 ounces. With that said, we liked the inner chamber that runs on different fuel types like pinecones and twigs. You can also insert fuel tablets into the 5.3-inch chamber if you so desire.

The Ohuhu Camping Stove features excellent ventilation to allow plenty of air flow through. The stove integrates 3 arms to keep your cooking area nice and sturdy, even for larger pans and pots. The stability of the design also helps heat flow through evenly, so you don’t have to stress about the device overheating.

We were glad to see that this best wood burning backpacking stove includes a mesh pouch for storage, enhancing the overall portability of the Ohuhu Camping Stove. You can even store the stove in regular sized pans and pots, so you won’t need to budget too much additional space in your gear for transportation.
Check Current Price

TOAKS Titanium Backpacking Wood Burning Stove

TOAKS Titanium Backpacking Wood Burning Stove on white background
TOAKS Titanium Backpacking Wood Burning Stove
A very high efficiency, lightweight, and compact camping and backpacking stove
The TOAKS Titanium Backpacking Wood Burning Stove comes in three stackable parts, and it optimizes the gas intake for a quicker cooking time when you're outdoors.
view at amazon
Pros
  • 3 sections that fit into each other for easy carrying
  • Efficient and sturdy titanium design
  • Lightweight
  • Includes nylon pouch for storing
Cons
  • Burns through fuel pretty fast
  • Tends to generate a lot of smoke

The TOAKS Titanium Backpacking Wood Burning Stove is a very lightweight choice to consider for your next outdoor excursion. The design is user-friendly and efficient, easy to carry, and sports a durable construction with a nice finish. The stove is actually 3 separate parts rolled into one, that stack against each other with ease so you can transport them on and off the trail without issue.

We liked that this best wood burning backpacking stove includes a very durable nylon sack to carry it in, for space efficiency and easy access when you get to the campsite. The design of this wood burning stove is also compact enough that it fits inside branded TOAKS pans and pots with ease.

It weighs an incredibly light 7.9 ounces with 4 ⅛ x 4 ⅛ dimensions when fully packed.
Check Current Price

Bushcraft Essentials Bushbox Outdoor Pocket Stove

Bushcraft Essentials Bushbox Outdoor Pocket Stove on white background
Bushcraft Essentials Bushbox Outdoor Pocket Stove
A solid multi-fuel pocket stove with a metal design that resists corrosion
The Bushcraft Essentials Bushbox Outdoor Pocket Stove is eco-friendly, lightweight, packable, and it's a very versatile stove that folds flat for easy storage in your pack.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Nice and light
  • Fits into your pocket for incredibly easy portability
  • Runs on a wide range of fuel types
  • Very versatile option
Cons
  • Cotton storage back isn’t as durable as nylon
  • Doesn’t draft as well as some

Our final selection for the best wood burning backpacking stove is this exceptional product by Bushcraft Essentials, featuring a highly portable design that folds so flat you can store it in a pocket. If you are looking for an option that will take up as little space in your gear as possible, this could be the wood burning stove you’ve been searching for.

It weighs in at a moderate 9.5 ounces with 4.5 x 3.5 x 0.2 dimensions.

The wood burning stove runs on everything from leaves to wood shavings to cotton pads and is compatible with just about any type of fuel including gel cans, Esbit tablets, and alcohol burners. We just loved how versatile the Bushcraft Essentials Outdoor Pocket Stove is, featuring 2 handy trivets that are compatible with any kind of pot you choose.

The wood stove is very easy to maintain and comes with a quality cotton bag to transport the device on the go.
Check Current Price

The Top Choice

Each of the best wood burning backpacking stoves on our list has something to offer a variety of backpacker needs, for newbies and pros alike. Still, our top pick is easily the Biolite CampStove 2. We loved that it included a power charger for off the grid use, so you can depend on this wood burning stove no matter where you’re camping.

Plus, the lightweight 2-pound design won’t overburden your pack and the integrated battery makes starting a flame easier than ever. Whether you’re out in the wilderness or at a familiar campsite, the electricity this wood burning backpacking stove generates to charge smaller devices is nothing short of impressive. For a light, compact, durable, and energy efficient design, the Biolite CampStove 2 is our top choice above all the rest.

For backpacking enthusiasts and survivalists everywhere, finding the best multitool for backpacking will prove invaluable both out on the trail and at the campsite. Whether you’re on the hunt for a new multitool to replace your current one or have zero idea what to look for to pick the best backpacking multitool, we’ve got you covered.

First, we’re going to walk you through exactly what you need to look for when purchasing the best multitool for backpacking. Next, we’ll review the top 5 options on the market currently that are all going to be strong contenders for your outdoor gear. Finally, we’ll reveal the final winner from the bunch to help you make the decision that is right for you.

The top 5 multitool for backpacking we recommend for 2021:

The Main Types of Multitools

The first step in choosing the best multitool for backpacking is to understand what types and options are available. Here are the main types of multitools you’ll have to pick from.

Pocket Multitools

If you’re looking for a smaller, portable, super basic multitool that you can take with you just about anywhere, a pocket multitool could be your best bet. Similar to the traditional Swiss Army Knife, a pocket multitool sports plenty of tools that fold into the device, with the main attraction being that they are more compact and easier to carry.

One element to consider with pocket multitools is that you won’t typically be able to lock in any of the tools when they’re in the open position. Also, you usually won’t have much beyond the standard pliers and scissors. So, if you’re looking for something with more bells and whistles, you might prefer a different option.

Folding Multitools

Folding multitools, on the other hand, are regular sized and the traditional variety that most backpackers prefer. Folding multitools feature a collapsible design with pliers and additional tools that fold out of each of the handles. When the tools aren’t extended for use, they fold in a butterfly shape and rest around the top of the pliers.

You’ll definitely get plenty of use out of your investment with a folding multitool, as this type often sports the most components. Also, the handles on folding multitools typically lock into place to ensure user safety.

The tradeoff for the higher quantity of tools and extra durability is that folding multitools are usually bulkier than other varieties and will take up a bit too much space to carry in your pocket. That’s why most folding multitools include a pouch so you can easily carry the tool on your belt.

One-Piece Multitools

The one-piece multitool variety is definitely the most basic, compact, and light to carry option available. One-piece multitools are manufactured from titanium or steel, designed into standard tools such as a flathead screwdriver or bottle opener.

Keychain Multitools

A keychain multitool is a great choice to carry with you both out on the trail and off. Keychain multitools sport a very small and light design similar to the folding and pocket varieties. If portability is your main concern, a keychain multitool might be just what you’re looking for.

Specialty Multitools

Some multitools feature a specialty design, with cool add-ons like a spork or wrenches. If you’re looking for extra apparatuses, special multitools might be your best choice.

Wallet Multitools

Wallet multitools are very unique in the sense that they are incredibly thin so you can store them in small, tight spaces like your wallet! They are very cost effective, but not really meant for frequent use.

These types of multitools really come in handy though if you forget your regular multitool and need another option to fall back on. They feature sharp edges to use for a blade, along with handy tools like a ruler, bottle opener, and wrenches.

Key Considerations

Here are a few things you need to consider before making your final choice.

Usage Needs

What is the purpose for which you need the best multitool for backpacking? Do you want a multitool that you can use every day as well as on the trail or one for wilderness adventures only?

Your multitool needs to be durable enough to suffice for outdoor tasks with enough tools to serve your usage needs out on the road.

Design

You should also consider the design of the best backpacking multitool when selecting the product that is right for you. The majority of multitools are single units secured with specialty bolts. These kinds of multitools can be tough to fix when you’re out on the trail, so you’ll want to consider options that allow for repairs if needed.

The blade on your multitool’s knife should be sharp with a long edge for cutting to ensure it doesn’t become dull with use. The best multitool for backpacking is also going to include hinges and other locking features for stability and durability. If a multitool wobbles or sports small tools that are difficult to use, you don’t want it.

The best multitool for backpacking also needs to be manufactured with a material that is corrosion and rust resistant, to ensure you get the longest use out of your investment possible.

Ergonomics

You should also consider how sound the best multitool for backpacking is ergonomically, to ensure your hand doesn’t get cut or pinched when you use the tools. For example, if it includes a pair of pliers that aren’t smooth with rolled edges, you’re going to have a very tough time maneuvering the tool.

The best multitool for backpacking is comfortable to use and makes it easy for the user to access any of the integrated tools as needed.

Carrying Ease

Consider the size of the multitool you’re looking at. Will it be bulky to carry around?

You don’t want a multitool that is so large you feel weighed down but you also don’t want a multitool so small that you are constantly fishing in your pocket trying to find it. The best multitool for backpacking is going to strike a balance, with features for easy carrying like a sheath or pocket clips.

Consider the weight of the best multitool for backpacking. Even smaller multitools can significantly increase the weight in your pack, so think about how much extra weight you’re willing to carry when making your selection.

Pricier multitools are usually heavier because the tools featured are of a higher quality and far more durable. You’ll need to compare the weight against your usage needs to decide what’s a deal breaker for you.

Best Multitool for Backpacking Reviews

Check out our top 5 picks for the best multitool for backpacking, including the pros and cons of each to decide which meets the key items on your wish list.

Victorinox Swiss Army SwissTool

Victorinox Swiss Army SwissTool on white background
Victorinox Swiss Army SwissTool
The ultimate multi-tool that you can pack and carry with you everywhere
The Victorinox Swiss Army SwissTool gives you 27 functions with stainless steel construction and a unique design that allows you to access every tool from the handle.
view at amazon
Pros
  • 22 tools to pick from
  • Classic, functional design
  • Durable stainless steel
  • Doesn’t wobble and is easy to hold
  • Compact configurations and light to carry
Cons
  • Some tools are difficult to release
  • A bit pricier than some other multitools

The first best multitool for backpacking on our list sports an impressive 22 tools surrounding a plier design that will prove invaluable whether you’re on the campsite or off the grid. The design of the Victorinox SwissTool is very stylish and functional, manufactured from durable stainless steel with a polished finish.

We loved that the Victorinox Swiss Army Swiss Tool sports wire cutters, a file, pliers, screwdrivers, and a saw as part of its total tool arsenal. The multitool is very lightweight and portable, featuring a handy lock with a spring release.

The handles sport a contour shape for easy carrying, while the compact design is just 3 ¼ inches long and weighs in at 5.75 ounces.
Check Current Price

Victorinox Swiss Army Huntsman Pocket Knife

Victorinox Swiss Army Huntsman Pocket Knife on white background
Victorinox Swiss Army Huntsman Pocket Knife
A medium-sized, sharp pocket knife that is suitable for hunting
The Victorinox Swiss Army Huntsman Pocket Knife offers durable construction with a compact design that makes this a great survival tool for avid and amateur outdoor enthusiasts.
view at amazon
Pros
  • A functional and versatile option
  • 15 tools included
  • Sharp yet small blade
  • Very compact and easy to carry in your pocket
  • Works for a wide range of backpacking activities
Cons
  • The knife is not totally encased
  • The exterior is prone to scrapes

The next best multitool for backpacking in this review is the Victorinox Swiss Army Huntsman Pocket Knife, sporting 15 individual functionalities for versatile use when out on the trail. We were really impressed by tools such as the screwdriver and bottle opener, backpack saw, corkscrew, scissors, and sharp 2.45-inch blade.

For user safety, the multitool comes with a leather pouch with a handy clip. We really liked this best multitool for backpacking for its durable stainless-steel design and expert finish.

For a lightweight option that features just about all the tools you’ll need when backpacking, it’s hard to beat the Victorinox Swiss Army Huntsman Pocket Knife, which you can use for everything from fishing, to camping, to wilderness adventures. The blade is sharp yet dependable, while the design is compact enough that you can store the multitool in your pocket.
Check Current Price

Leatherman Charge TTI Multitool, Stainless Steel with Nylon Sheath

Leatherman Charge TTI Multitool, Stainless Steel with Nylon Sheath on white background
Leatherman Charge TTI Multitool, Stainless Steel with Nylon Sheath
A multi-tool made out of premium materials that won't rust or corrode
The Leatherman Charge TTI Multitool, Stainless Steel with Nylon Sheath features 19 tools that can tackle large or small projects, and it has durable titanium handles.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Really comfortable handles
  • Highly durable and user safe
  • Easy to access and open with one hand
  • Ergonomic design
  • 19 tools total
Cons
  • The blade is not as sharp as some
  • The multitool is a bit heavier than some other products available

The Leatherman Charge TTI Multitool offers an array of pliers, a wire stripper, wire cutters, standard knives, saw, wire crimper, ruler, screwdrivers, bottle openers, and files, making it a highly practical and functional choice for novice and experienced backpackers alike.

We love that this multitool features so many useful functionalities, plus you only need to use one hand to open it and access your pick of the total of 19 tools included. Since some multitools require both hands to engage one of the tools, the one-hand design is a huge plus.

We were also happy to see the integrated locked blade for optimal user safety that doesn’t compromise accessibility. The ergonomic handles are designed with titanium, making them super light to carry and very aesthetically pleasing. The clip point knife sports S30V stainless steel for incredible durability too.
Check Current Price

Leatherman Crunch Multitool with Folding Locking Pliers and Pin Vice

Leatherman Crunch Multitool with Folding Locking Pliers and Pin Vice on white background
Leatherman Crunch Multitool with Folding Locking Pliers and Pin Vice
A compact four-inch multi-tool with foldable pliers and a stainless steel design
The Leatherman Crunch Multi-Tool with Folding Locking Pliers and Pin Vice is 15 tools in one, and it has all-locking features to keep it closed between uses.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Plier and blades lock into place with ease
  • Phillips screwdriver, small, medium, and large screwdrivers included
  • Quality stainless steel design
  • Push button for easy unlocking
Cons
  • Pliers are more designed for smaller tasks
  • The tools aren’t as big as some other options
  • You have to release the pliers to use the other tools

The Leatherman Crunch Multitool is one of our picks for the best multitool for backpacking due to its versatile and durable toolset that you can release with the simple click of a button. We were impressed by the substantial locking pliers that easily fold inward for compact storage.

If you’re worried about the safety aspect of transporting a multitool with you, you can set your mind at ease with the secure locking mechanisms this tool offers.

The pliers lock into place and you can lock the blades to safeguard from injury. The design of this multitool is a force to be reckoned with, manufactured from 100% quality grade stainless steel.

The toolset even includes small, medium, and large screwdrivers, a Phillips screwdriver, a hex bit driver, and a ruler! One thing we noticed was that you have to release the pliers to unlock the rest of the tools, so this could prove annoying if you don’t need to use the pliers often.
Check Current Price

Hoffman Richter HR-100 13-in-1 Multitool

Hoffman Richter HR-100 13-in-1 Multitool on white background
Hoffman Richter HR-100 13-in-1 Multitool
A reliable and rugged piece of equipment loaded with 13 tools
The Hoffman Richter HR-100 13-in-1 Multi-Tool has 13 tools, a tool lock, and a belt case that makes it easy to carry it when you hike or camp.
view at amazon
Pros
  • 13 integrated tools
  • Folds into a compact design
  • Blades are good for tougher tasks like slicing through branches and ropes
  • 440 stainless steel with titanium coating
  • Features nylon pouch for storing multitool
Cons
  • Wire cutters aren’t as durable as some
  • Tools are on the smaller side

The final best multitool for backpacking on our list is the Hoffman Richter HR-100 13-in-1 Multitool, with 13 incredibly durable and versatile tools integrated into the design. We liked the 440 stainless steel and titanium coating to ensure long-lasting use for everything from short camping trips to lengthy backpacking adventures.

The 13 tools will serve you well for more labor-intensive tasks too, such as cutting ropes and branches.

The Hoffman Richter HR-100 13-in-1 Multitool features a pair of pliers with loaded springs and needle-nose configuration. You won’t have to worry about objects slipping out of the pliers, as they sport grippers for a durable hold. The toolset also includes a Phillips screwdriver, flathead screwdriver, and wire cutters amongst other handy devices.

We liked that each tool folds into the device’s handles and the handles rest around the top of the pliers, making the multitool one of the most compact options available. The multitool also comes with a nylon carrying pouch that you can secure to your belt, so no need to weigh down your pack!
Check Current Price

Closing Thoughts

There’s one multitool that stands above the rest in terms of versatility, user functionality, durability, and compact design — the Victorinox Swiss Army Huntsman Pocket Knife. We loved that it sports 15 different tools, including everything from a backpack saw and corkscrew to scissors and a trusty 2.45-inch blade.

You won’t have to worry about the security of the blade, with the durable leather pouch featuring a clip for safe storage. For us, the stainless-steel design and quality finish really sealed the deal. Whether you’re planning an extensive backpacking adventure or a weekend camping trip, the Victorinox Swiss Army Huntsman Pocket Knife stands out as the best multitool for backpacking.

Just because you’re backpacking in the great outdoors doesn’t mean you can’t enjoy a fantastic meal on the road! To ensure you stay healthy and your taste buds are happy, you need to have the best backpacking mess kit for your outdoor adventures.

Owning the right mess kit with all the necessary supplies will greatly simplify your life on the trail, making it much easier to cook your favorite dishes when and where you like.

Keep reading for the top 5 best backpacking mess kits you’ll want to consider for your next trek!

The top 5 backpacking mess kits we recommend for 2021:

How to Select the Best Backpacking Mess Kit

Whether you’re brand new to backpacking or are searching for a mess kit to replace your current one and aren’t quite sure what to look for, here are some questions you need to ask to select the right one for you.

Is It Durable?

The first element you need to consider when selecting the best backpacking mess kit for your outdoor adventures is its durability. While this may seem like an obvious point, not all mess kits are created equal and some are far more or less durable than others.

The majority of mess kits are designed to be lightweight and easy to carry, so a heavier mess kit does not necessarily mean that it is more durable. The best backpacking mess kits weigh just 2 to 3 pounds, so this is a good target weight to aim for when selecting a quality kit to last you for many treks to come.

What Are Your Usage Needs?

You should also take your usage needs into account when hunting for the best backpacking mess kit. The type of meals you like to cook on the road will be a significant determinant of the mess kit you ultimately pick.

For example, if you like to keep things simple and only alternate between a few basic recipes, you might do just fine with a mess kit featuring fewer pieces. On the other hand, if you like to go all out and cook a feast at the campsite, you’re going to need more pieces that are larger and more durable.

What Material Is the Mess Kit Designed From?

You should also consider the material a mess kit is designed from before making a definitive choice. The vast majority of mess kits feature anodized aluminum with silicone handles. Some mugs and plates sport ABS plastic which is typically free of BPA for user safety.

Does the Mess Kit Include Accessories?

Very basic mess kits for backpacking probably aren’t going to feature accessories, and will likely just include more standard items such as foldable pans and pots, a lid, and not much more. However, the best backpacking mess kits sport much more than simple pots and pans, with accessories like sporks, wooden eating utensils, and even cleaning brushes.

Everything You Need to Know About the Best Backpacking Mess Kit

Here’s your quick guide to everything you need to know about the best backpacking mess kits.

What Exactly Is a Mess Kit?

A mess kit is simply a foldable set of cooking essentials like pans, pots, utensils, and accessories that you can use on your backpacking and camping trips. Mess kits provide a solution to keep your body running on full with the right foods and ensure you get the nutrition you need on the road.

Because mess kits feature foldable and compact items, they are also very easy to transport in your gear.

Do You Need One?

Unless you plan on eating only dried foods or eating cold food from a can on the trail for a few short days, a mess kit is going to be your essential backpacking companion. After a long day on the trail, you need to make sure you can enjoy a nice hot meal to fuel your body and prepare you for the road ahead.

Without the proper nutrition and food on the road, you will not only feel exhausted but risk depleting critical minerals and vitamins your body needs to thrive. By staying hydrated and having the supplies you need to cook tasty, healthy meals, you’ll not only beat the trail like a pro but have something to look forward to once you hit the campsite.

What Should the Best Backpacking Mess Kit Include?

The best backpacking mess kits feature anywhere from 8 to 10 pieces. These include:

Remember, not all mess kits are alike so not every kit is going to feature all these pieces. However, this list offers a good idea of what to look for in the best backpacking mess kit. Determine what meals you want to cook, how many days you’ll be on the road, and how many people you’ll need to cook for to decide which of these pieces you’ll actually require.

How to Clean Your Mess Kit

Of course, you need to keep your mess kit clean and ready to go for the next meal! Most mess kits are fairly lightweight, so there’s not typically much stainless steel involved, save for utensils. The most common material you’ll deal with is anodized aluminum, which ensures the kit pieces don’t corrode and that you can clean them easily.

Use a gentle soap to clean your mess kit and always clean each piece as soon as you’re done eating. Let your mess kit air dry before packing it up and putting it away so water doesn’t build up and generate bacteria.

How to Transport Your Mess Kit

While mess kits contain pieces that are foldable or compact enough to not take up too much storage space, they are still a bit bulky. The ideal spot to store your mess kit is in the part of your gear nearest your back.

With a standard backpacking pack, keep your mess kit closer to the top of your gear for easy access.

The Best Backpacking Mess Kit Reviews

It’s time to dive into our reviews of the best backpacking mess kits so you can decide which one is ideal for your trekking and culinary needs while on the road.

Light My Fire 8-Piece BPA-Free Meal Kit

Light My Fire 8-Piece BPA-Free Meal Kit on white background
Light My Fire 8-Piece BPA-Free Meal Kit
A compact meal kit for serving or storing food on the go
The Light My Fire 8-Piece BPA-Free Meal Kit has snap-lock lids that are waterproof, and it uses BPA-free polypropylene that won't break or melt under harsh conditions.
view at amazon
Pros
  • BPA free design
  • Durable polypropylene material that is easy to clean
  • No warping at high temperatures
Cons
  • The strap isn’t very durable
  • Some backpackers might not get much use from the strainer

Our first pick for the best backpacking mess kit features waterproof SnapBoxes to hold your food so no need to stress over anything spilling. We really liked the fact that the mess kit is designed from polypropylene that is free of harmful BPAs. The polypropylene material is also super easy to clean and is even safe to be used in a microwave or dishwasher.

Another good thing about this mess kit is that the pieces won’t warp and bend if exposed to high temperatures, which is an important feature to look for. There are a couple of areas that are worth noting however that may not be to everyone’s taste. For one thing, the mess kit includes a strainer, which is a nice touch but might not be particularly useful when camping out on the trail.

Also, the strap included with the mess kit isn’t very durable so you might not get much use out of that. Otherwise, this mess kit features quality construction and really user-friendly design to meet a range of backpacker needs.
Check Current Price

Terra Hiker Camping Cookware

Terra Hiker Camping Cookware on white background
Terra Hiker Camping Cookware
Nonstick pans and pots that heat up quickly and resist corrosion
The Terra Hiker Camping Cookware set will boil water in under two minutes, prevent food from sticking, and they have heat-resistant handles that stay cool to the touch.
view at amazon
Pros
  • 10-piece mess kit
  • Foldable lade and bowl
  • Aluminum, wood, and plastic pieces
  • Super lightweight
Cons
  • The non-stick coating isn’t as durable as some
  • Not ideal for lengthy, wilderness camping trips

The Terra Hiker Camping Cookware Mess Kit is a great option if you’re looking for a basic best backpacking mess kit to serve your cooking needs on occasional outdoor adventures. It features all the main pieces you would need in a mess kit, with 10 different items included. Much of the cookware is designed from aluminum, along with a handy wooden spoon and the plastic strainer included in the set.

We liked that the kit includes a foldable ladle and bowl designed from 100% user safe PP plastic. Even better, the handles fold to fit the shape of their respective cookware piece, so the kit is incredibly easy to pack up and transport.

The mess kit also weighs in at just 1.65 pounds, so you definitely won’t get a backache from carrying it in your gear. The kit sports a scrub brush to keep your dishes and pans sparkling clean.
Check Current Price

MalloMe Camping Cookware Mess Kit

MalloMe Camping Cookware Mess Kit on white background
MalloMe Camping Cookware Mess Kit
A compact mess kit for hiking or minimalist camping trips
The MalloMe Camping Cookware Mess Kit features an aluminum construction that heats quickly, resists rust, and collapses into a compact bundle to slip into your backpack.
view at amazon
Pros
  • 10-piece kit
  • Durable stainless steel fork
  • Anodized aluminum kit design
  • Includes free eBook with purchase
  • Good for cooking for 2 to 4 people
Cons
  • Not ideal for cooking directly over a flame
  • No lock on the kit so it’s pretty noisy when transported in your pack

We love the MalloMe Camping Cookware Mess Kit because it is not only incredibly affordable but includes 10 total pieces for all your cooking needs on the trail. The 10 piece mess kit includes essentials like a foldable fork made from durable stainless steel and a nylon bag to store your cookware in. The mess kit is designed from anodized aluminum to be corrosive and wear resistant.

The anodized aluminum material also means that you’ll have no problem cleaning your mess kit with total ease. The largest cooking piece is a 1-liter pot featuring folding handles for easy carrying.

We were impressed to see that MalloMe also sends you a free eBook about cooking on the road with your cookware mess kit purchase, so you’ll have plenty of recipes to try out at the campsite. The mess kit is great to cook for 2 to 4 people as needed, making it excellent value for the functional pieces you’ll receive.
Check Current Price

G4Free Outdoor Camping Pan Hiking Cookware

G4Free Outdoor Camping Pan Hiking Cookware on white background
G4Free Outdoor Camping Pan Hiking Cookware
A durable cookware set suitable for camping, backpacking, and hiking
The G4Free Outdoor Camping Pan Hiking Cookware has an aluminum design with a nonstick coating, and they stack together to make them easy to transport over different terrains.
view at amazon
Pros
  • 13-piece set
  • Sturdy and easily cleaned anodized aluminum design
  • Very lightweight
  • Easy to transport
  • Affordable
Cons
  • Not meant to use over a direct flame
  • A bit bulkier than some other mess kits

The next best backpacking mess kit on our list is the G4Free Outdoor Camping Pan Hiking Cookware set, with an astounding 13 pieces to work with! We love that you get so many pieces for a very affordable price, including essentials like a complete set of utensils for eating, a lanyard, and even a wooden spoon.

We would note that the G4Free Outdoor Camping Pan Hiking Cookware set is definitely bulkier than some of the other selections in our review. However, if you have space in your gear, you’ll love the user-functionality of those bonus cookware pieces.

The mess kit is also very lightweight, at a mere 1.3 pounds. So, while it might take up more space in your pack you won’t notice much of a difference in terms of weight.

The design sports anodized aluminum, so you’ll have no trouble cleaning each piece after using it. These pieces aren’t designed to be used right on a direct flame, but you can transport the whole kit with ease in the included mesh bag and secure it to your pack if you so desire.
Check Current Price

REDCAMP Camping Cookware Mess Kit

REDCAMP Camping Cookware Mess Kit on white background
REDCAMP Camping Cookware Mess Kit
A smaller and more lightweight cookware kit for camping or hiking
The REDCAMP Camping Cookware Mess Kit has a non-toxic anodized aluminum alloy with a nonstick coating, and it's compact, lightweight, and small enough for one person to carry.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Great for 1 person
  • Compact 5-piece set
  • Easy to bring on the go
  • You can affix the kit in a mesh bag to your back for easier carrying
  • Only weighs about 0.5 pound
Cons
  • Not ideal if you’re going to be cooking for more than one person
  • Fewer pieces included than other kits

The final best backpacking mess kit on our list is by REDCAMP and is a great choice for solo backpackers and wilderness wanderers. It is very compact, so you can grab it and take it with you on the go for lengthier treks without issue. The mess kit includes just 5 pieces, but if you’re solo traveling or don’t need to cook for anyone else at the campsite, then you’re good to go.

The REDCAMP Camping Cookware Mess Kit also comes with a handy mesh bag, so you can store your mess kit in that and secure it to your pack instead of storing it inside. If you’re hunting for a very basic cookware mess kit to serve your meal needs on the road, for long or short hikes, the REDCAMP Camping Cookware Mess Kit is a quality option to consider.

We also liked that it features foldable handles that are easy to store and have an excellent grip.
Check Current Price

Our Top Pick

Our final pick is — drumroll please — the MalloMe Camping Cookware Mess Kit! Now, in all honesty, we were pretty impressed by all of the picks on our list. They serve a solid range of backpacker needs and there’s definitely something for everyone there.

The reasons we selected the MalloMe Camping Cookware Mess Kit as our top pick are simple. The price was incredible, and the 10-piece set suffices to serve solo travelers or groups of 2 to 4 people on the road, making it a highly versatile choice.

The anodized aluminum design is just what we look for in the best backpacking kit, plus we loved that you get a free eBook all about cooking when camping included.

Whether you like to cook gourmet meals on the road or simple fare, cook for a group or just for yourself, the MalloMe Camping Cookware Mess Kit is the best backpacking mess kit for trekkers everywhere.

From cutting through thick brush on the trail to chopping up firewood at a campsite, a quality axe is a quintessential gear piece for avid backpackers everywhere. If you’re planning a wilderness backpacking adventure or any other lengthy outdoor trek, you’ll definitely want to consider adding the best backpacking axe to your camping arsenal.

Not sure what to look for when selecting the best backpacking axe? Look no further than this comprehensive guide to choosing the best backpacking axe for your needs, plus the top 5 backpacking axes every outdoor enthusiast should learn about.

The top 5 backpacking axe we recommend for 2021:

What Should You Look for When Selecting the Best Backpacking Axe?

Selecting the best axe for backpacking doesn’t have to be a challenge, but there are some key elements to look for when making your purchase. Here’s what you need to know.

Consider the Axe’s Head Size

The size of the axe head is an important factor to take into account when choosing the right product for you. Specifically, the axe head’s weight is key because it can make all the difference between carrying your axe around without issue or feeling bogged down when you store it in your pack. If the head of the axe is too large, it’s going to be pretty difficult to transport it in your gear with ease.

The best backpacking axes feature heads that are light and easy to maneuver, extending up to approximately 12 inches in length. For expert and novice backpackers alike, camper aficionados and newbies both, a 12-inch axe head is a good dimension to aim for.

Much smaller than that, and the head may not be sufficient to get the job done. Too much larger and you’ll feel a significant difference in the overall weight of your gear or potentially cause strain for your hand.

Consider the Type of Backpacking Axe

There are 3 primary kinds of backpacking axes: the tactical axe, the survival axe, and the camping axe. A tactical axe is perfect for things like chopping logs on the campsite. Tactical axes are very sturdy and chop smoothly. They feature a thinner design than the other two and serve a dual purpose for hammering and chopping because they sport an integrated hammer.

A survival axe is going to be the axe of choice for wilderness backpackers and survival camping. Survival axes will serve you well from everything from chopping hefty branches to demolishing trees, and other heavy-duty chopping activities.

Finally, camping axes are the standard variety that many backpackers bring with them on the road for things like chopping firewood and cutting through bushes. Camping axes feature a moderate weight while still being highly durable and sturdy. If you are new to backpacking and outdoor treks, a traditional camping axe is going to be your best bet.

Consider the Material of the Axe Handle

Another key feature to bear in mind when selecting the best axe for backpacking is the material of the axe handle. Why is this important? Well, the material the handle is manufactured from will ultimately decide how comfortable it is to hold and grip your axe. Many traditional axe types feature wood handles, which are sturdy but could cause plenty of blisters and unpleasant rubbing on your hands.

Other axe handles are manufactured from plastic, but that also is not particularly comfortable for extended treks. Some of the best backpacking axes are designed with leather handles, that are comfortable to hold while offering sufficient grip, so the axe won’t slip out of your hands if they get sweaty.

Ultimately, the decision comes down to a matter of personal preference. If you plan on physically carrying your axe during much of your backpacking excursion, the comfort of the axe handle is going to matter a lot more than if you intend to attach it to your gear and only take it out to chop some wood or brush.

How Should You Use a Backpacking Axe?

If you’re new to backpacking or haven’t used a backpacking axe much on your previous treks, it’s critical to know how to maintain and use one to ensure your safety on the road.

Remember to Use the Sheath

Backpacking axes feature sheathes to secure and shield the blade whenever you’re not using it. A sheath protects you from potential injuries and makes carrying it in your gear or your hand much safer.

So, the first thing you need to remember when using the best backpacking axe is to always put on the sheath when you’re not using it. When you’re ready to use your backpacking axe, just be careful when taking off the sheath so you don’t get any cuts.

Don’t Forget Eye Gear

If you intend to chop wood with your trusty axe on your next backpacking excursion, don’t forget to wear eye gear to protect your eyes from flying wood chips. You should never, ever try to chop wood without the proper eye gear, or you could risk serious injury.

How to Split Logs the Right Way

If you’re going to be using your backpacking axe to split logs, you need to know how to do it the right way to get the job done correctly and ensure you don’t get injured in the process. Start by ensuring you have plenty of room to maneuver and swing your backpacking axe.

Next, look around you to make sure there isn’t anyone else nearby that could get in the line of fire of flying wood.

Once you’ve done those two things, position the log you’re going to chop on the ground and kneel. While still in the kneeling position, direct your axe towards the log’s corner and cut downward. The reason it’s best to chop from the corner is that your axe won’t get lodged in the ground once you’ve split the whole piece of wood.

If you intend to chop an entire tree, you’ll need to approach things a bit differently. For starters, raise your backpacking axe and cut downward from right to left, positioning your slice at a 120-degree angle. By doing so, you should be cutting out a V shape. Eventually, as you repeat the chop, the part of the tree you’re slicing should simply fall out.

The Best Backpacking Axe Reviews

Check out the top 5 best backpacking axes on the market currently!

Estwing Sportsman's Axe - 12" Camping Hatchet

Estwing Sportsman’s Axe 12″ Camping Hatchet on white background
Estwing Sportsman’s Axe 12″ Camping Hatchet
An ax with a nice grip and sharp edge for the outdoorsman
The Estwing Sportsman’s Axe 12″ Camping Hatchet uses American steel for durability, and it has a leather grip that keeps you comfortable while you cut a trail.
view at amazon
Pros
  • High-grade steel blade
  • Quality leather handle that grips well
  • Slanted blade for precise chopping
  • Nylon sheath to protect you from the blade
  • A single piece instead of detachable parts
Cons
  • The handle tends to gather marks
  • The blade can wear out quickly with frequent and prolonged use

The first best backpacking axe on our list is the sturdy Estwing Sportsman Axe. We love this backpacking axe for its quality design and fantastic 12-inch head. While many axes feature heads that detach from the handle, we were happy to see that this design is a single piece, which ensures additional durability and longevity of use.

The super lightweight axe sports a slanted blade for precise cutting and comes with a nylon sheath for safety.

The high-grade steel of this blade makes it a fantastic choice to chop wood and brush without struggling and straining your wrist. One of the features that really drew us to the Estwing Sportsman’s Axe was its beautiful and dependable leather handle. The leather handle will give you an amazing grip when chopping.

The handle’s design is comfortable and smooth without being so slick that you have to worry about your hand slipping. Besides these features, this best backpacking axe is definitely one of the most cost-effective picks on our list.
Check Current Price

Fiskars X15 Chopping Axe 23.5 Inch

Fiskars X15 Chopping Axe 23.5 Inch on white background
Fiskars X15 Chopping Axe 23.5 Inch
An axe with an all-purpose design for clearing trees
The Fiskars X15 Chopping Axe has a sharp blade that cuts deeper with every swing, and it has a perfect balance on the power-to-weight ratio.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Impressive 23.5 inches
  • Great for chopping logs and felling trees
  • Shock absorbent handle
  • Insert-molded head so the blade doesn’t come loose
Cons
  • Better for lengthy or wilderness backpacking than more basic outdoor excursions
  • Too large to fit into a backpack with ease

The Fiskars Chopping Axe is another best backpacking axe perfect for chopping really big logs and felling trees during extended wilderness adventures. However, if you’re going on a simple backpacking and camping trip, this blade might be a little larger and sharper than what you need.

The head of the backpacking axe is an astounding 23.5 inches. The axe features integrated insert-molded specifications, so you don’t have to worry about the blade coming loose.

If you’re going to be backpacking for a longer period and chopping down trees for firewood, you’ll be hard pressed to find a better option than the heavyweight Fiskars X15 Chopping Axe. We liked the balance it offers the user while being light enough to maneuver with moderate ease.

Another feature we were happy to see was the FiberComp handle that absorbs shock, so you don’t experience massive recoil after each chop.
Check Current Price

Husqvarna 576926501 19" Wooden Carpenter's Axe

Husqvarna 576926501 19″ Wooden Carpenter’s Axe on white background
Husqvarna 576926501 19″ Wooden Carpenter’s Axe
A thin-bladed axe with excellent control and stability
The Husqvarna 576926501 19″ Wooden Carpenter’s Axe has a recess in the head that allows you to get close to your cutting field to fell trees faster with more accurate cuts.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Nice, thin blade
  • Carbon steel design
  • Leather cover to protect your hands from the blade
  • Very cost-effective
Cons
  • Steel could break with prolonged, extreme use
  • You have to be careful when using the axe as the head could detach if hit too hard

The Husqvarna Wooden Carpenter’s Axe made it to our list of the best backpacking axes for its high-quality carbon steel design to serve you well for many camping adventures ahead. If you’re trying to find an axe that will enable you to chop plenty of lumber in succession, the Husqvarna Wooden Carpenter’s Axe is a sturdy, dependable option to consider.

We also liked that this best backpacking axe is very cost-effective. You’ll get plenty of use out of your investment without breaking the bank. It may not be quite as durable as the previous two picks we mentioned, but unless you’re going to be felling a forest you should be just fine!

We liked the very thin blade that slices precisely, while the design itself is very light because of the quality of the carbon steel.

The axe comes equipped with a leather cover, so your hands don’t get cut when chopping. We would note that the handle is designed from hickory wood instead of a more comfortable material like leather, but the wood is very durable and will stand the test of time. The axe’s head also sports a steel wedge, so you don’t have to worry about the blade slipping out.
Check Current Price

Gerber Bear Grylls Survival Hatchet

Gerber Bear Grylls Survival Hatchet on white background
Gerber Bear Grylls Survival Hatchet
A small hatchet that cuts firewood or helps build a shelter
The Gerber Bear Grylls Survival Hatchet has a high-carbon steel construction with a full tang for durability, and the non-slip rubber grip is perfect for wet conditions.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Very compact and lightweight
  • 3.5-inch blade with concentrated sharpness
  • Rubber handle
  • Construction grade stainless steel design
  • Highly versatile option
Cons
  • Not ideal for slicing through really tough lumber
  • The blade might be too small for some preferences

For wilderness camping excursions and rugged outdoor adventures, it’s hard to beat the Gerber Bear Grylls Survival Hatchet. If you’re going be hiking through deep brush and wooded areas, we’d definitely recommend this best backpacking axe for your consideration.

It weighs a mere 1.4 pounds and is super compact, so you’ll have no problem carrying the axe by hand or storing it in your pack until you need it.

While this best backpacking axe might not be the best choice for felling lumber, it will serve you well for basic backpacking needs such as chopping wood and cooking at the campsite. We loved the trusty 3.5-inch blade that is highly compact but with a sharp, concentrated design for precise slicing. The handle is designed from rubber, with a sufficient grip.

We also liked the fact that the design sports construction grade stainless steel, which is something of an anomaly in the world of backpacking axes. The back of the axe includes a striking head with a crosshatch design for extra smashing capabilities and additional versatility.
Check Current Price

BladeMate Survival Camping Hatchet

BladeMate Survival Camping Hatchet on white background
BladeMate Survival Camping Hatchet
An ax with a 4.5-inch blade and a comfort grip handle
The BladeMate Survival Camping Hatchet has a black stainless steel blade with an ergonomic handle that is perfect for clearing brush or personal protection.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Durable black stainless steel
  • Compact design
  • Super comfortable grip handle
  • Good for chopping firewood and slicing branches
  • Ideal for survival backpacking and camping
Cons
  • The design might be too short for some tastes
  • The handle is definitely not as comfortable as some other options

Our final best backpacking axe pick is the BladeMate Survival Camping Hatchet. As its name suggests, this axe is great for survival backpacking and camping. If you need to slice through branches in your path in wooded areas, the black, stainless steel design will serve you very well.

Alternatively, if you want a trusty blade for things like chopping firewood to cook over or build a fire for warmth, the BladeMate Survival Camping Hatchet is also a worthy choice.

The design is very short and compact, so you’ll have no trouble carrying it around in your gear or holding it. The handle sports a comfortable grip design, so your hands won’t slip or hurt after extended use.

The backpacking axe is definitely smaller than some of the other options on our list, but if you are looking for something to slash through branches, chop firewood, and use when cooking, the BladeMate Survival Camping Hatchet is a quality option to consider.
Check Current Price

Final Thoughts

So, who made it to the top of our list? While we liked each of the best backpacking axes on our list for a versatile array of user needs, the final winner for us is the Estwing Sportsman Axe. We loved the quality 12-inch blade design that is just the right size for most backpacker’s trekking and camping needs.

We also liked that the axe comes as a single piece rather than detachable parts, to ensure extra durability.

The design is so lightweight, manufactured from high-grade steel and a smooth leather handle with a strong grip. In addition, the Estwing Sportsman Axe is a very affordable choice which is always a plus. Whether you’re new to backpacking and using an axe in general or a seasoned pro, this selection is the best backpacking axe in terms of quality, efficiency, durability, and an unbeatable price.

Planning a summer trek to hike new trails and sleep under the stars? Don’t go anywhere without your trusty summer sleeping bag! To stay cool and dry on the trail without weighing down your pack, it’s essential to select the best summer sleeping bag for backpacking to give you the rest you require.

Not sure how to choose the best summer sleeping bag for backpacking? Here’s what you need to know about picking a summer sleeping bag, including the top 5 options you’ll want to consider for your next trek.

The top 5 summer sleeping bag for backpacking we recommend for 2021:

The Buyer’s Guide to Choosing The Best Summer Sleeping Bag for Backpacking

If you’re not sure what to look for when picking out the best summer sleeping bag for backpacking, you’ve come to the right place. Check out the key features you’re going to want to keep an eye out for below.

Identify Your Campsite

Your campsite is an important factor to take into consideration when picking out the best summer sleeping bag for backpacking. You need to identify where you intend to set up camp and your usage needs for your sleeping bag before you can choose the one that works best for you.

For example, check out the expected weather conditions in the region you’re going to be backpacking and camping in, the shelters around, and how long you’ll be sleeping in the great outdoors.

You’ll also want to consider factors such as the altitude and wind in the area of your campsite(s). That way, you’ll be able to decide which summer backpacking sleeping bag has the features you need to protect you from certain kinds of elements and hold up against the type of environment you’ll be camping in.

Temperature Ratings

The vast majority of sleeping bags available sport some kind of a temperature rating. Summer sleeping bags are typically rated for 35 degrees Fahrenheit and up. You’ll want to purchase a summer sleeping bag with temperature ratings a little bit under the minimum temperature you expect to be camping in.

You’ll find it much less complicated to just unzip your sleeping bag if temperatures get a bit too balmy rather than try to get warmer if a chilly wind sets in.

Consider Liners

Even if you’re going to be camping in summer weather, it’s always a good idea to be prepared for a cool night at the campsite just the same. You can easily add a sleeping bag liner for extra warmth if needed. Liners are a great way to use your summer sleeping bags in a variety of climates and extend the multi-use function of your gear.

If you’re going to be backpacking in a region where the weather changes on a dime or is prone to variance, you’ll definitely want to consider having a sleeping bag liner on hand, just in case. There are liners available for just about any type of sleeping bag, in materials such as cotton, silk, fleece, and synthetic fabrics with great moisture wicking properties.

Does the Sleeping Bag Provide Sufficient Insulation?

When selecting the best summer sleeping bag for backpacking, you’ll definitely want to consider the amount of insulation it provides compared with your usage needs. Sleeping bags manufactured from synthetic fibers typically feature a solid range of textures and shapes that are soft and compact enough to make for easy packing.

Synthetic fibers provide quality insulation even when they get wet, which is a great thing if you run into summer rains.

However, synthetic sleeping bags are also a lot heavier and take up more space than standard sleeping bags featuring down insulation do. Besides this, synthetic material doesn’t usually last as long as down. That said, synthetics are considerably easier on the wallet than goose down, so this is another element to take into account as well.

When it comes to the best summer sleeping bag for backpacking made with goose down, you’ll enjoy exceptional insulation that truly stands the test of time. Goose down sleeping bags are a solid investment, so if you care for them well they really will last you forever.

Sleeping bags made with goose down are also highly compact so you can fit them into your gear with ease.

The only major downside with goose down is the fact that it doesn’t wick moisture at all and completely foregoes its insulating properties when it becomes wet. The good news is, some manufacturers opt to incorporate waterproof shells for goose down sleeping bags to solve this conundrum.

You can keep your goose down sleeping bag in a waterproof bag when on the road to avoid it getting wet if you come across some showers. Goose down sleeping bags are more expensive than synthetics, but their longevity of use is well worth it.

What Is Your Preferred Sleeping Bag Shape?

You can purchase the best summer sleeping bag for backpacking in a range of shapes and sizes, so it partly comes down to a matter of personal preference and partly to functionality. The 3 main types of sleeping bag shapes are mummy sleeping bags, rectangular sleeping bags, and semi-rectangular sleeping bags.

Mummy sleeping bags are narrower and made to fit nice and tight around the body for extra insulation. Some mummy sleeping bags include an insulated hood to keep your head even warmer in cooler conditions.

You can close the insulated hood if you so desire or leave it open if it’s too warm outside. While it might not some like this would be the case, mummies are actually the most lightweight summer sleeping bag option.

If you don’t care about the narrower fit of a mummy sleeping bag, this type will save you plenty of space in your gear and won’t weigh you down. Plus, if you run into cooler temperatures at night, the bag will keep you warm and insulated.

Rectangular sleeping bags are the traditional option, offering you plenty of freedom of movement to sleep in. We would note that the rectangular design is not quite as insulating as the mummy variety, but if you’re going to be backpacking in strictly balmy temperatures, that will work to your advantage.

The majority of rectangular sleeping bags sport double zippers so you can transition your sleeping bag into a cozy blanket.

Semi-rectangular sleeping bags are a new selection on the market, meant to offer a happy medium to users between the mummy and rectangular design. You’ll have less space to sleep in, but you’ll also enjoy better insulation. If you like some of the qualities of mummies but feel they don’t offer enough space to move, you might like the compromise of a semi-rectangular sleeping bag.

The Best Summer Sleeping Bag for Backpacking Reviews

Here are the top 5 best summer sleeping bag for backpacking picks you’ll want to consider for your next backpacking adventure.

Millet LD Baikal 750 Sleeping Bag

Millet Baikal 750 Sleeping Bag on white background
Millet Baikal 750 Sleeping Bag
A lightweight mummy-style sleeping bag for hiking or short camping trips
The Millet Baikal 750 Sleeping Bag manages wet conditions by wicking moisture away from your body inside and outside the bag, and this bag has synthetic filler at an affordable price.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Super lightweight
  • Good warmth vs. weight
  • Insulated synthetic design with integrated silicone fibers
  • 40-denier nylon exterior with water and wear resistant properties
  • Hood to shield your head
Cons
  • The very narrow design might be uncomfortable for some
  • Might be too warm for very hot conditions

The first selection for our best summer sleeping bag for backpacking review is a super light option, so if you’re going to be backpacking in very warm summer climates this could be a quality pick for you.

The mummy Millet LD Baikal 750 Sleeping Bag weighs a mere 1 pound and 11 ounces and fares well when comparing warmth vs. weight. We liked that the synthetic fabric is designed to provide excellent insulation with integrated silicone fibers.

We love that the design is water repellant to keep you warm and dry even if you hit some damp conditions. The sleeping bag’s outer layer sports 40-denier nylon which makes it highly resistant to wear and tear. We also loved the side zipper that runs up the entire length of the sleeping bag, shoulder collar, cold resistant flap, and hood to cover your head for sleep if you so desire.
Check Current Price

Marmot NanoWave

Marmot NanoWave on white background
Marmot NanoWave
A compact sleeping bag that fits onto a kayak stern or bike paniers
The Marmot NanoWave is a sleeping bag with DWR-treated polyester taffeta fabric and SpiraFil high loft insulation that will keep you warm in damp conditions.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Very affordable
  • Incredibly lightweight
  • Quality insulation and breathability
  • Two-way zipper for easy user access
Cons
  • Might be too light for variable temperatures where it tends to get cool at night
  • Might not last as long as some other products available

The Marmot NanoWave is a very affordable option for the best summer sleeping bag for backpacking. The sleeping bag is an excellent pick if you like to go backpacking now and then and will be camping in very hot weather.

The design is even more lightweight than our previous pick, which means it is also not quite as warm. However, if you’re going to be hiking in very hot temperatures where it doesn’t cool down much at night, this shouldn’t be an issue.

We loved the nylon exterior and inside polyester layer that offers excellent comfort and breathability when you’re sleeping. The Marmot NanoWave also integrates their branded SpiraFil insulation in between the outer and inner layer, featuring substantial spiralized fibers and tiny polyester ones.

Other cool features include a drawcord at the hood, a two-way zipper, and even loops for hanging so you can dry out the sleeping bag if you get rain showers overnight. For newer backpackers who want a quality option at a phenomenal price, you’ll be hard pressed to find a better choice than the Marmot NanoWave.
Check Current Price

RAB Ignition 2 Sleeping Bag

RAB Ignition 2 Sleeping Bag on white background
RAB Ignition 2 Sleeping Bag
A synthetic, lightweight sleeping bag that is perfect for spring outings
The RAB Ignition 2 Sleeping Bag features ripstop Nylon outer fabric with microfiber insulation that doesn't sacrifice warmth for packability when you use it year-round.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Very versatile option
  • Comfortable, quality material
  • Pyrotec insulation
  • 30-denier ripstop nylon design
Cons
  • Not ideal for high altitudes
  • Might be too narrow for some preferences

The next best summer sleeping bag for backpacking selection on our list is the incomparable RAB Ignition 2 Sleeping Bag. We picked this sleeping bag because of its extreme versatility—it is not only an excellent choice for warm summer backpacking adventures but will serve you well in the spring and autumn. The material this sleeping bag is manufactured from is of exceptional quality, featuring Pyrotec insulation for additional comfort and compactness.

You’ll have no issue folding this sleeping bag up nice and tight and slipping it into your pack. The sleeping bag’s exterior features lightweight yet sturdy 30-denier ripstop. We were impressed to see that the RAB Ignition 2 Sleeping Bag also sports a zipper that runs halfway up the design to make it easy to slip in and out of the bag.

Plus, the angled foot box and drawcord in the head region are nice touches.
Check Current Price

The North Face Aleutian 40/4 Sleeping Bag

The North Face Aleutian 40/4 Sleeping Bag on white background
The North Face Aleutian 40/4 Sleeping Bag
A three-season sleeping bag featuring Heatseeker Eco insulation
The North Face Aleutian 40/4 Sleeping Bag has a wraparound zipper with a vaulted foot box that allows it to lie flat on all terrains.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Very cost-effective choice
  • Nice and lightweight
  • Environmentally friendly insulation
  • Dual zippers on each side
  • Quality ventilation
Cons
  • Not as warm as some
  • Less insulation

The North Face Aleutian 40/4 Sleeping Bag is very similar to our previous selection, except it is a much lighter option. It is also way more affordable than our previous pick and a good option for beginners and backpacking pros alike.

We were happy to see that this best summer sleeping bag for backpacking sports Heatseeker Eco Insulation to give a light but quality amount of insulation for a satisfactory ratio of warm vs. weight. The Heatseeker Eco Insulation is also environmentally friendly, designed purely from recycled fibers.

We liked the added touches of a full zipper on one side of the sleeping bag and a shorter zipper on the opposite side. We were also pleased with the quality ventilation of The North Face Aleutian 40/4 Sleeping Bag, with a draft collar and foot box that contours to your body.
Check Current Price

Kelty Tuck Tuck 35/EN 30 Sleeping Bag

Kelty Tuck 35/EN 30 Sleeping Bag on white background
Kelty Tuck 35/EN 30 Sleeping Bag
A spring or summer camping sleeping bag with ThermaPro synthetic insulation
The Kelty Tuck 35/EN 30 Sleeping Bag has a thermal-comfort hood with a natural fit foot box that will keep you warm and comfortable when you camp.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Good price
  • Versatile to use in summer heat and cooler temperatures too
  • Synthetic insulation
  • 75-denier polyester layers
  • Head hood and media pocket
Cons
  • Weighs significantly more
  • Could be a bit short for tall heights

Our final pick for the best summer sleeping bag for backpacking is the Kelty Tuck Tuck 35/EN 30 Sleeping Bag. We chose this sleeping bag because it offers additional insulation when compared to some of the other picks on our list, making it ideal for both warm weather backpacking and cooler weather adventures.

The lowest temperature rating it is compatible with is 30 degrees Fahrenheit.

The sleeping bag sports ThermaPro insulation manufactured from synthetic fibers to help you stay warm and dry even if you run into damp weather conditions. The exterior and inner layers of the Kelty Tuck sleeping bag feature 75-denier polyester for durability.

We were glad to see that the sleeping bag sports a hood for extra head comfort, a zipper draft tube, and a media pocket to store your device. If you don’t mind the extra weight, this summer sleeping bag is a quality option that will truly last you for years of backpacking excursions ahead.
Check Current Price

The Winner

For us, the absolute winner from the top 5 best summer sleeping bag for backpacking picks is the Rab Ignition 2 Sleeping Bag. We loved all the use you can get out of this versatile sleeping bag, as it is light enough to use in the summer but insulated enough for cooler seasons like spring and fall.

The material is really comfortable with quality Pyrotec insulation to keep you nice and dry. We feel that compactness is a really important feature when selecting the best summer sleeping bag for backpacking, and you’ll have no issue fitting the Rab Ignition 2 Sleeping Bag into a nice little space in your pack.

What’s more, the 30-denier ripstop material and the handy zipper that runs halfway up the design make this sleeping bag a user-friendly and durable choice. The Rab Ignition 2 Sleeping Bag is a quality, lightweight, breathable, compact, and ultra-comfortable option to help you achieve a restful night’s sleep on many summer backpacking adventures to come.

Are you planning a grand mountaineering adventure, and want to make sure you don’t miss out on any key gear components when packing up for your trek? Don’t embark on your outdoor adventure without a quality pair of glacier glasses!

For extensive mountaineering excursions, you’re going to need to protect your eyes from harmful UV rays with the best glacier glasses on the market.

Not sure what to look for?

You’ve come to the right place. Check out our buying guide to the best glacier glasses, plus the top 5 best glacier glasses available that you’ll want to consider snagging before heading out on your trek.

The top 5 glacier glasses we recommend for 2021:

The Ultimate Best Glacier Glasses Buying Guide

Here’s exactly what you need to know about choosing the best glacier sunglasses for you.

Why Use Glacier Glasses?

If you’re new to the concept of glacier glasses or have never owned a pair before, you might be thinking, why use glacier glasses? What makes them better than regular UV protectant sunglasses?

We’re glad you asked!

If you’re going to be hiking up a lofty mountain, in windy regions where you’re very exposed to the elements, or other high-exposure areas, it is critical to protect your eyes from potential damage. The higher the altitude and the thinner the area you’re hiking in gets, the stronger the UVB rays are. It’s not just your skin that has the potential to get burned—but your eyes too.

It’s pretty hard to predict the weather to precision sometimes, particularly if you’re going to be embarking on a lengthy trek. The weather forecast may predict cloudy skies, when suddenly you get to a crest in the mountain and sunlight streams down with a blinding force.

The good news is, with the best glacier sunglasses in your gear, you’ll be prepared for any sun that comes your way and protect your eyes from damage and burning.

Remember, the higher the altitude you’re hiking in the thinner the surrounded atmosphere is. So, higher altitudes mean way more UV radiation, making it paramount to have the best glacier glasses on hand at all times.

The UV rays elevate anywhere from 10 to 12% every 1,000 meters and can increase further if you’re hiking in snowy or icy regions where the light will reflect.

Whether you’re going to be hiking in an arctic region or regular, snowy area, the reflection of the sun on the snow can cause severe damage to your eyes. Known by its official name, photokeratitis, snow blindness is essentially what happens when your eyeballs are sunburnt.

Photokeratitis can blind you temporarily, occurring when the cornea becomes inflamed from too much exposure to damaging UV rays. The condition commonly happens when hiking on mountains where the snow can transmit and reflect beyond 80% of the powerful rays of the sun.

Even if you’re not dealing with snow, high altitudes where the sun is strong can have the same effect. White sand and water also reflect the sun, and can lead to similar consequences if you don’t protect your eyes properly.

UV vs. VLT

A key component of picking the best glacier glasses for your outdoor adventures is understanding the difference between UV vs. VLT and what these terms mean for your purchase. UV, or Ultraviolet Radiation, is a type of light comprised of 3 parts known as UVB, UVA, and UVC light. UVC isn’t typically as much of an issue because the atmosphere helps to shield your eyes from that type of exposure.

However, UVA and UVB light can pose a real threat to your corneas. UVA and UVB levels elevate substantially as your altitude rises. The best glacier glasses are going to provide you protection against all 3 types of UV bands.

VLT is short for Visible Light Transmission and is a measuring stick for the amount of light that can escape through your lens and into your eyes. For example, some of the best glacier glasses for hiking have VLT ratings between 23 and 25%, while others are far lower at a mere 5%.

Most of the time, you’re going to be adequately protected by glacier glasses with a VLT ranging from 5 to 10%.

Choosing the Right Type of Lens

It’s essential to choose the right type of lens when hunting for the best glacier sunglasses for your outdoor expedition. Lenses have ratings ranging from 1 to 4, based on the level of UV protection they offer. There is also a 0 rating, but 0 rated lenses are usually clear and designed for safety rather than UV light.

A lens with a rating of 1 is going to be more for style than functionality, so this type won’t be an ideal choice for extensive mountaineering. Category 1 lenses usually allow in 45 to 80% of UV rays. A lens with a 2 rating is something you would wear out and about in your city, which transmits between 20 to 45% of UV rays.

Lenses with a rating of 3 are going to be some of the best glacier glasses to protect you in high altitudes. Category 3 lenses ward off as much as 80% of UV rays and are a solid option to protect your eyes. If you want to take things up to the next level and provide an extra barrier to shield your eyes, lenses with a rating of 4 are going to serve you really well in high altitudes.

Category 4 lenses offer the highest level of protection from UV rays with a quality, low VLT rating. As a note, you should not wear category 4 lenses when driving. Because they only transmit 3 to 8% of the sun’s rays, you’d best wear them at locations like the mountain or at the sea.

Coating

The type of coating you can expect for the best glacier glasses is really going to depend on the brand you go with, but it’s a good idea to keep an eye out for anti-scratch coating to extend the life of your mountaineering glasses. Anti-fog coating is another handy feature as is hydrophobic coating, which helps repel rain and dampness.

Lens Material

The most common materials used for the best glacier glasses are glass, polycarbonate, polyurethane, and plastic. Glass resists scratches really well, but isn’t quite as durable. Polycarbonate is super durable but is more vulnerable to scratches.

Polyurethane is the priciest material you can pick, but is resistant to breaking, scratches, and has a really long shelf life. Polyurethane lenses don’t typically require any coating either.

Plastic is definitely not as durable and won’t give you the best views, but this is one of the most affordable materials on the market. For the best glacier glasses though, it’s best to use a more durable material.

The Best Glacier Glasses Top 5 Reviews

Here’s what you need to know about the top 5 best glacier glasses. Check out the pros and cons of each and keep scrolling for the final winner from the top 5.

Julbo Explorer 2.0 Sunglasses

Julbo Explorer 2.0 Sunglasses on white background
Julbo Explorer 2.0 Sunglasses
A sleek pair of sunglasses that are perfect for high mountaineering
The Julbo Explorer 2.0 Sunglasses are slimmer, more ergonomic, and feature better ventilation to give you clear views and adequate protection for your eyes on bright days.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Adjustable
  • Great ventilation
  • Grip insert and Grip Tech design that is anti-slip
  • A variety of lense and frame options
Cons
  • Might be too bulky for some preferences
  • Some lens options don’t repel oil and fog

The first best glacier glasses selection on our list is by premier manufacturer Julbo. These glasses are an ideal choice for hiking at high altitudes, with an ergonomic design to shield your eyes from the wind and other damaging elements. They offer quality coverage, so your face will stay nice and cool even when the sun is beating down.

We really liked the vented components of the Julbo Explorer 2.0 Sunglasses, featuring an adjustable grip insert for the glasses bridge. These best glacier glasses also sport an integrated Grip Tech design, so your shades won’t slip off when you’re scaling the mountain.

Something that really impressed us was that you can pick between 4 different lenses and 7 styles of frames when selecting your Julbo Explorer 2.0 Sunglasses. The 360-degree adjustment options are an added bonus too. For high altitude mountaineering, the Spectron 4 with 5% rated VLTs and a polycarbonate design are your best bet.
Check Current Price

Julbo Monterosa Sunglasses

Julbo Monterosa Sunglasses on white background
Julbo Monterosa Sunglasses
A lightweight pair of sunglasses with excellent shock absorption capabilities
The Julbo Monterosa Sunglasses have high protection lenses, removable shade shields, and an ergonomic shape that give you protection, versatility, and adaptability on your adventures.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Impressive Category 4 lense protection
  • Removable side shields
  • Quality fit
  • Slots to insert a cord
Cons
  • Fit might be too tight for some
  • The side shields tend to fall off pretty easily

The Julbo Monterosa Sunglasses made it to our list of the best glacier sunglasses for their durable design and light frame. The frame of these glacier glasses is definitely smaller than our previous pick but features sufficient side shields that you can remove if you need to.

While some glacier glasses really look different than regular sunglasses, the design of the Julbo Monterosa Sunglasses looks much more like the traditional variety but with way more UV protection.

We liked the grip tech near the temples and slots where you can insert a cord to ensure the glasses don’t slip off and away during a tough hike. The fit of these glacier glasses is excellent, and they are very comfortable to wear. You can purchase these best glacier glasses with a Category 4 lens for optimal protection, but you won’t have as many color selections to pick from.
Check Current Price

Revo RE 1036 Traverse Aviator

Revo RE 1036 Traverse Aviator on white background
Revo RE 1036 Traverse Aviator
Modern sunglasses that feature a round shape and 100% UV protection
The Revo RE 1036 Traverse Aviators reduce glare on land and water while giving you a Motion-Fit frame that provides a clear field of vision and unparalleled comfort.
view at amazon
Pros
  • 100% UV protection
  • Quality coatings that ward off sweat and oils
  • Comfortable nose pads
  • Breakage resistant lenses
Cons
  • Pricier than some other selections
  • Less lens selections

The next best glacier glasses selection on our list is the mighty Revo RE 1036 Traverse Aviator, with a solid bridge that stays in place. You won’t be able to remove the bridge, which is only really an issue if you want more breathing room in warmer weather. The good news is, you can adjust and take off the side shields as needed.

One of the features that drew us to these glacier glasses is their incredibly lightweight design with a quality grip that stays.

The Blue Water model of the Revo RE 1036 Traverse Aviator sports a polarized lens with 100% protection from UV rays and multiple layers of surface and mirror coating. We also loved that these glasses are resistant to things like oil, water, sweat, and even fingerprints! They are resistant to breakage and feature a digital polarized design too.
Check Current Price

Tifosi Dolomite 2.0 Wrap Sunglasses

Tifosi Dolomite 2.0 Wrap Sunglasses on white background
Tifosi Dolomite 2.0 Wrap Sunglasses
A sleek pair of sunglasses with a high alternative bending strength
The Tifosi Dolomite 2.0 Wrap Sunglasses come with polarized lenses to reduce snow or water glare, and they offer an adjustable hydrophilic rubber ear and nose piece.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Quality frames that hold up well against wear and tear
  • Exceptional ventilation components
  • Durable to resist breaks and cracks
  • Adjustable nosepiece
  • Flexible ear pieces designed with hydrophilic rubber
Cons
  • No polarization
  • May not be an ideal choice for smaller heads

The Tifosi Dolomite glacier glasses feature impressive ventilation, with open sides at the rear of the arm and shielding near the frame for extra breathing room. We also liked the dual slots these best glacier glasses feature, so your lenses won’t fog up.

Designed from decentered polycarbonate, the Tifosi Dolomite 2.0 Wrap Sunglasses are pretty resistant to breaks and cracks and ensure you see the road ahead of you clearly without any warping.

While these glacier glasses aren’t polarized for extra glare protection, they do shield you 100% from damaging UV sunlight. We like that you can adjust the nosepiece on these glacier glasses as you prefer to fit the size and shape of your face. The ear pieces are also manufactured with hydrophilic rubber for extra flexibility.
Check Current Price

Julbo Eyewear Unisex Sherpa Spectron 3

Julbo Eyewear Unisex Sherpa Spectron 3 on white background
Julbo Eyewear Unisex Sherpa Spectron 3
An excellent glacial mountaineering pair of sunglasses with a polycarbonate frame
The Julbo Eyewear Unisex Sherpa Spectron 3 sunglasses feature durable Grilamid nylon frames and polycarbonate lenses to protect your eyes from intense bluebird days.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Super affordable
  • Category 3 lens rating
  • Removable shields
  • Integrated leather
  • Wraparound arms to secure the glasses to your ear lobes
Cons
  • Not as durable as some other products available
  • No category 4 lens option

The final pick for the best glacier glasses is another exceptional product by Julbo, with a unisex design that works well for both men and women with average head sizes. We liked the moderate lens depth of these best glacier glasses with a 19 mm bridge, 110 mm temple length, and Category 3 rating.

You won’t have to worry about these glacier glasses slipping off on rough trails, because the arms wrap around the lobes for a perfect fit.

We love that you can remove the shields on the Julbo Eyewear Unisex Sherpa Spectron 3 glasses if you see fit, which are made from durable, high quality leather. The frame is very light but manufactured with excellent composite components to ensure these glasses serve you well for many adventures to come.

These best glacier glasses are also much more wallet friendly than some of the other picks on our list. If you are looking for an affordable, high quality option, to offer the UV protection you need without breaking the bank, this could be for you.
Check Current Price

The Final Winner

In truth, we were really impressed by all the best glacier glasses on our list in terms of durability, UV protection, category levels, user-friendly design, and cool, bonus features. Still, the final winner from the bunch in our book is the Julbo Explorer 2.0 Sunglasses.

We absolutely loved the ergonomic design and quality face coverage it affords to protect your face from the wind and sun. We also really liked the integrated Grip Tech design to keep the shades from slipping off your nose. We thought it was fantastic that you can pick from 4 different lenses and 7 frame styles to suit your preference, with the powerful Spectron 4, 5% rated VLT being our favorite.

Plus, the extremely durable polycarbonate design is great. For fantastic lens ratings, plenty of model options, quality materials, and a functional design, it doesn’t get much better than the Julbo Explorer 2.0 Sunglasses.

When you’re hiking in frigid conditions, besides selecting your gear and layering up your clothing to stay warm, you’re always going to require a quality pair of cold weather socks. Socks are typically the item that hikers focus least on, but when you consider the fact that heat escapes directly through your feet, it’s essential to find the best cold weather socks that will help you stay warm and dry.

For a detailed guide to selecting the best cold weather socks plus the top 5 cold weather socks of the year, keep scrolling.

The top 5 cold weather socks we recommend for 2021:

How to Pick the Best Cold Weather Socks

Here’s exactly what you need to look for when selecting the best cold weather socks.

Comfort is Key

The first thing to be aware of when selecting the best cold weather socks to meet your hiking needs is the comfort factor. Your cold weather hiking socks should have moisture wicking components to reduce excess sweat and keep your feet warm and dry.

Without the proper wicking components, your feet will not only feel gross and sweaty, but you could catch a chill from the dampness. The best cold weather socks maintain the temperature in your feet (and therefore the rest of your body), by ensuring that your feet aren’t too hot or cold.

Besides moisture-wicking technology, the best cold weather socks need to be highly breathable. You don’t want your feet to be overheated and uncomfortable either.

Pay Attention to the Material

The material of the best cold weather socks is another key component to bear in mind when selecting a pair for your hikes. Most socks are designed from synthetic fibers such as elastane and nylon, a blend of both synthetic and natural fibers, or 100% natural fabric. Synthetic fabrics don’t absorb much moisture, which means they dry very quickly when compared to materials like merino wool or cotton.

That said, synthetic fibers don’t tend to fight bacteria as well as other materials do, so you might have more odors to contend with when going on lengthy, chilly hikes. Merino wool socks are always manufactured with a blend of another material, such as nylon.

Socks with 100% merino wool are not sturdy enough to hold up against the wear and tear of your hiking shoes, so a blend solves that conundrum.

Socks designed primarily with merino wool are not only highly breathable but do an excellent job of moisture wicking to keep sweat and nasty odors at bay. Merino wool is also a great option because it helps your feet stay warm even if they become damp, which is not true of other sock fibers.

As a rule of thumb, you should not wear cotton socks for hiking (and certainly not for cold weather!), because they do not wick moisture well at all, which often leads to a loss of heat in the feet and unpleasant blisters. Because cotton socks absorb moisture so easily, they should not be part of your hiking wardrobe.

Features to Look For

These are the features you need to look for when selecting the best warm socks.

Height

The height of your socks is an important factor to take into account when searching for the best cold weather hiking socks. The main types of sock heights are no-show, ankle, crew, and knee-high.

No-show socks are not a good pick for cold weather, because they are designed primarily for low-cut shoes and offer minimal protection from footwear rubbing and chafing. Since no-show socks are compatible with light hiking shoes and trail running footwear, they are not a viable choice for the best cold weather socks.

Ankle socks are another option. These could work if you plan on layering them with another pair of socks for cold weather use or don’t mind a little rubbing from your boots. Ankle socks will typically shield your ankle bone to offer a little additional protection and are a good choice for low to mid-cut footwear. For really cold conditions though, you should stick with a crew or knee-high length.

Crew socks are the traditional sock height, stretching over your ankle bones and resting a few inches above for extra protection and warmth. If you’re going to be wearing higher-cut boots for your cold weather hiking, these could be an excellent option for you.

Knee-high socks are mainly designed for mountaineering, so they’ll keep you super warm if you’re hiking in very cold weather, at night, or traversing glaciers. For bulkier hiking footwear, knee-high socks are a quality pick.

Cushioning

It is essential to make sure that the best cold weather socks you select have the proper cushioning to keep your feet nice and warm despite frigid outdoor temperatures. You’ll want to stick with medium or heavy cushioned socks for cold weather hiking. Medium cushioning offers excellent padding in the ball and heel regions of the foot and is ideal for weather ranging from moderate to cold.

Heavy cushioned socks are the warmest and most padded options you can pick from. Designed for lengthy hikes, rough terrain, and very cold weather, they will serve you well on extensive mountaineering and other outdoor excursions.

Compression Design

While not all of the best cold weather socks for hiking have this feature, a compression design to support your arch and heel will ensure a quality fit that won’t slip around on a tough hike. Compression components also result in less bulky sock fabrics to create a lighter, thinner sock that will keep your feet warm and comfortable.

Panels for Breathability

Breathability panels are another bonus feature to keep an eye out for when hunting for the best cold weather socks to meet your hiking needs. The panels are typically situated in the arch area, which is where the most sweat gathers. If you are going to be hiking in cold weather, it is essential to have socks that will absorb sweat and wick dampness away from your foot so you don't catch a chill.

Seams

Pay attention to the seams when selecting the best cold weather socks. The majority of hiking socks are seamless, featuring a design that won’t rub or bunch up with extended wear.

The Fit

Always consider the fit before purchasing the best cold weather socks. Check the manufacturer’s sizing chart to ensure you select the product that is best for your foot size and needs.

The heel of the sock should be positioned correctly on your foot. There shouldn’t be excess material sitting at your toes that would rub and cause blisters. The socks should also be long enough that you won’t be pulling them up all the time while out on the trail.

The Best Cold Weather Socks Review

Check out our review of the top 5 best cold weather socks to keep your feet warm and dry.

Smartwool PhD Outdoor Medium Crew

Smartwool PhD Outdoor Medium Crew on white background
Smartwool PhD Outdoor Medium Crew
A pair of socks that offer a blend of durability and comfort
The Smartwool Ph.D. Outdoor Medium Crew Socks have a versatile wool design with Indestructawool technology that allows them to survive wear in the harshest environments.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Super comfortable
  • Great fiber blend
  • Good for all types of seasons
  • Wicks moisture and breaths well
  • Mesh ventilation components
Cons
  • A little pricier than some other products
  • Seams may not be as durable as some

The first best cold weather socks pick on our list is designed from a durable blend of 67% merino wool, 31% nylon, and 2% elastane for stretch and bonus warmth. These socks are insanely comfortable and are a fantastic choice for very cold weather hikes.

Because the socks feature built-in temperature regulating components, you can wear them in a variety of seasons. You won’t have to restrict yourself to wearing these during winter only and can rest easy that you’ll get plenty of use out of these socks. We love the merino and synthetic blend these socks are designed with, which makes them highly breathable with excellent moisture wicking and odor fighting components.

We also like that these socks sport mesh ventilation to keep your feet warm and dry, with an integrated 4 Degree Elite Fit System for stretch and long wear use. High impact regions of the socks are enhanced with ReliaWool for additional durability as well.
Check Current Price

SealSkinz Trekking Thick Mid Sock

SealSkinz Trekking Thick Mid Sock on white background
SealSkinz Trekking Thick Mid Sock
A 100% windproof and waterproof sock that is breathable
The SealSkinz Trekking Thick Mid Sock offers temperature regulation and insulation to keep your feet dry and warm, and they have a waterproof layer for wet environments.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Waterproof
  • 3 layer system
  • Antibacterial components
  • Highly breathable
  • Great for cold, wet hikes
Cons
  • Not as stretchy as some other socks
  • Might take a few wears to break in

The SealSkinz best cold weather socks are designed from a super warm blend of 41% merino wool, 41% acrylic, 14% polyester, 2% nylon, and 2% elastane on the inner layer, with 90% nylon and 10% elastane on the outer layer. That’s right, these socks are multi-layer for extra warmth. On top of the outer and inner layer, there is a third hydrophilic membrane layer for added flexibility and protection from the elements.

These best cold weather socks are waterproof, which is a huge plus if your boots spring a leak and you are trekking in snow or other cold, damp conditions. We love the antimicrobial components of these socks that keep bacteria which lead to odors well at bay.

With elastic ankles to ensure the proper fit, these socks stand in a class of their own in terms of functionality and durability.
Check Current Price

Falke Trekking TK2

Falke Trekking TK2 on white background
Falke Trekking TK2
A Merino wool mix sock with medium cushioning capabilities
The Falke Trekking TK2 are great hiking socks because they feature thermal insulation, rapid moisture-wicking capabilities, an optimized shape, and a no-slip or roll top.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Elastic ankles
  • Footbed and toe cushioning
  • Durable design
  • Dries fast
  • Wicks moisture well
Cons
  • No merino wool components
  • A little thinner than some other socks available

The Falke TK2 best cold weather socks are designed from durable 40% polypropylene, 28% polyacrylic, 22% wool, 9% polyamide, and 1% elastane. We liked the fast-drying materials of these socks, even though they are a little thinner than our previous 2 picks. If you wear these with the right hiking footwear in cold weather conditions, you’ll stay warm and dry despite the slightly thinner material.

We liked the synthetic design of these best cold weather socks because they wick moisture like a dream. Plus, the socks feature cushioning in the footbed and toe areas, which will ensure that you are extra comfy when hiking long cold trails. We also really liked the elastic ankles as a bonus touch for a flexible fit.
Check Current Price

Teko M3rino XC Midweight Hiking

Teko M3rino XC Midweight Hiking on white background
Teko M3rino XC Midweight Hiking
A thicker wool sock with a reinforced heel and toe design
Teko's M3rino XC Midweight Hiking Sock has an anti-welt double cuff, interwoven Lycra, and air vents that allow your feet to breathe when you're out on the trail.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Reinforced footbed
  • Highly durable blend
  • 100% organic and chlorine-free merino wool components
  • Seamless toe
  • Ribbed design
Cons
  • No dual layer components
  • No extra cushioning

The Teko M3rino XC Midweight Hiking sock features a quality blend of 74% merino wool, 25% nylon, and 1% elastane, which means these socks are highly durable and will serve you well for many hikes ahead. Because the socks are designed primarily from merino wool and the synthetic components are on the lower end of the scale, these socks do a fantastic job of maintaining body temperature and wicking excess moisture.

We also really liked that merino wool is completely free of chlorine and is 100% organic. We loved the ribbed design of these best cold weather socks with a seamless toe that ensures the perfect fit. We were happy to see the integrated reinforced footbed for extra comfort and longevity.
Check Current Price

Icebreaker Hike Heavy Crew

Icebreaker Hike Heavy Crew on white background
Icebreaker Hike Heavy Crew
Socks that come with heavy cushioning for rough terrain hiking
The Icebreaker Hike Heavy Crew Socks have an anatomical sculpted design with instep and Achilles support and double cushioning to keep your feet comfortable.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Very breathable
  • Good moisture wicking features
  • Quality temperature regulation
  • Stretch panels
  • Excellent fit
Cons
  • More expensive than some
  • Might be too fitted for some preferences

The final best cold weather socks pick on our list is this delightful pair by Icebreaker. Featuring 69% merino wool, 27% nylon, and 3% lycra, we love how comfortable and durable these socks are. We liked how breathable these socks are too, with fantastic moisture wicking components to ward off sweat and unwanted odors.

We were also pleased with how well these best cold weather socks maintain your foot temperature, so your feet won’t feel too hot or too cold. These cold weather socks sport stretch panels in the ankle region with a fit that contours to the shape of your foot. These are a great option to control odors and sweat while being comfortable and stretchy enough for lengthy outdoor excursions in frigid temperatures.
Check Current Price

Conclusion

While we loved each of the best cold weather socks on our list for durability, design, and optimal comfort, our top pick was definitely the SealSkinz Trekking Mid Thick Sock. We were very impressed by the 3-layer system these socks feature, offering incredible flexibility, comfort, and warmth.

The waterproof design was also a huge plus for us, especially because you can easily run into damp and snowy conditions when hiking in cold weather.

The antimicrobial elements and elastic ankles sealed the deal for us because you’ll not only keep odors at bay but enjoy a fantastic fit as well. For longevity of use, bonus warmth, incredible comfort, and exceptional waterproof elements, the SealSkinz Trekking Mid Thick Socks are the best cold weather socks for outdoor enthusiasts.

When you’re hiking in cool weather or varying climates, having a quality base layer you can rely on is a must. Your base layer will have a huge effect on your overall performance, warmth, and comfort, so it’s essential to make the right choice to shield your skin and balance your body temperature.

Merino wool is one of the premier base layer materials on the market, due to its high breathability, lightweight fit, and moisture wicking components. Keep reading to discover what you need to look for when selecting the best merino wool base layer, plus the top 5 choices you’ll want to consider incorporating into your hiking apparel.

The top 5 merino wool base layer we recommend for 2021:

Why Choose Merino Wool?

There are plenty of reasons that merino wool has become the go-to pick for many hikers as a reliable base layer, as opposed to other traditional options such as polyester or nylon. Merino wool is incredibly lightweight on the skin and is definitely a far cry from the scratchy wool sweaters you might have worn as a kid.

The best merino wool base layer is not only exceptionally breathable but wicks moisture like a dream, so you don’t have to worry about nasty sweat and odors distracting you from your hike. Another great feature that the best merino wool base layer has going for it is its innate antimicrobial properties.

The moisture-wicking design of merino wool not only keeps you nice and dry but prevents bacteria from gathering as the result of dirt and dampness. Merino wool is also insanely comfortable and feels super soft. What’s more, the best merino wool base layer offers quality UV protection, so if you have skin prone to sunburn, you’ll love this material even more.

Of course, there are a few features to be aware of if you are hunting for the best merino wool base layer. Because merino wool is designed from natural rather than synthetic fibers, the material does take longer to dry than a choice like nylon would.

While merino wool is definitely durable, it might not last quite as long as nylon would for strenuous hikes. Merino wool also tends to come at a higher price point than synthetic materials.

That said, you get what you pay for. The breathability, moisture wicking, antimicrobial, UV resistant, and comfortable components of the best merino wool base layer could make all the difference for you when you’re out on the trail.

What Should You Look for When Selecting the Best Merino Wool Base Layer?

Let’s take a closer look at the key features you need to look for when selecting the best merino wool base layer.

Seams

The first feature to pay attention to when hunting for the best merino wool base layer is the seaming of the product. Your base layer seams shouldn’t be uncomfortable where they would lead to chafing or rubbing, thereby irritating the skin. Many companies opt instead to design their base layers with flatlock seams for optimal wearer comfort.

If you’re going to be wearing a fitted base layer like merino wool, flatlock seams are definitely a component to keep an eye out for.

Anti-Odor

Another key feature to be aware of before purchasing the best merino wool base layer is whether it includes an anti-odor component. When it comes to warding off the unwanted odors that gather after a long, hot hike out on the trail, there is nothing that can compare with the wicking capabilities of merino wool.

The reason for this is that merino wool contains wool wax or lanolin, which fights bacteria and stops resulting odors in their tracks.

While synthetic materials like nylon might sometimes be treated with antimicrobial solutions by the manufacturer, the treatments usually wash out quickly and render the bacteria-fighting components ineffective. So, if you want a base layer that fights odors and keeps you smelling fresh, merino wool is most definitely the way to go.

Durability

Naturally, durability is another key factor to bear in mind when hunting for the best merino wool base layer. As we mentioned previously, despite its many premium features, merino wool is not always as durable as some of the synthetic options available.

With that said, many manufacturers have found a way to combine the extra durability of synthetic material with the quality of wool, producing base layers with a blend of both materials.

As a result, the base layer is still incredibly lightweight and breathable, while offering greater longevity of use that holds up against wear and tear. If you don’t mind replacing your merino wool base layer every few seasons or so, this might not be as significant an issue. Otherwise, keep an eye out for merino and synthetic blend base layers so you can enjoy the best of both worlds.

The Fit

You should definitely factor the fit of any base layer you consider into the picture before selecting the best one for your needs. Ultimately, fit can have the greatest impact on your performance out on the trail, potentially more so than simply wearing a lightweight material.

While you should take all of the factors previously discussed into account when picking the best merino wool base layer, never sacrifice the fit. You should select a merino wool base layer with a snugger fit if you’re going to be hiking in very cold weather. On the other hand, a traditional or loose fit is perfect for warm weather, provided it offers sufficient ventilation.

The Top 5 Best Merino Wool Base Layers Review

Check out the top 5 best merino wool base layers to see which one you like best! Keep reading for our detailed review of each, plus the final verdict revealing which base layer we declared the clear winner.

Icebreaker Merino Men's Oasis Long Sleeve Crewe Top

Icebreaker Merino Men’s Oasis Long Sleeve Crewe Top on white background
Icebreaker Merino Men’s Oasis Long Sleeve Crewe Top
A 100% merino wool top that forms a solid base for your clothing layers
The Icebreaker Merino Men’s Oasis Long Sleeve Crewe Top is a fitted shirt that wicks moisture away, and it'll regulate your temperature while keeping odors away.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Super comfortable
  • Nice slim fit
  • Great for layering without feeling bulked down
  • Wicks moisture and fights odors
Cons
  • The arms can run a bit short
  • Certain sizes might run a bit large

The first best merino wool base layer on our list is this fantastic choice by Icebreaker, featuring a 100% merino wool design with 200 density. We would say that you could definitely wear this base layer in any season, save for super hot days out on the trail.

We love the fact that the Icebreaker Oasis Long Sleeve Crewe Top is made from pure merino wool instead of a blend, which means that it is incredibly comfortable and light on the skin.

The shirt has impressive odor and moisture fighting capabilities, with an easy slim fit that makes this top the ideal choice for base layering without feeling weighed down. Despite the very slim fit, this best merino wool base layer still has a fantastic stretch with offset shoulder seams to help you avoid chafing.
Check Current Price

SmartWool Men's NTS Mid 250 Crew

SmartWool Men’s NTS Mid 250 Crew on white background
SmartWool Men’s NTS Mid 250 Crew
A shirt that offers moisture management and odor control
The SmartWool Men’s NTS Mid 250 Crew has 100% Merino wool that gives breathable warmth while staying dry and odor-free when you hike or ski.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Incredibly insulating
  • 250 density fibers
  • Great for very cold weather hikes
  • Flatlock seams
  • Tight fit
Cons
  • Could stretch with frequent wearing
  • A little pricier than some other option

Our next pick for the best merino wool base layer features 250 density, making the fabric a thicker choice for colder climates and slightly bulkier layering. If you’re going to be hiking on the grid or off in very chilly, winter climates, you’ll love the SmartWool Men’s NTS Mid 250 Crew. We like the insulating qualities of this base layer, plus the pure 100% merino wool material is of the utmost quality.

One thing we would note is that due to the density of the fibers in this shirt, it will take much longer to dry if it becomes wet. The base layer has less moisture wicking capabilities than our previous pick because of the denser fibers, so this is something to be aware of if you’re going to be hiking in damp weather conditions.

However, the tight fit of this base layer is unparalleled, with comfortable flatlock seams and panels in the shoulders for enhanced comfort. For very cold weather, the high insulating qualities of the SmartWool Men’s NTS Mid 250 Crew might be just what you’re looking for.
Check Current Price

Ibex Merino Wool Men's Woolies 2 Crew Shirt

Ibex Merino Wool Men’s Woolies 2 Crew Shirt on white background
Ibex Merino Wool Men’s Woolies 2 Crew Shirt
A comfortable and stretchy shirt that molds to your body
Ibex's Merino Wool Men’s Woolies 2 Crew Shirt uses a superfine wool yard that won't stretch out with hard use, and it sits close to your body for an excellent base layer.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Very soft due to fiber diameter
  • Does a good job of wicking moisture
  • Keeps you warm and dry
  • A good stretch to the material
  • Semi-tight fit
Cons
  • Fabric could be a bit scratchy for some
  • May not be ideal if you want a super tight fit

The Ibex Woolies 2 Crew made it to our list of the best merino wool base layers for its lightweight, 230 fiber density manufactured from 100% pure merino wool. Because the diameter of the fibers in this base layer is a mere 18.5 microns, the shirt is super soft on the skin.

We were very happy to discover how well this best merino wool base layer wicks moisture, keeping you nice and dry while fighting the onset of bacteria that cause odors.

We were impressed again by this base layer’s flatlock seam design with a semi-tight fit to give you some bonus warmth in chilly conditions. Another big plus for us is the somewhat stretchy material of the Ibex Merino Wool Men’s Woolies 2 Crew Shirt because it gives you fantastic mobility in all types of hiking conditions. You can select the shirt in 3 neutral shades.
Check Current Price

WoolX Explorer LS- Merino Wool Midweight Baselayer Top

WoolX Explorer LS- Merino Wool Midweight Baselayer Top on white background
WoolX Explorer LS- Merino Wool Midweight Baselayer Top
An ultra-soft base layer that is built to perform
The WoolX Explorer LS- Merino Wool Midweight Baselayer Top offers midweight warmth with moisture-wicking and antimicrobial properties that make it excellent for biking or outdoor adventures.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Ultra soft 17.5-micron fibers
  • Very simple and durable design
  • Quality flatlock seams that won’t cause rubbing or chafing
  • Good as both a standalone and layering piece
  • Cuffs stay in place even with strenuous activity
Cons
  • You might need to hand wash as the base layer is more delicate
  • Tends to run long

The next best merino wool base layer on our list is also by WoolX, again featuring 230 fiber density. Compared to our previous pick, this best merino wool base layer is even softer to the touch with tiny, 17.5-micron fibers of impressive quality and durability. If you want a simple base layer that will feel extra comfortable and light on the skin, this pick could be the shirt you’ve been looking for.

We were happy to see the flatlock seams and articulated sleeve design on this base layer top, with cuffs made to stay in place rather than ride up if you’re climbing a steep trail or up a mountain.

When the weather is warmer, you can definitely wear this base layer on its own to stay cool and dry. Or, when the weather is very cold, you’ll have no problem layering this piece beneath other insulating clothing to stay nice and warm.
Check Current Price

Minus33 Merino Wool 705 Chocorua Men's Midweight Crew

Minus33 Merino Wool 705 Chocorua Men’s Midweight Crew on white background
Minus33 Merino Wool 705 Chocorua Men’s Midweight Crew
A comfortable and durable 100% wool long-sleeved shirt
The Minus33 Merino Wool 705 Chocorua Men’s Midweight Crew uses a renewable fabric that is extremely soft and suitable for three-season wear in the outdoors.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Drop tail hem
  • 230 density fibers
  • Superfine 18.5-micron fibers
  • Regular fit with excellent stretch
Cons
  • Stitching can come loose
  • Can get holes if washed in the washer

The final pick for the best merino wool base layer is designed from ultra-fine Merino wool featuring 18.5-micron fibers. The material is super lightweight, highly breathable, and feels wonderful to the touch.

We liked the 230 density material that makes this base layer an ideal choice for spring, fall, and winter hikers alike. You’ll also enjoy plenty of mobility with this selection, as it features a regular fit with great give.

One cool feature we noticed is the tagless design, which will save you the trouble of scratching incessantly at annoying clothing tags irritating your skin. We were happy to see flatlock seams in this shirt’s design as well, so you also won’t need to worry about chafing or rubbing. Another nice touch is that this best merino wool base layer includes a drop tail hem so the shirt won’t ride up on a tough trail.
Check Current Price

Our Verdict

So, who made it to the top of our list? The decision was close, but in the end, we chose the WoolX Explorer LS- Merino Wool Midweight Baselayer Top. There were so many aspects that we liked about this best merino wool base layer, from its ultra-soft 17.5-micron fibers to its quality 230 density to its lightweight design.

We loved the fact that you can wear this piece as a standalone or layering shirt, plus the flatlock seams and articulated sleeves were just what we look for in a merino wool base layer. With cuffs that don’t ride up even when you’re scaling the loftiest mountain, the WoolX Explorer LS is the perfect choice for any hiking aficionado.

It’s tough when you’re on an invigorating hike, savoring the sights and smells of the great outdoors when suddenly your knee starts barking.

You try to sit down and take a rest, but the pangs keep shooting up your legs until the discomfort becomes so distracting, you’re either forced to head back early or slow down your speed.

It’s a frustrating predicament for any hiker. No one wants to be held back by a balky knee.

Keep reading for the key factors you need to consider when selecting the best knee brace for hiking, plus the top 5 options available to provide the stability you’ll require out on the trail.

The top 5 knee brace for hiking we recommend for 2021:

What to Consider Before Buying the Best Knee Brace for Hiking

The best knee brace for hiking is going to provide you support in the great outdoors while protecting your knees from injury or strain. If you already have knee issues, either from a previous injury, a pulled muscle, or otherwise, it is critical to select a knee brace that provides the support you require while being comfortable and highly durable.

Check out the key components you need to consider before buying the best knee support for hiking.

The Style

The first feature to consider if you are in the market for the best knee brace for hiking is the style of the product. Knee braces are sold in a variety of designs and styles, so it comes down partly to a matter of personal preference and partly to user functionality.

Slip-on knee braces are a frequent choice for hikers, as they offer excellent stability for your knees along with plenty of traction, so they don’t slide down during a tough hike.

Another kind of knee brace for hiking is a wraparound knee brace. Wraparound knee braces do just what their name indicates—you wrap them around your knee and can adjust them as needed with the integrated strap design.

The main element to bear in mind with a wraparound knee brace is that it may not offer the same support as the slip-on variety when you’re on the trail. Wraparound knee braces could come undone fairly easily during a strenuous hike, and you certainly don't want to have to keep bending over to adjust the straps.

Consider the intensity and frequency of your hikes. If you typically engage in light to moderate hikes and just want some extra support for your knees, the wraparound type might do just fine. For hikers who go on long, strenuous hikes, your best bet is going to be a slip-on knee brace.

Fit

The fit is an essential component to consider if you are on the hunt for the best knee brace for hiking. There is nothing worse than purchasing a knee brace only to find that it doesn’t fit your leg properly, rendering it essentially useless for your hiking adventures.

It is important to realize that the majority of knee brace manufacturers use different size guides, so being a certain size for one brand doesn’t necessarily mean that you will fit the same size hiking brace by another brand.

Carefully look over the sizing charts of the best knee brace for hiking products before making your selection. If you don’t take the time to do so and end up with a knee brace that doesn’t fit your knee quite right, this will not only result in further discomfort, but it could potentially lead to additional health concerns.

For instance, if your knee brace is too loose for your legs, it could drag down your ligaments and lead to further knee problems. Likewise, if you select a knee support for hiking that is a bit too small, you could constrict blood flow.

In short, take your time when selecting the best knee brace for hiking and pick the fit that is right for your needs.

Is It Adjustable?

As a hiker, it’s likely that you will be dealing with a variety of terrain when on your outdoor adventures. So, another key element you should look for when purchasing the best knee brace for hiking is adjustable straps. With adjustable straps, you can alter the fit as needed to make it tighter or looser as you require.

You shouldn’t have trouble pulling your knee brace on and off, so adjustable straps will make the process just that much easier. Plus, a knee brace featuring adjustable straps can actually aid in properly positioning your joints against your patella or kneecap, which reduces the overall strain on your knees.

Is It Comfortable?

Your knee brace isn’t going to be of much use to you if you’re wincing in discomfort whenever you put it on. As such, another feature to bear in mind when hunting for the best knee brace for hiking is the comfort and functionality of the product.

Hiking can cause definite strain to weakened knees, which is why you need a brace to help reduce the shock impact on your joints.

The best knee brace for hiking should not only protect your knee from a strain, but should be comfortable to wear and not slip when you’re walking on steep or rough terrain. Again, this is where adjustable straps can come in incredibly handy.

Your knee brace should also contain moisture wicking elements for sweat absorption, so your skin doesn’t feel all wet and clammy after a hot hike. Another element that contributes to the comfort of a knee brace is a waterproof design. In the event you run into damp conditions when out on the trail, you want to make sure that your knee brace won’t get wet and chill you to the bone.

Is It High Quality?

When you purchase the best knee brace for hiking, you are not only making an investment for your hiking gear but for your overall health as well. The best knee brace for hiking is going to help reduce the impact of your hikes on your knees, aid in aligning your joints, and support you when out on the road.

As such, the knee brace you pick needs to be high quality and designed from materials that will really stand the test of time.

Nylon or neoprene materials are highly durable, while still being pretty lightweight and breathable. It is essential to pick a knee brace that offers the support and stability you need without being so heavy that you feel overly weighed down.

The Best Knee Brace for Hiking Ultimate Review

Here are the top 5 best knee brace for hiking products you’ll want to consider for your gear arsenal. Keep reading to see which one you like best (and find out which one we chose as the final winner of the group!).

EXOUS Knee Brace Support Protector

EXOUS Knee Brace Support Protector on white background
EXOUS Knee Brace Support Protector
A knee brace with support that hugs the knee from multiple angles
The EXOUS Knee Brace Support Protector stays in place, offers medial and lateral support, is easy to adjust, and will help you stay active.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Velcro attachments that offer great stability
  • 4-way compression with comfortable lycra lining
  • Adjustable straps
  • MCL and LCL support
Cons
  • Might not be fitted enough for some preferences
  • Velcro may wear out with frequent or extended use

The first best knee brace for hiking on our list is the Exous Knee Brace Support Protector, featuring an anti-slip design that offers exceptional traction and comfort.

We really liked the built-in 4-way compression incorporated into the design of this knee brace, along with a comfortable lycra lining that won’t irritate your skin. Another huge plus for us was the Velcro attachments for added stability when on the trail.

The knee brace also sports the all-important adjustable straps in a crossover design to ensure your joints and patella are in alignment when you’re on a tough hike. There is a half inch gap in the back of the brace, which we feel is a valuable feature so you can bend your knee when climbing without feeling constricted.

Another reason we really loved the Exous Knee Brace was for its dual stabilizers that offer support for your MCL and LCL ligaments. If you have sensitive knees from a previous injury, this knee brace could be just what you’re looking for. Additionally, this knee brace is light and thin enough that you can wear it beneath your pants and long shorts without issue.
Check Current Price

IPOW 2 Pack Thickened Pad & Wide Patella Knee Strap

IPOW 2 Pack Thickened Pad & Wide Patella Knee Strap on white background
IPOW 2 Pack Thickened Pad & Wide Patella Knee Strap
A sturdy brace that offers pain relief with even compression
IPOW's Two-Pack Thickened Pad and Wide Patella Knee Strap provide shock-absorbing pain relief with a segmented fix design that is easily adjustable and curves to your knee.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Fantastic compression strap to support kneecap
  • Great option for individuals with pre-existing knee conditions
  • Anti-slip design
  • Ergonomic features that mold the strap to the shape of your knee
Cons
  • Could be a bit bulky for some
  • Might cause irritation to the back of the leg

The next best knee brace for hiking pick on our list features a durable compression strap so your knees bear less of the brunt of shock impact when you’re out on the trail. We also liked the fact that this compression strap is aptly positioned to keep your patella or kneecap in place and stabilize the general region.

If you suffer from conditions such as runner’s knee or chondromalacia, this feature is really going to come in handy.

We were very impressed to note that the IPOW Knee Strap sports an ergonomic design that molds to the shape of your kneecap, promoting muscle growth and also ensuring it won’t slip off.

The anti-slip material this knee strap is manufactured from also ensures that the product won’t come undone easily if you’re climbing steep terrain. You can adjust the strap as you see fit either to loosen it or draw it tighter.
Check Current Price

SB SOX Compression Knee Brace

SB SOX Compression Knee Brace on white background
SB SOX Compression Knee Brace
A knee brace with multiple sizes and color combinations
SB SOX Compression Knee Braces feature a non-slip top with breathable and lightweight fabric that wicks moisture away from your skin for all-day wear.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Very light to wear
  • Breathes well
  • Excellent moisture wicking technology
  • Stretchy, fitted material to promote comfort and proper blood flow
  • Good for both light and strenuous hiking activities
Cons
  • The fitted design might feel too tight for some preferences
  • Not an open knee brace design

The SB Sox Compression Knee Brace is lightweight and breathes like a dream, manufactured with a moisture-wicking design to ward off sweat and unwanted odors after a long day of hiking. The knee brace definitely offers support for conditions like arthritis, but it is also a great selection if you have generally weak knees and are looking for an option to provide additional stability.

One of the first things we noticed about this best knee brace for hiking is that it features a silicone grip, which not only ensures a fantastic fit but is highly wearable. The silicone design is very comfortable while remaining fitted enough that you won’t have to worry about it slipping off. The knee brace also sports compression properties to promote proper blood and oxygen flow.

We love that the material is designed specifically to ward off odors, making it an excellent pick for frequent hikers who embark on lengthy outdoor excursions. The stretchy fit of this knee brace also ensures that you’ll have plenty of freedom of movement for walking and climbing both easy and tough terrain.
Check Current Price

TechWare Pro Knee Brace Support

TechWare Pro Knee Brace Support on white background
TechWare Pro Knee Brace Support
A brace that uses dual stabilizers with gel pads
TechWare Pro's Knee Brace Support has open patella dual stabilizers with a non-slip grip that helps relieve pain and discomfort associated with knee injuries.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Moisture-wicking design
  • An extra level of compression
  • Multiple Velcro straps
  • Quality neoprene material
  • 4 spring stabilizers
Cons
  • It could be a bit stiff for some
  • May not be long enough for all knee types

The TechWare Pro Knee Brace Support is light and comfortable, with user-friendly straps and stitching for easy access, comfort, and functionality. One feature that really sets this best knee brace for hiking apart is that it offers heightened compression.

So, you’ll have even more stability when hiking without having to worry about decreased blood and oxygen circulation. If you have a history of knee problems, the additional compression technology could be a lifesaver.

We liked the durable neoprene material this best knee brace for hiking is manufactured from, sporting anti-slip technology and multiple Velcro straps.

Another great thing about neoprene material is its moisture wicking capabilities, so no need to worry about sweaty kneecaps or your brace slipping off after a strenuous excursion. The knee brace also features 4 different spring stabilizers, giving an added boost of support to your joints and ligaments.
Check Current Price

Abco Tech Patella Knee Strap for Knee Pain Relief

Abco Tech Patella Knee Strap for Knee Pain Relief on white background
Abco Tech Patella Knee Strap for Knee Pain Relief
The adjustable knee strap that provides constant pressure and support
Abco Tech Patella Knee Strap for Knee Pain Relief will correct misalignment, reduce pain, and apply constant pressure to your patellar tendon to help you walk better.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Very affordable
  • Quality material
  • Wider knee coverage
  • Moisture wicking
  • Multiple adjustable straps
Cons
  • Doesn’t ward off odor as well as some other products
  • Velcro tends to wear out quickly

The final best knee brace for hiking selection on our list is the Abco Tech Patella Knee Strap, which offers exceptional knee coverage and support with its wide, durable design. If you’re tired of discomfort in 1 or both of your kneecaps, this knee brace could be a strong contender for your shortlist.

Manufactured from a quality blend of nylon and neoprene, this best knee brace for hiking stretches well and is light to wear.

It features moisture wicking capabilities to absorb sweat and has sufficient traction, so you won’t have to worry about pulling it up all the time. We will note that the knee strap can gather odors, so if you wear it a lot on long hikes you’ll definitely need to do a thorough clean following each excursion. That said, we loved that this best knee brace for hiking sports 2 adjustment straps that you can position against your kneecap for optimal support.
Check Current Price

The Final Winner

While each of the best knee brace for hiking selections on our list are quality options to consider, for us, the final winner is unequivocally the SB SOX Compression Knee Brace. We just loved the supportive, compression design that promotes proper oxygen and blood flow, plus the moisture wicking and silicone grip components for fantastic comfort and fit.

We also really liked that the SB SOX Compression Knee Brace wards off odors well and is stretchy enough to provide you with excellent mobility out on the trail. What more could you want from the best knee brace for hiking?

If you’re going to be hiking in the great outdoors in balmy, sunny weather, the last thing you want is for your feet to get clammy and sweaty in standard hiking boots. For outdoor enthusiasts everywhere, there is an alternative to consider that will solve the problem.

Whether you’re just now hearing of Chacos or are considering purchasing a pair but haven’t yet made the leap, this guide is for you. For our comprehensive Chacos buying guide and review of the top 5 best Chacos for hiking, scroll on ahead!

The top 5 chacos for hiking we recommend for 2021:

What Are Chacos?

If you’re not sure what Chacos are, we’re sure you aren’t alone.

Invented during the 1980s, Chacos have become the hiking sandals of choice for outdoor explorers all over the world. The Chaco brand has a wide range of hiking sandals, with and without toe loops, with varying straps, soles, footbeds—the list goes on.

Best Chacos for Hiking Buying Guide

Here’s how to pick the best Chacos for hiking for you.

Toe Loop vs. No Toe Loop

The first thing to consider when selecting the best Chaco sandals for hiking is whether you want a design with a toe loop vs. no toe loop. The decision is mainly personal, but will also depend on the type of terrain you will be hiking in.

For example, many outdoor explorers like to wear Chacos featuring a toe loop if they are hiking on a trail, but prefer shoes without the toe loop if hiking through the water.

Of course, the most obvious benefit to not having the toe loop is simply that it will be much easier to get your shoes on and off. Whether you’re making a rest stop or settling in for the night, after a long day of trekking this bonus feature might come in handy. The lack of a toe loop feature also makes these Chacos much easier to transition from the trail to meandering around town.

For added functionality and protection, some outdoor enthusiasts opt to wear socks under their Chacos. While some may view this as a fashion faux pas, this solution is a great way to guard your feet from the terrain and keep them a little bit warmer if a chilly breeze comes your way.

You’ll find it way more difficult to wear socks with a toe strap, so if you intend to wear socks under your Chacos you might prefer a pair without a toe loop to contend with.

However, if you are looking for additional stability while out on the open road, we would suggest you consider Chacos with a toe loop to ensure the shoe remains secured to your foot at all times. If you tend to go on extended, challenging hikes, that extra toe strap could prove invaluable and ensure debris doesn’t gather under your feet. A toe strap is going to give you, as the wearer, way more control, especially when dealing with slippery or rocky terrain.

Straps

Another key aspect of selecting the best Chacos for hiking is to determine how many straps you want your footwear to have. Chaco sells sandals with 1, 2 or 3 straps. All the straps are integrated into the midsole to secure your foot and ensure you don’t slip when out on the trail.

The choice is up to you because you’ll enjoy the same level of support and functionality with multiple straps as you would with a single strap.

Sole

You should also take the sole into account when hunting for the best Chacos for hiking. Chaco manufactures its outdoor sandals with 2 different sole types. The first type of sole is known as the ChacoGrip, featuring a built-in tread technology with a rubber design for durability and long wear use. If you plan on hiking steep trails or rough terrain, this type of sole might be just what you’re looking for.

The second type of Chaco sole you can pick from is called the EcoTread sole. The design is very similar to the ChacoGrip, with the difference being that the company’s branded rubber elements also feature 25% recycled rubber.

Important Purchase Considerations

Below are some key elements you need to consider before purchasing the best Chaco sandals for hiking to meet your outdoor needs.

Foot Support

Naturally, the first thing you’ll want to consider when buying the best Chacos for hiking is the foot support they lend. It is important to pick a sandal that provides sufficient support for your arches and contours properly to the shape of your foot. That way, you won’t hold up your hiking performance with strained arches.

Shock Impact

Another thing you’ll want to consider if you are in the market for the best Chacos for hiking is how they absorb shock impact. Whether you’re hiking a familiar trail or exploring rugged terrain off the grid, your feet are going to bear the brunt of your excursions. It’s essential to select sandals that are resistant to shock and cushion your feet, whether it be through materials like foam midsoles or similar.

Protection

Of course, your hiking sandals should protect your toes when you’re out on the trail, to prevent elements like debris and dirt getting caught. Chacos with toe straps can help prevent debris from gathering beneath your foot. Or, you can wear socks beneath your Chacos sans toe straps for an extra barrier of protection.

Fit

The fit is always an important consideration with hiking footwear, and Chacos are no different. Adjustable straps are a handy feature to look for. If your feet become swollen or irritated after hours on the trail, you’ll be glad to be able to adjust your straps and find some relief.

Plus, adjustable straps with a secure fit will also give you room to include some socks for additional warmth if you so desire.

Soles

You always want to make sure that the hiking sandals you pick have a durable sole with excellent tread. Quality soles not only support your arches but ensure that your feet don’t get too close to damaging debris or rocks.

Waterproofing

Another key element to bear in mind when selecting the best Chacos for hiking is waterproofing. Waterproof design is a must when you’re going to be hiking in the great outdoors, whether you’ll be crossing a river or run into some unexpected rain showers.

Synthetic uppers and rubber soles will provide the waterproofing you require while staying durable enough to hold up against a variety of water elements.

The Best Chacos for Hiking Ultimate Review

Check out our review of the top 5 best Chacos for hiking, and keep scrolling for our final verdict.

Chaco ZX/1 Classic

Chaco ZX/1 Classic on white background
Chaco ZX/1 Classic
A sandal with a timeless design and eight component parts
Chaco ZX/1 Classic Sandals have adjustable and standard straps that custom-fits to your foot's width and length, and there is a podiatrist-certified LUVSEAT PU footbed.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Highly durable
  • ChacoGrip rubber outsole
  • PU footbed and midsole for added comfort
  • Open-toed design
Cons
  • A bit more expensive
  • A heavier hiking sandals option

The best Chacos for hiking selection in our review is the Chaco ZX/1 Classic, featuring a polyester webbing design and multiple, sturdy straps to secure your foot in place. We really liked the adjustable heel risers for optimal comfort and support, plus the PU footbed and midsole to conform to the shape of your foot.

These Chacos feature the proprietary ChacoGrip rubber outsole design for extra foot cushioning. If you’re not a fan of the toe strap, you’re in luck, because the open-toed Chaco ZX/1 Classic gives your feet plenty of breathing room.

If you like to wear socks with your Chacos for chilly hikes, these could be the pick for you. They are also very attractive aesthetically, so you can enjoy wearing them both on and off the hiking trail.
Check Current Price

Chaco Z/Volv 2

Chaco Z/Volv 2 on white background
Chaco Z/Volv 2
Chaco's sandals are 20% lighter than other designs with an airy feel
Chaco Z/Volv 2 Sandals have double straps and polyester jacquard webbing to make them a high-performance option for any light hiking or terrain.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Incredibly comfortable
  • Easy to adjust the straps
  • Very lightweight and wearable
  • Great traction
Cons
  • Toe loop could be uncomfortable for some
  • Takes a while to break in

The next best Chacos for hiking on our list are also designed with handy polyester jacquard webbing and a PU footbed for raised support. We really liked the elevated midsole and quality, branded EcoTread sole with 25% recyclable rubber. These hiking sandals feature an easy ladder-lock buckle to make fastening and unfastening a total breeze.

If you’re looking for a simple yet wonderfully comfortable pair of Chacos, you might have just met your new best friend. They are super lightweight, so you won’t have to worry about your feet feeling bulky or weighed down when you’re out on the trail. One of the best aspects of the Chaco Z/Volv 2 is the impeccable arch support these sandals offer, so if you have lower or flat arches, you’ll love this design.

One thing we would note is that these Chacos do include a toe loop, so if you find that uncomfortable or frustrating it could take a few days to adjust and break the sandals in. That said, these Chacos really perform well out on rougher terrain, with superb traction.
Check Current Price

Chaco Z/Volv

Chaco Z/Volv on white background
Chaco Z/Volv
A comfortable and durable sandal for day trips and sightseeing
Chaco Z/Volv Sandals come with ladder lock buckles, durable polyester straps, and a tough webbed heel that give you all-day comfort when you explore.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Highly durable
  • Super comfortable
  • Plenty of arch support
  • Very lightweight
  • Versatile
Cons
  • Can be tough to alter the straps
  • These shoes tend to run a bit small

A close companion of our previous pick, the Chaco Z/Volv features an open-toed design, with a comfortable rubber sole and polyester materials. These are super light, so if you like to take your Chacos with you on the go in your pack, you’ll barely notice a difference.

Likewise, if you’re going to be embarking on a long trek and don’t want your feet weighing you down, the Chaco Z/Volv could be an excellent pick for you.

We really loved the style of these hiking sandals, particularly because they are so versatile. They can easily take you from a day out on the trail to dinner at your pit stop in town. You’ll have plenty of colors to choose from when selecting these sandals, which is a nice, bonus touch.

If you have fallen foot arches or struggle with any type of food condition, the Chaco Z/Volv could offer much-needed relief with the extensive sole support. These hiking sandals are also highly durable, so you don’t have to worry about them wearing out after a few tough hikes.
Check Current Price

Chaco Z/1 Classic

Chaco Z/1 Classic on white background
Chaco Z/1 Classic
A streamlined men's sandal with an easily adjustable design
Chaco Z/1 Classic Sandals have a LUVSEAT PU footbed for comfort, and it comes with ChacoGrip rubber for excellent slip-resistance on different surfaces.
view at amazon
Pros
  • ChacoGrip rubber sole for heightened durability
  • Fits like a dream
  • Great for rough, rocky, and/or slippery terrain
  • Fantastic arch support
Cons
  • Could take a few hikes to break in
  • A bit heavier than some other products

The Chaco Z/1 Classic is a strong contender for any outdoor enthusiast’s hiking wardrobe, with a durable rubber sole and jacquard webbing designed from sturdy polyester. We particularly liked the branded LUVSEAT PU midsole and footbed to support any type of arch. These Chacos feature the ChacoGrip rubber outsole, making them a great choice for tough trails and rugged terrain.

One of the things we really love about the Chaco Z/1 Classic is its exceptional fit. It fits snug enough to secure your foot and avoid any slippage, but it also gives you enough room to breathe without feeling constricted.

The ChacoGrip rubber sole is extremely durable, so if you frequently go on strenuous hikes you will love this design that could serve you well for many, many outdoor adventures to come.

We would like to note that the Chaco Z/1 Classic is one of the bulkier selections on our list. The extra weight might deter some, but if you need a sturdy shoe you can rely on during tough hikes you’ll be glad of the extra stability.
Check Current Price

Chaco ZX/2 Classic

Chaco ZX/2 Classic on white background
Chaco ZX/2 Classic
A streamlined sandal with excellent forefoot control on different surfaces
Chaco ZX/2 Classic Sandals come with an extra toe loop, adjustable dual straps, and a LUVSEAT PU footbed that keeps you comfortable for hours of walking.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Very stylish and comfortable
  • ChacoGrip outsole that is perfect for tough terrain
  • Exceptional fit
  • Good arch stability and support
Cons
  • Toe straps might not be to everyone’s taste
  • Tend to run small

The final pick in our review of the best Chacos for hiking is the dependable Chaco ZX/2 Classic. You’ll find the traditional jacquard webbing on the upper of this shoe, with extremely durable heel risers and the reliable ChacoGrip rubber outsole. The tread on these shoes is fantastic, so if you’re facing steep or slippery slopes you’ll be glad to have these as part of your hiking arsenal.

We liked the adjustable straps on these shoes, that dry quickly even when exposed to wet conditions so you won’t have to worry about damp feet. We were also really impressed by the fit of the Chaco ZX/2 Classic model. It might a few wears to break these puppies in, but once you do, you’ll barely notice that you have shoes on.

These hiking sandals are also very comfortable and offer quality arch support for a variety of feet types and needs. On top of that, the Chaco ZX/2 Classic provides a hint of style on your hike, so you can wear these both on and off the trail.
Check Current Price

Our Final Verdict

So, what’s the final verdict? After carefully considering each of the 5 best Chacos for hiking, our top pick would have to be the Chaco Z/Volv 2. We really liked the touch of the EcoTread sole with 25% recycled rubber, plus the simple buckle that doesn’t complicate the fastening and unfastening process.

Most importantly, we were impressed by how lightweight and durable these shoes are, so you can hike on a wide variety of terrain without feeling bulked down. For steeper trails, the toe strap is there to secure your feet and avoid slippage. For incredible arch support, durability, and stability when hiking both on and off the grid, it’s hard to compete with the Chaco Z/Volv 2.

Are you tired of your flat feet getting in the way of a productive hike? Do you find that after just an hour or so on the trail, you’re wincing because of your flat and aching feet? If you answered “yes” to either one or both of these questions, this informative guide and review are for you.

To discover exactly what you need to look for when shopping for the best hiking shoes for flat feet, plus the top 5 hiking boots for flat feet we bet you didn’t know about, read on ahead!

The top 5 hiking shoes for flat feet we recommend for 2021:

What Are Flat Feet Exactly?

If you’re not 100% sure what flat feet are or if you have them, here’s a quick overview:

Having flat feet means you have fallen arches which aren’t elevated to the middle of your foot as normal.

The arches in your feet are supported by tendons connecting the heel and toes in order to keep you stable and reinforced your foot when walking. In feet with regular arches, your tendons take the force of impact from regular activities like walking and develop a definite arch.

If the tendons deteriorate, either as the result of a medical disorder, injury, genetics, or otherwise, this can impede your movement. It can also reduce the support your feet lend when you are standing or walking.

Everyone is born with flat feet. Most people’s feet develop arches, but some remain flat or pronated. Signs of flat feet include swelling in the bottom of your feet, discomfort in your toes and arch areas, and difficulty standing up on your toes. If you find that hiking for short periods out on the trail makes your feet tired and ache incessantly, these are also symptoms of flat feet.

From genetics to an injury to arthritis and beyond, there are plenty of reasons individuals have to grapple with flat feet. The good news is, you’re not alone. There is plenty you can do to increase your comfort and support your low volume arches with the best hiking boots for flat feet.

Features to Look for in the Best Hiking Shoes for Flat Feet

Let’s take a look at the key features you need to look for when searching for the best hiking shoes for your flat or pronated feet.

Waterproof Exterior

The first feature you should look for when on the hunt for the best hiking shoes for flat feet (or any arch type for that matter) is a waterproof design. Without a waterproof exterior, moisture will seep through the lining of your hiking boots, which could make the leather shrink, crack, and warp. Water damage will not only affect the design of your hiking shoes, but the shrinkage and warping could cause additional discomfort to your flat feet, impeding your stability when out on the trail.

The best hiking shoes for flat feet are waterproof and properly support your arches so you can focus on the road ahead and not on your aching tendons.

Ankle and Arch Assistance

If you have flat feet, it is very possible that your feet roll inward when you walk or stand. As a result, this not only weakens your arches but can prove to be very destabilizing for your ankles. So, the next thing you need to look for when picking out the best hiking shoes for flat feet is footwear that offers ankle and arch assistance.

If you’re tired of your hikes causing you pain, there is an easy way to find relief. Your hiking shoes can give you the proper ankle and arch support you need. Not only will you be more comfortable when embarking on your outdoor adventures, but the right support will provide additional stability.

The best hiking boots for flat feet with sufficient ankle and arch support help distribute your body weight on your feet more evenly. If you place too much weight on a single region of your feet, you risk strain, twists, and sprains.

The Right Fit

The fit is another key factor to consider when selecting the best hiking shoes for flat feet. With flat feet, it is paramount that your shoes fit snug against your foot and don’t leave too much room where there could be a risk of slippage.

It’s essential to ensure that your hiking shoes aren’t so loose that your feet are slipping around, but they also shouldn’t be so narrow or tight that they cause irritation and blisters.

Always pay close attention to the sizing of any hiking shoes you buy to ensure you select the fit that is right for your flat feet.

Sufficient Padding

If you have flat feet, they are going to bear the brunt of your hike much more than if you had more defined arches to distribute the impact. As such, the next feature you need to look for when purchasing the best hiking shoes for flat feet is sufficient padding.

The footbed of your hiking shoes should be padded enough to sculpt your feet into an arch while you hike without causing fatigue or pain. The right padding will help make your outdoor experience way more comfortable while maintaining the proper construction and support for your feet.

Material Matters

The material your hiking shoes are manufactured from is another critical feature you’ll need to consider when buying the best hiking shoes for flat feet. It is better to invest in shoes made with quality material that will both offer support and stand the test of time rather than select a cheaper option that lacks durability and will wear out too soon.

The best hiking shoes for flat feet are made from quality synthetic or leather, which not only offer great longevity of use but are very sturdy as well. These materials will give you the support you need in the long run and won’t wear out after a few intense hikes.

You always want to make sure your hiking shoe materials provide sufficient ventilation too, so your feet won’t get all hot and sweaty after a lengthy outdoor excursion.

The Best Hiking Shoes for Flat Feet Review

Now it’s time to take a look at the top 5 best hiking shoes for flat feet. Check these out and keep reading to access our pick for the final winner from the group!

Vasque Men's Breeze 2.0 Gore-Tex Waterproof Hiking Boot

Vasque Men’s Breeze 2.0 Gore-Tex Waterproof Hiking Boot on white background
Vasque Men’s Breeze 2.0 Gore-Tex Waterproof Hiking Boot
Waterproof boots with Gore-Tex for protection and very flexible design
Vasque Men’s Breeze 2.0 Gore-Tex Waterproof Hiking Boots are highly breathable, durable, waterproof, and windproof with thick soles for shock absorption to keep your feet comfortable and dry.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Waterproof, lightweight hiking boot
  • Good for light to moderate hikes
  • Quality TPA midsole for arch support
  • Cushioned toe and heel regions for comfort and ventilation
Cons
  • Less impact absorption than some other products
  • Not ideal for very rough terrain

The first best hiking shoes for flat feet on our list are by Vasque. These are a great choice for more moderate hikers who don’t need super rugged boots but still want a durable pair. We like how light these shoes are, so you won’t feel weighed down when you put them on.

These hiking boots are manufactured from durable Gore-Tex fabric and nubuck leather, which means that they are both waterproof and dust resistant.

We were duly impressed by the cushioned toe and heel areas, which will enhance your comfort on the road but also provide you with essential ventilation. If you find that areas like your heel and toe seem to bear the brunt of your hikes from uneven weight distribution, these hiking boots could be just what you’re looking for.

The Vasque Men’s Breeze Waterproof Hiking Boot also sports a quality TPA midsole to support your arches and provide you with the stability you require. We would say that the arch is not as stiff as other products on the market, but this also means your break-in time will be lessened greatly.
Check Current Price

Lowa Men's Renegade GTX Mid Hiking Boot

Lowa Men’s Renegade GTX Mid Hiking Boot on white background
Lowa Men’s Renegade GTX Mid Hiking Boot
A nice pair of multifunction boots that combine versatility, comfort, and fit
Lowa Men’s Renegade GTX Mid Hiking Boots feature a flex-fit comfort design that makes them ideal for day hikes, and they have Derby-cut styling to avoid chafing.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Very lightweight but sturdy enough for tough hikes
  • TPU, reinforced midsole
  • Amazing climate controlled footbed
  • Moisture-wicking and ventilated
Cons
  • Not as affordable
  • Rubber in the soles may wear out with frequent use

The next best hiking shoes for flat feet on our list incorporate some cool technological features that we really loved. The Lowa Men’s Renegade GTX Mid Hiking Boot definitely offers the shock absorption, comfort, and sturdiness you’ll require, with a TPU midsole that conforms to your feet.

We were glad to see that these hiking boots sport a reinforced insole to reduce the brunt of the impact from your hikes, with a stacked heel to provide relief for even the flattest of feet.

One astounding feature that stood out to us was these boots’ climate controlled footbed. The footbed is moisture wicking, so even on a tough hike when you’re sweating buckets, these shoes will keep your feet nice and dry. These hiking shoes also sport integrated ventilation, which is a must for long, hot hikes.
Check Current Price

Salomon Men's Quest 4D 2 GTX Lightweight & Durable Leather / Canvas Hiking Boot

Salomon Men’s Quest 4D 2 GTX Hiking Boot on white background
Salomon Men’s Quest 4D 2 GTX Hiking Boot
Hiking boots with a Contagrip sole to improve your grip
Salomon Men’s Quest 4D 2 GTX Hiking Boots feature OrthoLite soles to absorb the shock, and they have nylon mesh with split suede leather uppers that are very durable.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Dual-density midsoles
  • Sock liners to reduce the impact on your feet
  • Fantastic arch support
  • Waterproof and leather exterior
Cons
  • Can be tough to break in
  • On the pricier side

These best hiking shoes for flat feet on our list are a rugged pair by Salomon. We love how lightweight these hiking boots are, featuring a waterproof, leather design that will serve you well for many trips ahead.

We loved that these best hiking shoes for flat feet feature dual-density midsoles to give you the arch support you need, while still being durable enough to hold up well against tough terrain.

Another cool feature is the built-in sock liners that reduce shock impact on your feet when hiking while fighting excess moisture and unpleasant odors. The boots have exceptional traction, so whether you’re going on a light hike or a rugged wilderness expedition, these hiking shoes will remain impervious. While these best hiking boots for flat feet are definitely on the more expensive side, the investment for your flat feet could be well worth it.
Check Current Price

Merrell Moab Ventilator Mid

Merrell Moab Ventilator Mid on white background
Merrell Moab Ventilator Mid
A durable hiking boot that features supportive footbeds and thick uppers
Merrell's Moab Ventilator Mid boots have Vibram traction that will keep you upright on slick surfaces, and they're very breathable to keep your feet comfortable.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Impact absorbent heel
  • Slip-resistant
  • Moisture-wicking technology
  • Good ankle and arch support
Cons
  • Synthetic material might not last as long
  • Rubber soles are not as durable as some

The Merrell Moab Ventilator Mid Hiking Shoe made it to our list of the best hiking shoes for flat feet for its impact absorbent air pockets and durable leather and mesh design. We love that these shoes are slip resistant, so if you find that you lose your balance sometimes on a hike these could be your new favorite.

You’ll have plenty of traction on both wet and dry terrain, making these hiking shoes a great option for a wide range of hiking excursions.

We were also glad to see that the Merrell Moab Ventilator Mid Hiking Shoe features the M Select Fresh insole, to ward off excess sweat and moisture. Merrel’s proprietary built-in M Select Fresh technology stops bacteria from gathering, wicking moisture and preventing unwanted odors.

The footbed of these hiking shoes provides sufficient cushion so your feet won’t bear the brunt of shock when hiking, plus quality ankle support for optimal stability.

The only real downside for us is that these hiking boots are manufactured from partly synthetic materials, rather than leather. They might not last as long if you take frequent hikes on rough terrain, but for more moderate hikers you’re good to go.
Check Current Price

Dunham Men's Cloud Mid-Cut Waterproof Boot

Dunham Men’s Cloud Mid-Cut Waterproof Boot on white background
Dunham Men’s Cloud Mid-Cut Waterproof Boot
A comfortable hiking book with a speed lace system
Dunham Men’s Cloud Mid-Cut Waterproof Boots feature TRU-TRAK outsoles for slip resistance, and the boot has a durable build with a waterproof layer to lock moisture out.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Waterproof leather design with sealed seams
  • Memory foam insole for optimal comfort
  • Rollbars to fight overpronation
  • Available in extended sizes and widths
Cons
  • Cushioning can wear down with extended use
  • Stitching may not hold up well against tough winter hikes

The final best hiking shoes for flat feet selection on our list are the Dunham Men’s Cloud Mid-Cut Waterproof Boot. These hiking shoes will provide the comfort and sturdy qualities you’re looking for without breaking the bank, which is always a huge plus in our book.

These hiking boots are a great option for light to moderate hikers, with a dependable, waterproof design and cushioned interior.

We liked the Memory Foam footbed and the removable molded interior that supports your foot while giving you the optimal comfort you’ll require. Even better, you can purchase the Durham Men’s Cloud Mid-Cut Waterproof boot in a range of extended sizes and widths to conform to an array of foot needs.

The quality leather design is highly durable while remaining resistant to weather elements, while the outsole grip provides impressive traction for any surface.

Another element that makes these hiking shoes so great for flat feet are the built-in rollbars to fight the overpronation that most people with flat feet experience. With a padded collar and shoe tongue, you’ll easily feel like you’re walking on air in these boots.
Check Current Price

Our Verdict

And the winner is — the Salomon Men's Quest 4D 2 GTX Lightweight & Durable Leather / Canvas Hiking Boot! There were so many things we liked about these best hiking shoes for flat feet, from their dual density midsoles to built-in liners that provide impressive shock absorption.

The traction you’ll get from these boots is exceptional, plus the waterproof, leather exterior is durable to face any type of weather condition or terrain you’ll be dealing with. We loved the arch support the Salomon hiking boots provide, which is a must to keep your arches and ankles stable and comfortable. For quality, dependability, comfort, and support, the Salomon Men's Quest 4D 2 GTX Hiking Boot is a worthy investment.

When you’re dealing with steep trails or snow-covered paths, having the best crampons for hiking on hand to keep you stable and secure in the great outdoors is a must. Choosing the best crampons for hiking doesn’t have to be stressful. However, with so many selections and materials on the market to pick from, the choices can be overwhelming.

We did the work, conducted the research, and narrowed the list down to the top 5 best crampons for hiking on the market currently. For a detailed guide to picking out crampons, plus our top 5 picks (and the final winner!), keep reading.

The top 5 crampons for hiking we recommend for 2021:

The Definitive Guide to Choosing the Best Crampons for Hiking

Here’s exactly what you need to know to select the best crampons for hiking to meet all your outdoor needs.

Consider the Activity

If you’re going to be hiking on icy or snowy surfaces, wearing crampons is nonnegotiable. When hiking in icy alpine settings, you’re most likely going to be wearing synthetic leather or leather hiking boots for durability.

These footwear selections are most compatible with horizontal frame crampons, but your activity is going to be the ultimate determinant of the type of crampon you select.

There are very lightweight crampons designed for regular walking and hiking in winter settings, with regular crampons that are ideal for glaciers, snow, hiking with an ice ax, and good old-fashioned mountaineering.

Here’s a quick overview of the best crampons for hiking for common outdoor activities in icy and snowy conditions.

Consider the Frame

The next thing you need to consider when shopping for the best crampons for hiking is the frame. There are different types of frames, with varying materials, weights, and degrees of alignment.

As a rule of thumb, steel crampons are best suited to traditional mountaineering. They are highly durable, which makes them a great pick for icy slopes.

Stainless steel crampons are also compatible with general mountaineering and are very resistant to corrosion, wear, and tear just as regular steel crampons are. Aluminum crampons are best for ski mountaineering and approaches, as they are very lightweight.

However, they do usually wear out much more quickly than stainless steel or steel crampons do if you’re hiking on rugged terrain.

Horizontally aligned frames are the industry standard now for the best crampons for hiking boots, because they are compatible with the insulated hiking boots that most outdoor enthusiasts wear for extensive excursions.

So, unless you climb in plastic boots (which most hikers don’t these days), you’re going to want a horizontal crampon frame.

Horizontal frames are great because they give you plenty of freedom to walk, the aluminum or steel design aligns flat with the ground, and the bars are resistant to gathering snow, so you don’t get bulked down. Aluminum frames are definitely more lightweight than steel frames, but this also makes them slightly less durable and not quite as sturdy.

If you typically engage in non-technical hiking though, aluminum will serve you well. You’ll just want to stay away from activities like snow and mixed rock climbing with aluminum hiking crampons.

Design

The design of the best crampons for hiking is another key element to consider when shopping for the right pair. You can purchase rigid and hinged crampons, but most of the ones on the market today are semi-rigid.

Semi-rigid crampons perform well in a wide range of weather types, giving you enough flexibility for regular winter hikes but enough stability for icy climbs.

Some crampon models let you alter the linking bar situated between the heel and toe to adjust the device from semi-rigid to fully flexible. While not a part of all crampons, this feature is certainly handy and will ensure more comfort on the road.

Crampon Binding

Crampons typically sport 1 of 3 kinds of binding to connect to your hiking boots. The first type of crampon binding is hybrid, also known as semi-step or mixed crampons. Hybrid crampons sport a toe strap and heel lever. They are compatible with rigid soled boots with a welt or groove to secure the heel lever.

The second type, step-in binding, features a wire bail that secures the toe, plus a heel cable with a lever to connect the heel and crampon together. Step-in crampons are super easy to put on when it’s snowy outside and you’re wearing gloves. If you select a crampon with step-in binding, your hiking boots should feature rigid soles with a minimum ⅜ inch groove or welt at the toe and heel.

The final type of crampon binding is a strap-on. Strap-on crampons typically sport nylon webbing, so they are compatible with almost any type of hiking footwear you can imagine, provided the middle bar fits with your shoe. It takes a little longer to secure strap-on crampons to your shoe, but they are sturdy enough to hold up against moderate ice.

If you want to use different types of hiking footwear with a single type of crampon, strap-on devices are an excellent choice. Strap-ons don’t have quite the accuracy of step-in crampons though, so you’ll notice a modicum of motion between the crampon and your hiking footwear.

Bear in mind the kind of boot you have, and whether it is rigid, semi-flexible, or very flexible. Make sure the crampon frame is sufficiently flexible to fit your hiking footwear. If you’re not sure which is best for you, a strap-on is always a good choice because it works with almost any type of shoe.

Points

The best crampons for hiking boots typically feature either 10 or 12 points. Points should be situated beneath your instep and adhere to your footwear shape. You may have to adjust the crampon bails to ensure the right point extension, but some newer models include serrated areas so crampons can cling to terrain even when the point doesn’t.

A device with higher points is going to be more rigid and better suited to intense outdoor activities. For example, the majority of 10-point crampons will serve you well when hiking glaciers or ski touring. There are also crampons designed specifically for activities like mixed climbing, with more forceful frontpoints.

Frontpoints (or the points at the front of the device) come in horizontal, vertical, or monopoint configurations. Horizontal frontpoints are best for snow/ice and alpine climbing, while vertical frontpoints are suited to mixed climbs and waterfalls. Monopoint crampons are good for mixed climbing or technical waterfall climbing.

Points can be either non-modular or modular. You can sharpen non-modular points, but they shorten with extended use. They are lighter than modular points and don’t have any moving parts. With modular points though, you can switch out the teeth based on the activity you’re going to be doing.

The Best Crampons for Hiking Reviews

Ready to discover the top 5 best crampons for hiking? Let’s go!

Grivel G10 Crampon

Grivel G10 Crampon on white background
Grivel G10 Crampon
A crampon that is ideal for mountaineering, snowboarders, or skiers
Grivel's G10 Crampon has 10 rounded steel points that improve your grip while you're climbing glacial mountains, and they're not bulky or difficult to walk in.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Easy to use
  • Highly durable Chromoly steel
  • Flexible features
  • 10 point design
  • Works with regular hiking boots
Cons
  • Not compatible with snow boots
  • Metal design is pretty stiff

The first selection on our list will be the Grivel G10 New Classic, an ideal one-size-fits-all pick for activities ranging from traditional hiking to backpacking to ski mountaineering.

We love these crampons because they are very light with flexible features, so you can adjust them to fit your regular hiking boots. Manufactured from highly durable Chromoly steel, these crampons are much stronger than regular steel and will last you far longer.

We like that the Grivel G10 Crampon sports 10 points to give you plenty of grip on everything from steep mountains to slippery trails. The number of points on these crampons makes them ideal for both moderate hikes and more intense climbs. They also feature anti-balling plates to enhance your stability.

For a simple set of crampons that are light and user-friendly, you can’t go wrong with the Grivel G10 Crampon.
Check Current Price

Black Diamond Contact Crampons

Black Diamond Contact Crampons on white background
Black Diamond Contact Crampons
A stainless steel crampon that works well for snow or ice travel
Black Diamond Contact Crampons are lightweight while having a stainless steel construction that won't rust, and the flexible toe straps to fit most boots or gear.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Comes in both clip and strap-on models
  • Durable, weather resistant stainless steel
  • 10 point specifications
  • Great for moderate to intense hikes on steep terrain
Cons
  • You might need to purchase additional bars to ensure the crampons fit
  • Toe cap could be snug for larger shoe sizes

The Black Diamond Contact Crampons are one of the most lightweight selections on the market currently. If you’ve been on the fence about purchasing crampons because you’re concerned about getting weighed down on the trail, these could be for you.

Designed from stainless steel, we like how durable and weather resistant these crampons are.

The strap-on design means these flexible crampons are a fantastic choice for a wide range of hiking activities, including both moderate hikes and intense cold-weather mountaineering. We also like the 10-point specifications that give you plenty of grip on icy terrain without being uncomfortable or weighing you down.

One element that really makes the Black Diamond Contact Crampons stand out is that you have the option to purchase them in 2 models— clip and strap. If you’re planning on wearing regular hiking boots, you’ll definitely want the strap-on kind.
Check Current Price

Black Diamond Serac Strap Crampon

Black Diamond Serac Strap Crampon on white background
Black Diamond Serac Strap Crampon
Built for moderate terrain and classic mountaineering trails
Black Diamond Serac Strap Crampons are lightweight, come in three configurations, and they have 12 points to increase your grip while fitting any mountain boot type.
view at amazon
Pros
  • 3 different models for all hiking needs
  • Anti-balling plates
  • Corrosion resistant stainless steel
  • Power 12 point design
Cons
  • Heavier than some other crampon models on the market
  • May not be ideal for more moderate hikes

Another excellent product by Black Diamond, the Serac Strap Crampon features 12 rather than 10 points. The higher point specifications mean that these crampons will definitely provide you with more gripping power on super steep slopes, but they are considerably heavier than the 10-point variety. You can select the Black Diamond Serac Strap Crampon in 3 different models, featuring strap-on bindings, hybrid bindings, or step-in bindings.

The strap-on bindings are best for traditional hiking boots while the hybrid and step-in variety are suited to technical boots. No matter which model you select, all of them feature anti-balling plates so you won't have to worry about snow catching in the crampons and leaving you with frozen feet.

We liked that these crampons are designed from corrosion fighting stainless steel, which also makes them a good selection for mountaineering and hiking on steep surfaces.
Check Current Price

Petzl Leopard Fl Crampons

Petzl Leopard Fl Crampons on white background
Petzl Leopard Fl Crampons
A very lightweight crampon that is perfect for snow approaches
Petzl Leopard Fl Crampons features a CORD-TEC flexible linking system that makes them very lightweight and easy to carry, and the FLEX LOCK binding system keeps them secure.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Incredibly lightweight at 360 grams a pair
  • Very user-friendly
  • Works with any type of hiking boots
  • Comes with storage bag for easy transportation
Cons
  • No anti-balling plates
  • May not hold up as well against very rugged terrain

The Petzl Leopard FL Crampons are made of aluminum, rather than steel, which means they are very lightweight and easy to wear. They weigh in at just around 360 grams total for a pair. So, if you frequently do heavy hiking and need a very light pair of crampons that won’t distract you from your climb, the Petzl Leopard FL Crampons are a quality pair to consider.

Featuring a 10-point design, they sport strap-on bindings which makes them compatible with any type of hiking boot you have. We also really liked their built-in Cord-Tex system which makes the crampons more compact when you need to pack them up and take them on the go. The crampons come with a special storage bag too, so it’s easy to move them from place to place and pull them out as needed.
Check Current Price

Camp Stalker Universal

Camp Stalker Universal on white background
Camp Stalker Universal
Crampons that are very flexible and compatible with all boot types
Camp Stalker Universal Crampons secure to any standard mountain boot with nylon straps, and they have durable thermoplastic heel and toe harnesses that adapt to different terrains.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Very affordable
  • Highly durable with 12 point, Chromoly steel design
  • Perfect for rough terrain where extra grip is needed
Cons
  • Pretty heavy
  • Tends to rust faster than a stainless-steel set might

The final best crampons for hiking pick on our list are the Camp Stalker Universal Crampons. These weigh quite a bit more than our last selection at 948 grams, but this also means they will offer you great stability on rough trails and steep slopes. We love the durable 12-point design manufactured from Chromoly steel for extra gripping power.

We were pleased to see that these crampons also sport anti-balling plates, a thermoplastic heel, and sturdy nylon straps for user-friendly ease. These are a great option for recreational outdoor enthusiasts who need a sturdy option for longwear use.

Even better, the Camp Stalk Universal crampons feature CC4U wear indicators so there’s no guesswork involved when it’s time to replace them. The crampons also come with a storage case so you can put them in your backpack and take them out as needed.
Check Current Price

The Winner

While each of the best crampons for hiking on our list are suited to a variety of user needs, our favorite and the ultimate winner out of the group are the Black Diamond Contact Crampons. There were so many things we loved about these crampons, from their lightweight design to their flexible toecap to their durable stainless-steel exterior.

They are highly durable and weather resistant, with 10-point specifications that make them well suited to a plethora of hiking activities. We were also impressed that the Black Diamond Contract Crampons come in both strap-on and clip designs.

While most hikers will probably use the strap-on bindings, we like the fact that you have the option for both. From freezing hikes to winter mountaineering adventures, the Black Diamond Contract Crampons have you covered.

Whether you’re planning a long hike out in the wilderness or are trying to ramp up your hiking wardrobe game, investing in a quality pair of waterproof hiking pants is a must. Not only will the best waterproof hiking pants keep you warm and dry while out on the trail, but they’ll also protect you from the elements to help ensure bad weather doesn’t slow you down.

Keep reading for a thorough waterproof hiking pants buying guide, plus the best waterproof hiking pants you’ll be itching to add to your gear for your next grand adventure.

The top 5 waterproof hiking pants we recommend for 2021:

How to Shop for Waterproof Hiking Pants

Here’s what you need to know about shopping for waterproof hiking pants.

Initial Considerations

As with any type of hiking apparel, the first step in the process of shopping for the best waterproof pants is to consider what your usage will be. Then, you can decide what waterproof pants are best suited to your hiking needs.

For example, what sort of climate do you plan on hiking in? Are you going to be hiking and climbing in heavy rain? Or, do you simply want your waterproof pants to provide an extra barrier of warmth and dryness in case you run into some unexpected showers? Perhaps you’re going to be hiking a snowy mountain and need an extra barrier or protection?

There are different types of waterproof hiking pants to meet an array of user needs. There are waterproof pants that are designed to be standalone pants, while there are others that you can easily wear over your regular hiking pants.

For ease of use, you might prefer an all-in-one pant that will serve as a durable hiking pant on the road and keep you dry from the rain and other weather elements. However, the choice is ultimately a matter of personal preference.

Fabric

The fabric is a very important factor to consider when shopping for the best waterproof hiking pants. You want to ensure that the fabric itself is sufficiently waterproof to guard against inclement weather, but it also needs to be light and breathable enough that you won’t feel weighed down on the trail.

The best waterproof hiking pants sport ventilation features to let air through and ensure sweat doesn’t gather. If a pair of waterproof hiking pants have insufficient ventilation, you’ll likely end up getting wet, sweaty, and just downright uncomfortable.

Fit

The fit is another key aspect to bear in mind when on the hunt for the best waterproof hiking pants. Of course, you want to pick the right size, but the fit itself is an important aspect to consider. The best waterproof hiking pants will offer an excellent fit at the waist, while still being loose and breathable enough in the legs that sufficient air flows through.

For moderate to heavy hikes, you’ll probably be wearing your hiking boots, which will create added bulk. The best waterproof hiking pants will fit over your hiking boots without excess bunching.

As a rule of thumb, your waterproof pants should fit nicely over your regular hiking gear, with an elastic band that cinches at the waist but is expandable enough to give you breathing room.

Weight

Weight is also a critical aspect of shopping for the best waterproof hiking pants. You should be able to pack your waterproof hiking pants without issue, and they shouldn’t weigh you or your pack down. Not all waterproof hiking pants are created equal, and some are definitely bulkier than others, so keep this in mind when shopping for the right pair to meet your needs.

Remember, layering is essential, and your waterproof gear is the outside layer to protect you from any weather elements you come up against. If you’re going on a long hiking trip and might be dealing with some stormy weather, you should always keep your waterproof pants in your pack. That way, you can easily grab them to layer on at a moment’s notice if need be.

Important Features to Look For

Side zips are a very important feature to look for, as they make pulling your waterproof pants on and off over your boots a total breeze. If you purchase waterproof hiking pants designed to be worn over your regular hiking pants, those side zips can make all the difference and save you a little extra time to boot.

If you run into an unexpected raincloud, you’re probably not going to feel like doing battle with your waterproof pants just to pull them over your gear. Alternatively, some waterproof hiking pants feature buttons rather than side zips, which are also great for user-friendly access.

Ventilation is another key feature you want to see when hunting for the best waterproof hiking pants. Most of the time, long side zips or buttons are going to provide the ventilation you need, so you can close the sides of your pants all the way or leave them slightly open at the bottom to let air through.

Best Waterproof Hiking Pants Review

Here are the top 5 waterproof hiking pants you’ll want to consider for your gear.

The North Face Men's Venture 2 Half Zip Pant

The North Face Men’s Venture 2 Half Zip Pant on white background
The North Face Men’s Venture 2 Half Zip Pant
Pants to prepare you for any outdoor adventure or everyday use
The North Face Men’s Venture 2 Half Zip Pants has a lightweight but waterproof design that is excellent for hiking, running, paddling, or staying put during a storm.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Half-length zippers
  • Very easy to pull on and off over hiking boots
  • Stylish yet functional
  • Wind resistant
  • Dries fast
Cons
  • On the bulkier side so could take up more space in your pack
  • Not as breathable as some

These best waterproof hiking pants by The North Face are not only highly durable but very affordable as well. They are super lightweight, which makes them a great choice for activities ranging from moderate hikes to snowboarding and skiing. We liked the zipper that runs halfway up each pant leg, so you can pull these on and off over your hiking footwear with ease.

The seams are 100% taped while the pants offer a relaxed fit to give you plenty of freedom of movement. The pants sport 2 zipper pockets and a comfortable elastic waist with a drawcord. A huge plus for us was the fact that these waterproof pants weight just 8.1 ounces. That said, they are a bit bulky so they could take up extra space in your gear.

We liked that the North Face Men’s Venture 2 Half Zip Pant dries quickly and is highly resistant to wind elements. These pants look really stylish without sacrificing user functionality, with an added cut at the knee for further mobility.
Check Current Price

Patagonia Mens Torrentshell Pants

Patagonia Mens Torrentshell Pants on white background
Patagonia Mens Torrentshell Pants
Waterproof pants made with 100% recycled nylon face
Patagonia Men's Torrentshell Pants provide you with a high comfort factor, durability, and long-term waterproofing that will keep you dry on long hikes, camping trips, or walks.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Super lightweight
  • Long side zips for extra ventilation
  • Easy slip over regular hiking pants and footwear
  • Dual zip pockets for storage and convenience
Cons
  • Pants can be noisy when worn
  • No seam tape

The next best waterproof hiking pants on our list are these Torrentshell Pants by Patagonia. If you want a simple, waterproof pant that will be easy on your wallet but still get the job done, these could be just what you’re looking for. They are very breathable and light to wear, weighing in at a mere 10 ounces. We love the elastic waistband and quality regular fit that will serve you well for many outdoor excursions.

We like that these pants feature articulated knees for a more comfortable fit and water-resistant side zips that run from the cuff to the thigh. You’ll have no problem slipping these waterproof hiking pants over your regular hiking pants and boots. We also really liked the dual zip pockets that offer extra space for storage or to keep your hands warm if you need to.

One thing we would say is that these pants are a bit noisy, with an interior that feels very much like plastic despite being manufactured from ripstop nylon. However, for newer hikers or anyone who wants a more affordable option, the Patagonia Mens Torrentshell Pants could be for you.
Check Current Price

Marmot Minimalist Pant

Marmot Minimalist Pant on white background
Marmot Minimalist Pant
A functional and simple but well-designed pair of pants
Marmot Minimalist Pants are windproof, waterproof, lightweight, and breathable while locking the moisture out to keep you warm, dry, and free of chills.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Quality regular fit
  • Taped seams
  • Durable Gore-Tex material
  • Very breathable
Cons
  • Not as convenient since you can’t pull them right over regular hiking boots
  • Less ventilation than some other products

The Marmot Minimalist Pant lives up to its name, with simple yet functional features to suit a wide range of hiking needs. These pants feature taped seams, dual zipper pockets, a handy elastic waist, and a quality regular fit that will be nice and comfortable when you’re out on the trail.

We loved the durable Gore-Tex material of these pants, that are very resistant to wear and tear but super breathable too.

These pants will give you plenty of mobility when you’re in the great outdoors, without looking overly baggy. One element we noticed is that the elastic in the waist region is only installed in the back. There also aren’t any belt loops built into the pants, so depending on your preference that could cause annoyance.

Another important thing to note is that while you can pull these pants on and off over hiking footwear, you won’t be able to do so with larger hiking boots. So, if you tend to wear smaller hiking footwear on the trail no problem, but you’ll have to take the time to pull bulky hiking boots on and off if you want to wear these waterproof pants.
Check Current Price

Outdoor Research Men's Foray Pant

Outdoor Research Men’s Foray Pant on white background
Outdoor Research Men’s Foray Pant
Hiking pants with all-season features that shrug off wear and tear
Outdoor Research Men’s Foray Pants are excellent for hiking due to their breathable and waterproof design, and they're very lightweight and durable for harsh terrains.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Lightweight
  • Excellent 50D face fabric
  • Side zippers
  • Seam tape
Cons
  • May not be sufficient pockets for some preferences
  • Could run a bit big

The next best waterproof hiking pants selection on our list is this lightweight pair by Outdoor Research. Manufactured from durable, yet breathable Gore-Tex material and weighing in at just 11 ounces, can you easily slip the Outdoor Research Men’s Foray Pant into your pack, no problem.

We really liked the elastic waist with a drawcord that ensures the pants are fitted but loose enough to give you plenty of breathing room on long hikes. These waterproof pants are easy to slip on and off as you need to, designed from high-quality 50D face fabric that will keep you nice and dry. We loved the attachment features on the waistband that you can attach suspenders to if you so desire (suspenders are sold separately).

These pants feature a waterproof zipper that runs up three-quarters of each pant leg, which means you can slip these on and off over your regular hiking pants without issue. We also liked the back-zipper pocket that gives you a little extra storage space and the pant seam tape for additional waterproofing. The cuffs of these waterproof pants feature a closure with a hint of elasticity to give you plenty of wiggle room.
Check Current Price

Helly Hansen Men's Legendary Ski Snow Pant

Helly Hansen Men’s Legendary Ski Snow Pant on white background
Helly Hansen Men’s Legendary Ski Snow Pant
Pants with a timeless resort look with insulated layers to keep you warm
Helly Hansen Men’s Legendary Ski Snow Pants are breathable and waterproof while offering a two-way mechanical stretch that keeps you comfortable, warm, and dry on the slopes.
view at amazon
Pros
  • Sports Helly Tech composite membrane material
  • Incredible waterproofing capabilities up to a water column of 10,